2020 Kia Sportage Owner's Manual

Home , Airbag, Bumper sticker, Kia Sportage

Kia, THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle. As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out.

This manual applies to all trims of this vehicle and includes images, descriptions, and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, some material in this manual may not be applicable to your specific Kia vehicle. Some images are shown for illustration only and may show features that differ from those on your vehicle. Drive safely and enjoy your Kia! Foreword

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle. The information and specifications provided in this manual When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech- discontinue or change specifications or design at any time nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace- without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac- have questions, always check with your Kia dealer. tion. We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring Because subsequent owners require this important information pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle. as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold. This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle. We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the © 2019 Kia Canada Inc. recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or of your new vehicle. mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features information storage and retrieval system or translation in for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment whole or part is not permitted without written authorization described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, from Kia Canada Inc.. may not be applicable to your particular vehicle. Printed in Korea

i Introduction 1

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle 4 table of contents Driving your vehicle 5

What to do in an emergency 6

Maintenance 7

Specification & Consumer information 8

Index I

ii Introduction

How to use this manual ...... 1-2 1 Fuel requirements ...... 1-2 • Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol...... 1-3 • Do not use methanol ...... 1-4 • Fuel Additives ...... 1-5 • Operation in foreign countries...... 1-5 Vehicle handling instructions ...... 1-6 Vehicle modifications ...... 1-6 Vehicle break-in process ...... 1-6 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . 1-7 Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL FUEL REQUIREMENTS We want to help you get the greatest You will find various WARNINGs, Your new vehicle is designed to use possible driving pleasure from your CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this only unleaded fuel having a pump vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can manual. These WARNINGs were pre- octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 assist you in many ways. We strong- pared to enhance your personal safe- (Research Octane Number 91) or ly recommend that you read the ty.You should carefully read and follow higher. (Do not use methanol blend- entire manual. In order to minimize ALL procedures and recommenda- ed fuels.) the chance of death or injury, you tions provided in these WARNINGs, must read the WARNING and CAU- CAUTIONs and NOTICEs. TION sections in the manual. Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with Illustrations complement the words WARNING UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- in this manual to best explain how to A WARNING indicates a situa- mize exhaust emissions and spark enjoy your vehicle. By reading your tion in which harm, serious bod- plug fouling. manual, you will learn about fea- ily injury or death could result if tures, important safety information, Never add any fuel system cleaning the warning is ignored. and driving tips under various road agents to the fuel tank other than conditions. what has been specified. (Consult an authorized Kia dealer for details.) The general layout of the manual is CAUTION provided in the Table of Contents. • Tighten the cap until it clicks one Use the index when looking for a A CAUTION indicates a situation time, otherwise the Check Engine specific area or subject; it has an in which damage to your vehicle light will illuminate. alphabetical listing of all information could result if the caution is in your manual. ignored. Sections: This manual has 9 sections plus an index. Each section begins ✽ NOTICE with a brief list of contents so you A NOTICE indicates interesting or can tell at a glance if that section has helpful information is being provided. the information you want.

21 Introduction

Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol "E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- WARNING - Refueling may be used in your vehicle. prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 • Do not "top off" after the noz- Do not use gasohol containing more percent gasoline, and is manufac- zle automatically shuts off. than 15% ethanol, and do not use tured exclusively for use in Flexible Attempts to force more fuel gasoline or gasohol containing any Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati- into the tank can cause fuel methanol. Ethanol provides less ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85” overflow onto you and the energy than gasoline and it attracts may result in poor engine perform- ground causing a risk of fire. water, and it is thus likely to reduce ance and damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system. Kia recom- • Always check that the fuel cap your fuel efficiency and could lower mends that customers do not use is installed securely to pre- your MPG results. fuel with an ethanol content exceed- vent fuel spillage, especially Methanol may cause drivability prob- ing 15%. in the event of an accident. lems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system. ✽ NOTICE Gasoline containing alcohol and Discontinue using gasohol of any Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty methanol kind if drivability problems occur. does not cover damage to the fuel sys- Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and Vehicle damage or drivability prob- tem or any performance problems ethanol (also known as grain alco- lems may not be covered by the caused by the use of “E85” fuel. hol), and gasoline or gasohol con- manufacturer’s warranty if they result taining methanol (also known as from the use of: ✽ wood alcohol) are being marketed NOTICE 1. Gasoline or gasohol containing Never use any fuel containing along with or instead of leaded or methanol. unleaded gasoline. methanol. Discontinue use of any 2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. methanol containing product which 3. Gasohol containing more than may inhibit proper drivability. 15% ethanol.

13 Introduction

Other fuels Use of MTBE Gasoline containing MMT Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si), Kia recommends avoiding fuels con- Some gasoline contains harmful man- MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl ganese-based fuel additives Such as (Fe), and Other metalic additives, Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen MMT(Methylcyclopentadienyl may cause vehicle and engine dam- Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle. Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia does not age or cause misfiring, poor acceler- Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% recommend the use of gasoline con- ation, engine stalling, catalyst melt- vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) taining MMT. This type of fuel can ing, clogging, abnormal corrosion, may reduce vehicle performance and reduce vehicle performance and affect life cycle reduction, etc. produce vapor lock or hard starting. your emission control system. The Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the (MIL) may illuminate. cluster may come on. ✽ NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Do not use methanol ✽ NOTICE Warranty may not cover damage to Damage to the fuel system or per- the fuel system and any perform- Fuels containing methanol (wood formance problem caused by the use ance problems that are caused by alcohol) should not be used in your of these fuels may not be covered by the use of fuels containing methanol vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce your New Vehicle Limited or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl vehicle performance and damage Warranty. Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% components of the fuel system, vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.) engine control system and emission control system.

41 Introduction

Fuel Additives Operation in foreign countries Kia recommends that you use good If you are going to drive your vehicle quality gasolines treated with deter- in another country, be sure to: gent additives such as TOP TIER • Observe all regulations regarding Detergent Gasoline, which help pre- registration and insurance. vent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine • Determine that acceptable fuel is run cleaner and enhance perform- available. ance of the Emission Control System. For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website www.top- tiergas.com For customers who do not use TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, additives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive should be added to the fuel tank at every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or every engine oil change is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

15 Introduction

VEHICLE HANDLING VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS VEHICLE BREAK-IN INSTRUCTIONS This vehicle should not be modified. PROCESS As with other vehicles of this type, Modification of your vehicle could No special break-in period is needed. failure to operate this vehicle correct- affect its performance, safety or dura- By following a few simple precautions ly may result in loss of control, an bility and may even violate govern- for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you accident or vehicle rollover. mental safety and emissions regula- may add to the performance, econo- Specific design characteristics (high- tions. my and life of your vehicle. er ground clearance, track, etc.) give In addition, damage or performance • Do not race the engine. this vehicle a higher center of gravity problems resulting from any modifi- • While driving, keep your engine than other types of vehicles. In other cation may not be covered under war- speed (rpm, or revolutions per words they are not designed for cor- ranty. minute) between 2,000 rpm and nering at the same speeds as con- • If you use unauthorized electronic 4,000 rpm. ventional 2-wheel drive vehicles. devices, it may cause the vehicle to • Do not maintain a single speed for Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu- operate abnormally, wire damage, long periods of time, either fast or vers. Again, failure to operate this battery discharge and fire. For your slow. Varying engine speed is vehicle correctly may result in loss of safety, do not use unauthorized needed to properly break-in the control, an accident or vehicle electronic devices. engine. rollover. Be sure to read the “Reducing the risk of a rollover” • Avoid hard stops, except in emer- driving guidelines, in chapter 6 of gencies, to allow the brakes to seat this manual. properly. • Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.

61 Introduction

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an These data can help provide a bet- To read data recorded by an EDR, event data recorder (EDR). The ter understanding of the circum- special equipment is required, and main purpose of an EDR is to stances in which crashes and access to the vehicle or the EDR is record, in certain crash or near injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data needed. In addition to the vehicle crash-like situations, such as an are recorded by your vehicle only manufacturer, other parties, such air bag deployment or hitting a if a non-trivial crash situation as law enforcement, that have the road obstacle, data that will assist occurs; no data are recorded by special equipment, can read the in understanding how a vehicle's the EDR under normal driving information if they have access to systems performed. The EDR is conditions and no personal data the vehicle or the EDR. designed to record data related to (e.g., name, gender, age, and vehicle dynamics and safety sys- crash location) are recorded. tems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as typically 30 seconds or less. The law enforcement, could combine EDR in this vehicle is designed to the EDR data with the type of per- record such data as: sonally identifying data routinely • How various systems in your acquired during a crash investiga- vehicle were operating; tion. • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/ fastened; • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, • How fast the vehicle was traveling.

17 Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview ...... 2-2, 2-3 Interior overview ...... 2-4 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 Engine compartment ...... 2-6 2 Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

■ Front view

1. Hood...... 4-46 2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle) ...4-127 Head lamp (Maintenance)...... 7-81 3. Front fog lamp (Features of your vehicle)...... 4-133 Front fog lamp (Maintenance) ...... 7-81 4. Tires and wheels...... 7-46, 8-5 5. Outside rearview mirror...... 4-76 6. Panorama sunroof...... 4-52 7. Front windshield wiper blades (Features of your vehicle)...... 4-135 Front windshield wiper blades (Maintenance) ...... 7-41 8. Windows ...... 4-41 9. Parking distance warning ...... 4-121

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OQL018001L

22 Your vehicle at a glance

■ Rear view

1. Door locks ...... 4-23 2. Fuel filler lid ...... 4-48 3. Rear combination lamp (Maintenance) ..7-82 4. High mounted stop lamp (Maintenance)...7-82 5. Liftgate ...... 4-28, 4-31 6. Antenna ...... 4-190 7. Rearview moniter ...... 4-126 8. Parking distance warning-reverse4-117, 4-121

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OQL018002L

23 Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Inside door handle...... 4-24 2. Power window switch...... 4-42 3. Central door lock switch ...... 4-25 4. Power window lock button ...... 4-44 5. Outside rearview mirror control...... 4-77 6. Outside rearview mirror folding ...... 4-78 7. Instrument panel illumination control ...... 4-81 8. BCW On/Off button ...... 5-121 9. LKA On/Off button ...... 5-113 10. Power liftgate open/close button ...... 4-31 11. Steering wheel...... 4-58 12. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever...... 4-59 13. Inner fuse panel...... 7-63 14. Brake pedal...... 5-33 15. Parking brake pedal...... 5-35 16. Hood release lever...... 4-46 17. Seat...... 3-4

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OQL018008N

42 Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Steering wheel audio controls...... 4-188 2. Driver`s front air bag ...... 3-60 3. Horn...... 4-61 4. Instrument cluster...... 4-80 5. Wiper and washer control lever...... 4-135 6. Ignition switch...... 5-7 Engine start/stop button ...... 5-11 7. Cruise control ...... 5-84 8. Audio ...... 4-188 9. Hazard warning flasher ...... 6-2 10. Manual climate control system...... 4-144 Automatic climate control system....4-154 11. Shift lever A/T...... 5-15 12. Seat warmer ...... 4-175 Air ventilation seat ...... 4-176 13. Heated steering wheel button ...... 4-60 14. Smart phone wireless charger ...... 4-179 15. Drive mode button ...... 5-109 16. AWD Lock button...... 5-23 17. DBC button...... 5-81 18. Electronic parking brake (EPB) switch..5-34 19. Auto Hold On/Off button...... 5-41 20. Parking distance warning-reverse On/Off button ...... 4-117 21. Center console storage box ...... 4-171 22. USB charger...... 4-178 23. Power outlet...... 4-177 24. Glove box ...... 4-171 25. Passenger’s front air bag ...... 3-60 ❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OQL018004L

25 Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Gasoline engine (Theta II 2.4L GDI)

1. Engine coolant reservoir...... 7-30 2. Engine oil filler cap ...... 7-27 3. Brake fluid reservoir...... 7-33 4. Air cleaner...... 7-36 ■ Gasoline engine (Theta II 2.0L T-GDI) 5. Fuse box ...... 7-65 6. Negative battery terminal...... 7-43 7. Positive battery terminal ...... 7-43 8. Engine oil dipstick ...... 7-27 9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-34

❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OQLE075095/OQLA075109

62 Safety features of your vehicle

Important safety precautions ...... 3-2 • Air bag warning light ...... 3-48 • Always wear your seat belt ...... 3-2 • SRS components and functions ...... 3-49 • Restrain all children ...... 3-2 • Occupant Detection System (ODS) ...... 3-52 • Air bag hazards ...... 3-2 • Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-60 • Driver distraction ...... 3-2 • Side air bag ...... 3-62 • Control your speed ...... 3-3 • Curtain air bag ...... 3-64 • Keep your vehicle in safe condition ...... 3-3 • SRS Care ...... 3-71 3 Seat...... 3-4 • Adding equipment to or modifying your • Front seat adjustment - manual...... 3-8 air bag-equipped vehicle...... 3-72 • Front seat adjustment - power...... 3-10 • Air bag warning label ...... 3-72 • Headrest (for front seat) ...... 3-12 • Seatback pocket...... 3-15 • Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-15 Seat belts ...... 3-20 • Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-20 • Pre-tensioner seat belt ...... 3-28 • Seat belt precautions ...... 3-31 • Care of seat belts ...... 3-33 Child restraint system (CRS) ...... 3-34 • Children Always in the Rear ...... 3-34 • Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-35 • Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)...... 3-38 Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system ...... 3-45 • How does the air bag system operate? ...... 3-46 Safety features of your vehicle

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS You will find many safety precautions Restrain all children Driver distraction and recommendations throughout All children under age 13 should ride Driver distraction presents a serious this section, and throughout this man- in your vehicle properly restrained in and potentially deadly danger. ual.The safety precautions in this sec- a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants tion are among the most important. Safety should be the first concern and small children should be when behind the wheel and drivers restrained in an appropriate child need to be aware of the wide array of Always wear your seat belt restraint. Larger children should use potential distractions, such as drowsi- a booster seat with the lap/shoulder A seat belt is your best protection in ness, reaching for objects, eating, belt until they can use the seat belt all types of accidents. Air bags are personal grooming, other passen- properly without a booster seat. designed to supplement seat belts, gers, and using cellular phones. not replace them. So even though Drivers can become distracted when your vehicle is equipped with air Air bag hazards they take their eyes and attention off bags, ALWAYS make sure you and While air bags can save lives, they the road or their hands off the wheel your passengers wear your seat can also cause serious or fatal to focus on activities other than driv- belts, and wear them properly. injuries to occupants who sit too ing. To reduce your risk of distraction close to them, or who are not prop- or getting into an accident: erly restrained. Infants, young chil- • ALWAYS set up your mobile dren, and shorter adults are at the devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, greatest risk of being injured by an navigation units, etc.) when your inflating air bag. Follow all instruc- vehicle is parked or safely stopped. tions and warnings in this manual.

23 Safety features of your vehicle

• ONLY use your mobile device Control your speed Keep your vehicle in safe con- when allowed by laws and when Excessive speed is a major factor in dition conditions permit safe use. NEVER crash injuries and deaths. Generally, Having a tire blowout or a mechani- text or email while driving. Most the higher the speed, the greater the cal failure can be extremely haz- states have laws prohibiting drivers risk, but serious injuries can also ardous. To reduce the possibility of from texting. Some states and occur at lower speeds. Never drive such problems, check your tire pres- cities also prohibit drivers from faster than is safe for current condi- sures and condition frequently, and using handheld phones. tions, regardless of the maximum perform all regularly scheduled • NEVER let the use of a mobile speed posted. maintenance. device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.

33 Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT Front seat (1) Seat adjustment, forward / backward (2) Seatback recliner (3) Seat adjustment, height* (4) Lumbar support* (Driver`s seat) (5) Headrest

Rear seat (6) Seatback angle and folding (7) Headrest (8) Armrest

* : if equipped

OQL035001

43 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver respon- WARNING - Seat cushion objects sibility for passengers Occupants should never sit on Do not place anything in the dri- aftermarket seat cushions or sit- ver's foot well or under the front ting cushions. The passenger's seats. Loose objects in the dri- hips may slide under the lap por- ver's foot area could interfere tion of the seat belt during an with the operation of the foot accident or a sudden stop. pedals.

WARNING - Uprighting seat Do not press the release lever 1KMN3662 on a manual seatback without The driver must advise the pas- holding and controlling the sengers to keep the seatback in seatback. The seatback will an upright position whenever spring upright possibly impact- the vehicle is in motion. If a seat ing you or other passengers. is reclined during an accident, the restraint system's ability to restrain will be greatly reduced.

35 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Driver’s seat WARNING - Rear seatbacks WARNING - Cargo Area • Never attempt to adjust the Always lock the rear seatback Do not allow passengers to ride seat while the vehicle is mov- before driving. Failure to do so in the cargo area under any cir- ing. This could result in loss could result in passengers or cumstance. The cargo area is of control of your vehicle. objects being thrown forward solely for the purpose of trans- • Do not allow anything to inter- injuring vehicle occupants. porting luggage or cargo. fere with the normal position of the seatback. Storing items against the seatback could WARNING - Luggage and WARNING - Unexpected result in serious or fatal injury Cargo Seat Movement in a sudden stop or collision. Do not stack pile or stack lug- After adjusting a manual seat, • Sit as far back as possible from gage or cargo higher than the always check that it is locked by the steering wheel while still seatback in the cargo area. In an shifting your weight to the front maintaining comfortable con- accident the cargo could strike and back. Sudden or unexpect- trol of the your vehicle. A dis- and injury a passenger. If ed movement of the driver's tance of at least 25 cm (10 in.) objects are large, heavy or must seat could cause you to lose from your chest to the steering be piled, they must be secured control of the vehicle. wheel is recommended. Failure in the cargo area. to do so can result in air bag inflation injuries to the driver.

63 Safety features of your vehicle

Feature of Seat Leather WARNING - Seat • Leather is made from the outer CAUTION adjustment skin of an animal, which goes • Belts with metallic acces- • Do not adjust the seat while through a special process to be sories, zippers or keys inside wearing seat belts. Moving the available for use. Since it is a nat- the back pocket may damage seat forward will cause strong ural substance, each part differs in the seat fabric. pressure on the abdomen. thickness or density. • Make sure not to wet the seat. • Do not place your hand near Wrinkles may appear as a natural It may change the nature of the seat bottom or seat track result of stretching and shrinking natural leather. while adjusting the seat. Your depending on the temperature and • Jeans or clothes which could hand could get caught in the humidity. bleach may contaminate the seat mechanism. • The seat is made of stretchable surface of the seat covering fabric to improve comfort. fabric. • The parts contacting the body are WARNING - Small curved and the side supporting ✽ Objects area is high which provides driving NOTICE Use extreme caution when pick- comfort and stability. Wrinkles or abrasions which appear ing up small objects trapped • Wrinkles may appear naturally naturally from usage are not cov- under the seats or between the from usage. It is not a fault of the ered by warranty. seat and the center console. product. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seats mechanism.

37 Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat adjustment - manual Seatback angle Reclining seatback Forward and backward Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.

WARNING NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving. Riding with a reclined seatback OQL035003 increases your chance of serious OQL035002 To recline the seatback: or fatal injuries in the event of a To move the seat forward or backward: 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the collision or sudden stop. 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment seatback recline lever. lever up and hold it. 2. Carefully lean back on the seat 2. Slide the seat to the position you and adjust the seatback of the desire. seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure 3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. the seatback is locked in place. Adjust the seat before driving, and (The lever MUST return to its orig- make sure the seat is locked securely inal position for the seatback to by trying to move forward and back- lock.) ward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.

83 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belts must be snug against your Seat height WARNING - Seating hips and chest to work properly. Position When the seatback is reclined, the To reduce the risk of injury in a shoulder belt cannot do its job crash, both drivers and passen- because it will not be snug against gers should always sit as far your chest. Instead, it will be in front back as possible in the upright of you. During an accident, you could position with the seatbelt prop- be thrown into the seat belt, causing erly secured. neck or other injuries. The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger’s hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger’s neck will strike the shoulder belt. OQL035004 To change the height of the seat, push the lever upwards or downwards. • To lower the seat cushion, push the lever down several times. • To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever up several times.

39 Safety features of your vehicle

Lumbar support (if equipped) Front seat adjustment - power (if equipped) CAUTION - Power seat adjustments The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located on The power seating controls the outside of the seat cushion. function by electronic motor. Before driving, adjust the seat to the Excessive operation may cause proper position so you can easily con- damage to the electrical equip- trol the steering wheel, pedals and ment. switches on the instrument panel.

WARNING - Unattended CAUTION - Power Seating children Do not operate two or more OQL035067 Do not leave children unattend- power seat control switches at The lumbar support can be adjusted ed in the vehicle. Children might the same time. Doing so may by pressing the lumbar support operate features of the vehicle damage the power seat motor or switch on the side of the seat. that could injure them. electrical components. 1. Press the front portion of the switch to increase support, or the When in operation, the power seat- rear portion of the switch, to consumes a large amount of electri- decrease support. cal power. To prevent unnecessary 2. Release the switch once it reach- system drain, don’t adjust the power es the desired position. seat longer than necessary while the engine is not running.

3 10 Safety features of your vehicle

Forward and backward Seatback angle Seat height

OQL035006 OQL035007 OQL035008 Push the control switch forward or Push the control switch forward or Pull the front portion of the control backward to move the seat to the backward to move the seatback to switch up to raise or press down to desired position. Release the switch the desired angle. Release the lower the front part of the seat cush- once the seat reaches the desired switch once the seat reaches the ion. Pull the rear portion of the con- position. desired position. trol switch up to raise or press down to lower the seat cushion. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.

311 Safety features of your vehicle

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat, Headrest (for front seat) Also, adjust the headrest as close to if equipped) your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended.

WARNING - Headrest removal/adjustment • Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed. Headrests can provide critical neck and head support in a OQL035090 crash. OQL035009 The driver's and front passenger's • Do not adjust the headrest height while the vehicle is in The lumbar support can be adjusted seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant's safety and comfort. motion. Driver may lose con- by pressing the lumbar support trol of the vehicle. switch on the side of the seat. The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger, but also helps protect the head and 1. Press the front portion of the neck in the event of a rear collision. switch to increase support, or the rear portion of the switch, to For maximum effectiveness in case decrease support. of an accident, the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the 2. Release the switch once it reach- headrest is at the same height of the es the desired position. center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes.

3 12 Safety features of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and down Removal and reinstallation

■ Type A

OYFH034205 ✽ OQL035010 NOTICE OQL035012 ■ To raise the headrest, pull it up to the If you recline the seatback towards Type B desired position (1). To lower the the front with the headrest and seat headrest, push and hold the release cushion raised, the headrest may button (2) on the headrest support come in contact with the sunvisor or and lower the headrest to the desired other parts of the vehicle. position (3).

CAUTION Excessive pulling or pushing may damage the headrest. OQL035013

313 Safety features of your vehicle

To remove the headrest: ■ Type A To reinstall the headrest : 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the 1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the recline lever or switch (1). holes while pressing the release 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. button (1) or switch(1). 3. Press the headrest release button 2. Recline the seatback (4) with the (3) while pulling the headrest up (4). recline lever or switch (3). 3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height. WARNING - Headrest Removal NEVER allow anyone to ride in a WARNING - Headrest OQL035014 Reinstallation seat with the headrest removed. ■ Type B Headrests can provide critical To reduce the risk of injury to neck and head support in a the head or neck, always make crash. sure the headrest is locked into position and adjusted properly after reinstalling.

OQL035015

3 14 Safety features of your vehicle

Seatback pocket Rear seat adjustment For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the headrest should Headrest be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of gravity of most people's heads is similar with the height as the top of their eyes. Also, adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended. OQL035016 OQLC035087 The seatback pocket is provided on WARNING - Headrest the back of the front passenger’s and The rear seat is equipped with head- Removal driver’s seatbacks. rests in all the seating positions for the occupant's safety and comfort. NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat with the headrest removed. The headrest not only provides com- Headrests can provide critical WARNING - Seatback fort for passengers, but also helps pockets neck and head support in a protect the head and neck in the crash. Do not put heavy or sharp event of a collision. objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occupants.

315 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Headrest Reinstallation To reduce the risk of injury to the head or neck, always make sure the headrest is locked into position and adjusted properly after reinstalling.

OQLA035018 OQLA035096 Adjusting the height up and down Removal and reinstallation To raise the headrest, pull it up to the To remove the headrest, raise it as desired position (1). To lower the far as it can go then press the headrest, push and hold the release release button (1) while pulling the button (2) on the headrest support headrest upward (2). and lower the headrest to the desired To reinstall the headrest, put the position (3). headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position.

3 16 Safety features of your vehicle

Armrest Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks may be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.

WARNING Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving. This is not a proper seating OQL035014 position and no seat belts are To fold down the rear seatback: OQL035020 available for use. Ignoring this To use the armrest, pull it forward warning could result in serious 1. Set the front seatback to the from the seatback. injury or death in case of an upright position and if necessary, accident or sudden stop. slide the front seat forward. 2. Lower the rear head restraints to the lowest position. WARNING - Objects Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.

317 Safety features of your vehicle

OQL035030

OQL035023 OQL035024 4. Lift up the front portion of the seat- 5. To use the rear seat, lift and push back folding lever, then fold the the seatback rearward by lifting up seat toward the front of the vehicle. the front portion of the folding lever. When you return the seatback to Push the seatback firmly until it its upright position, always be sure clicks into place. Make sure the it has locked into position by push- seatback is locked in place. ing on the top of the seatback.

OQLA035022 3. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion, and insert the rear seat belt webbing in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged.

3 18 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Rear WARNING - Objects WARNING - Cargo Seatback Objects carried on the folded Do not place objects in the rear When returning the rear seat to down seatback should not seats, since they cannot be the upright position: extend higher than the top of properly secured and may hit • Be careful not to damage the the front seatbacks. This could vehicle occupants in a collision. seat belt webbing or buckle. allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during • Ensure the seatback is com- sudden stops. pletely locked into its upright WARNING - Cargo loading position by pushing on the Make sure the engine is off, the top of the seatback. automatic transaxle is in P (Park) Failure to adhere to any of CAUTION - Damaging and the parking brake is secure- these instructions could rear seat belt buckles ly applied whenever loading or result in serious injury or When you fold the rear seat- unloading cargo. Failure to take death in the event of a crash. back, insert the buckle between these steps may allow the vehi- the rear seatback and cushion. cle to move if the shift lever is Doing so can prevent the buckle inadvertently moved to another from being damaged by the rear position. WARNING seatback. Unless the driver's position is properly set according to the driver's physical figure, do not When returning the rear seatbacks to fold the rear seat. It may the upright position, remember to increase bodily injuries in a return the rear shoulder belts to their sudden stop or collision. proper position.

319 Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system Care should be taken to avoid con- WARNING - Damaged tamination of the webbing with pol- seat belt ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic- WARNING - Twisted seat ularly battery acid. Cleaning may belt Replace the entire seat belt assembly if any part of the web- safely be carried out using mild soap Make sure your seat belt is not bing or hardware is damaged as and water. The belt should be twisted when worn. A twisted you can no longer be sure that a replaced if webbing becomes frayed, seat belt may not properly pro- damaged seat belt will provide contaminated or damaged. tect you in an accident and protection in a crash. • For maximum restraint system pro- could even cut into your body. tection, the seat belts must always be used whenever the vehicle is Seat belts are designed to bear upon moving. A properly positioned WARNING - Shoulder Belt the bony structure of the body, and shoulder belt should be positioned • Never wear the shoulder belt should be worn low across the front midway over your shoulder across under your arm or behind of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as your collarbone. your back. An improperly applicable; wearing the lap section of • Never allow children to ride in the positioned shoulder belt can- the belt across the abdominal area front passenger seat. See child not protect the occupant in a must be avoided. restraint system section for further crash. Seat belts should be adjusted as discussion. • Always wear both the shoul- firmly as possible, consistent with der portion and lap portion of comfort, to provide the protection for the lap/shoulder belt. which they have been designed. A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer.

3 20 Safety features of your vehicle

• No modifications or additions Seat belt warning should be made by the user which WARNING - Seat belt would either prevent the seat belt buckle adjusting devices from operating to Do not allow foreign material remove slack, or prevent the seat (gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to belt assembly from being adjusted obstruct the seat belt buckle. to remove slack. This may prevent the seat belt • When you fasten the seat belt, be from fastening securely. careful not to latch the seat belt in buckles of other seat. It's very dangerous and you may not be protected by the seat belt properly. • Do not unfasten the seat belt and 1GQA2083 do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving. This The driver's seat and passenger’s could result in loss of control, and seat belt warning light and warning an accident causing death, serious chime will activate pursuant to the injury, or property damage. following table when the ignition switch is in “ON” position. • When fastening the seat belt, make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily.

321 Safety features of your vehicle

Conditions Warning Pattern Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system Vehicle Light- Chime- with emergency locking retractor WARNING Seat Belt Speed Blink Sound You should place the lap belt Unbuckled 6 seconds portion as low as possible and Buckled 6 seconds None snugly across your hips, not on your waist. If the lap belt is locat- Below 5 km/h (3 6 seconds None ed too high on your waist, it may mph) increase the chance of injury in Buckled → 5 km/h (3 mph) ~ the event of a collision. Both 6 seconds Unbuckled 10 km/h (6 mph) arms should not be under or Above 10 km/h (6 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off over the belt. Rather, one should mph) (11 times) be over and the other under, as shown in the illustration.

6 seconds *1 Never wear the seat belt under Above 10 km/h B180A01NF-1 the arm near the door. Unbuckled (6 mph) → Below ↓ To fasten your seat belt: 5 km/h (3 mph) Stop *2 To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab

1 (1) into the buckle (2). There will be * Warning pattern repeats 11 times an audible "click" when the tab locks with an interval of 24 seconds. If into the buckle. the driver's seat belt is buckled, the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately. *2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately.

3 22 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Front seat If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

B200A02NF OQL035031 The seat belt automatically adjusts to Height adjustment the proper length only after the lap You can adjust the height of the shoul- belt portion is adjusted manually so der belt anchor to one of the 4 posi- that it fits snugly around your hips. If tions for maximum comfort and safety. you lean forward in a slow, easy The height of the adjusting seat belt motion, the belt will extend and let should not be too close to your neck. you move around. If there is a sud- The shoulder portion should be den stop or impact, however, the belt adjusted so that it lies across your will lock into position. It will also lock chest and midway over your shoulder if you try to lean forward too quickly. near the door and not your neck. To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position. To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2).

323 Safety features of your vehicle

Release the button to lock the Rear center seatbelt anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position. Improperly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident.

WARNING - Shoulder belt positioning Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face. OQL035072

OQLE035071 2. Insert the tongue plate (A) into the buckle (A’) until an audible “click" To fasten your seatbelt: WARNING - Seat belt is heard, indicating the latch is replacement 1. Pull out the tongue plate (A) from locked. Make sure the belt is not the hole on the belt assembly twisted. Replace your seat belts after cover. being in an accident. Failure to replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not provide protection in the event of another collision.

3 24 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the safety belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

OQL035073 OQLE035027 3. Pull out the tongue plate (B) from 4. Pull the tongue plate (B) and the pocket (C). insert it into the buckle (B’) until an audible “click” is heard, indicating the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted.

When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be used.

325 Safety features of your vehicle

OQL035074

OQL035027 OQL035071 To release your seatbelt: 4. Insert the tongue plate (A) into the 1. Press the release button on the hole on the belt assembly cover. buckle (B’) and remove the tongue plate (B).

OQL035028 2. Insert the tongue plate (B) into the pocket (C) 3. To retract the rear center seatbelt, insert the tongue plate into the web release hole (A'). Pull up on the seat belt web and allow the webbing to retract automatically.

3 26 Safety features of your vehicle

Stowing the rear seat belt • The center seat belt can be stowed with the plate and webbing rolled in CAUTION the pocket between the rear seat- Take the seatbelt out of the seatback and cushion. belt guide prior to using it. If you • Routing the seat belt webbing pull the seat belt when it is through the rear seat belt guides stored in the guides, it may will help keep the belts from being damage the guides and/or the trapped behind or under the seats. belt webbing. After inserting the seat belt, tighten the belt webbing by pulling it up. WARNING OQL035030 Prior to fastening the rear seat belts, ensure the latch matches the seat belt buckle. Forcefully fastening the left or right seat belt to the center buckle can result in an improper fastening scenario that will not protect you in an accident.

OQL035029

• The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use.

327 Safety features of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt (1) Retractor Pretensioner If the system senses excessive ten- The purpose of the retractor pre- sion on the driver or passenger's tensioner is to make sure that the seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys- shoulder belts fit in tightly against tem activates, the load limiter inside the occupant's upper body in cer- the retractor pre-tensioner will release tain frontal collisions. some of the pressure on the affected seat belt. (2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device) The purpose of the EFD is to ✽ NOTICE make sure that the pelvis belts fit The pre-tensioner will activate not in tightly against the occupant's only in a frontal collision but also in a lower body in certain frontal colli- side collision, if the vehicle is equipped OXMA033101 sions. with a side or curtain air bag. Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts (retractor pretensioner and EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)). The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated, when a frontal collision is severe enough, together with the air bags. When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor may lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body.

3 28 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE WARNING - Skin Irritation • Both the driver's and front pas- Wash all exposed skin areas senger's seat belt pre-tensioner sys- thoroughly after an accident in tem may be activated not only in which the pre-tensioner seat certain frontal collision, but also in belts were activated. The fine certain side collisions or rollovers. dust from the pre-tensioner • Because the sensor that activates activation may cause skin irrita- the SRS air bag is connected with tion and should not be breathed the pre-tensioner seat belt, the for prolonged periods. SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illumi- ODMESA2024 nate for approximately 6 seconds The seat belt pre-tensioner system after the ignition switch has been consists mainly of the following com- turned to the ON position, and ponents. Their locations are shown in then it should turn off. the illustration:

(1) SRS air bag warning light (2) Front retractor pre-tensioner assembly (3) SRS control module (4) Emergency fastening device (EFD)

329 Safety features of your vehicle

If the pre-tensioner seat belt system ✽ NOTICE Pre-tensioners are designed to oper- is not working properly, this warning When the pre-tensioner seat belts ate only one time. After activation, light will illuminate even if there is not are activated, a loud noise may be pre-tensioner seat belts must be a malfunction with the SRS air bag. If heard and fine dust, which may replaced. If the pre-tensioner must the SRS air bag warning light does appear to be smoke, may be visible be replaced, contact an authorized not illuminate when the ignition in the passenger compartment. Kia dealer. switch is turned ON, or if it remains These are normal operating condi- illuminated after illuminating for tions and are not hazardous. approximately 6 seconds, or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven, have an authorized Kia dealer WARNING - Hot preten- inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt sioner and SRS air bag system as soon as Do not touch the pre-tensioner possible. seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been ✽ NOTICE activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism Do not attempt to service or repair fires during a collision the pre- the pre-tensioner seat belt system in tensioner becomes hot and can any manner. Do not attempt to burn you. inspect or replace the pre-tensioner seat belts yourself. This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer.

3 30 Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt precautions Larger children If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child’s neck or face, try Infant or small child Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always placing the child closer to the center of Most countries have child restraint occupy the rear seat and use the the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still laws.You should be aware of the spe- available lap/shoulder belts. The lap touches their face or neck they need to cific requirements in your country. portion should be fastened and be returned to a child restraint system. Child and/or infant seats must be snugged on the hips as low as possi- properly placed and installed in the ble. Check periodically to insure that rear seat. For more information about WARNING - Small children the belt fits. A child's squirming could the use of these restraints, refer to put the belt out of position. Children Do not allow small children to “Child restraint system” in this sec- are given the most safety in the event ride in the vehicle without an tion. of an accident when they are appropriate child restraint sys- restrained by a proper restraint system. If the shoulder belt comes ✽ NOTICE tem in the rear seat. If a larger child in contact with your child's neck (over age 13) must be seated in the or face your child is too small to Small children are best protected ride in the vehicle. In a crash the from injury in an accident when front seat, the child should be securely restrained by the available seat belt will inflict injury to your properly restrained in the rear seat child's neck, throat and face. by a child restraint system that meets lap/shoulder belt and the seat should the requirements of the Safety be placed in the rearmost position. Standards of your country. Before Children age 13 and under should be buying any child restraint system, restrained securely in the rear seat. make sure that it has a label certify- NEVER place a child age 13 and ing that it meets Safety Standard of under in the front seat. NEVER place your country. The restraint must be a rear facing child seat in the front appropriate for your child's height seat of a vehicle. and weight. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to “Child restraint system” in this section.

331 Safety features of your vehicle

Restraint of pregnant women Injured person Do not lie down Pregnant women should wear A seat belt should be used when an To reduce the chance of injuries in lap/shoulder belt assemblies when- injured person is being transported. the event of an accident and to ever possible according to specific When this is necessary, you should achieve maximum effectiveness of recommendations by their doctors. consult a physician for recommenda- the restraint system, all passengers The lap portion of the belt should be tions. should be sitting up and the front and worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS rear seats should be in an upright POSSIBLE. position when the vehicle is moving. One person per belt A seat belt cannot provide proper Two people (including children) WARNING - Pregnant protection if the person is lying down should never attempt to use a single women in the rear seat or if the front and rear seat belt. This could increase the seats are in a reclined position. Pregnant women must never severity of injuries in case of an acci- place the lap portion of the seat dent. belt above or on the abdomen where the fetus is located. The force of the seat belt during a collision will crush the fetus.

3 32 Safety features of your vehicle

Care of seat belts Periodic inspection When to replace seat belts Seat belt systems should never be All seat belts should be inspected The entire in-use seat belt assembly disassembled or modified. In addi- periodically for wear or damage of or assemblies should be replaced if tion, care should be taken to assure any kind. Any damaged parts should the vehicle has been involved in an that seat belts and belt hardware are be replaced as soon as possible. accident. This should be done even if not damaged by seat hinges, doors no damage is visible. Additional or other abuse. questions concerning seat belt oper- Keep belts clean and dry ation should be directed to an Seat belts should be kept clean and authorized Kia dealer. WARNING - Pinched seat dry. If belts become dirty, they can be belt cleaned by using a mild soap solu- Make sure that the webbing tion and warm water. Bleach, dye, and/or buckle does not get strong detergents or abrasives caught or pinched in the rear should not be used because they seat when returning the rear may damage and weaken the fabric. seatback to its upright position. A caught or pinched webbing/ buckle may become damaged and could fail during a collision or sudden stop.

WARNING Seatbelts can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather. They could burn infants and children.

333 Safety features of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS) Children Always in the Rear Children under age 13 must always Child restraint systems must be ride in the rear seats and must always properly placed and installed in the be properly restrained to minimize the rear seat. You must use a commer- WARNING - Restraint risk of injury in an accident, sudden cially available child restraint system Location stop or sudden maneuver. According that meets the requirements of the Never install a child or infant to accident statistics, children are Safety Standards of your country. seat on the front passenger's safer when properly restrained in the Child restraint systems are generally seat. A child riding in the front rear seats than in the front seat. Even designed to be secured in a vehicle passenger seat can be forceful- with air bags, children can be serious- seat by lap belt portion of a ly struck by an inflating airbag ly injured or killed. Children too large lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys- and seriously injured. for a child restraint must use the seat tem in the rear seats of the vehicle. belts provided. Most countries have child restraint WARNING - Hot Child laws which require children to travel Restraint in approved child restraint devices. The laws governing the age or A child restraint system can height/weight restrictions at which become very hot if it is left in a seat belts can be used instead of closed vehicle on a sunny day. child restraints differs among coun- Be sure to check the seat cover, tries, so you should be aware of the buckles and latches before specific requirements in your coun- placing a child in the restraint try, and where you are travelling. system.

3 34 Safety features of your vehicle

Child restraint system (CRS) (Continued) Selecting a Child Restraint Infants and younger children must be System (CRS) • Always properly restrain your restrained in an appropriate rear-fac- child in the child restraint. When selecting a CRS for your child, ing or forward-facing CRS that has always: first been properly secured to the • If the vehicle head restraint • Make sure the CRS has a label rear seat of the vehicle. Read and prevents proper installation of certifying that it meets applicable comply with the instructions for a child seat (as described in Safety Standards of your country. installation and use provided by the the child restraint system manufacturer of the child restraint. manual), the head restraint of • Select a child restraint based on the respective seating posi- your child’s height and weight. The tion shall be readjusted or required label or the instructions WARNING entirely removed. for use typically provide this infor- Child Restraint Installation - • Do not use an infant carrier or mation. An improperly secured child a child safety seat that • Select a child restraint that fits the restraint can increase the risk "hooks" over a seatback, it vehicle seating position where it of serious injury or death in an may not provide adequate will be used. accident. Always take the fol- protection in an accident. • Read and comply with the warn- lowing precautions when using • After an accident, have a Kia ings and instructions for installation a child restraint system: dealer check the child restraint and use provided with the child • Always follow the child system, seat belts, tether restraint system. restraint system manufactur- anchors and lower anchors. er’s instructions for installation and use. (Continued)

335 Safety features of your vehicle

Child restraint system types WARNING - Holding WARNING - Unattended There are three main types of child Children Children restraint systems: rear-facing seats, Never hold a child in your arms Never leave children unattended forward-facing seats, and booster or lap when riding in a vehicle. in a vehicle. The car can heat up seats. They are classified according The violent forces created dur- very quickly, resulting in injuries to the child’s age, height and weight. ing a crash will tear the child to the child in the vehicle. from your arms and throw the child against the car’s interior. Always use a child restraint system which is appropriate for WARNING - Seat Belt Use your child's height and weight. Do not use one seat belt for two occupants at the same time. This will eliminate any safety benefit provided by the seat belt to the occupants.

3 36 Safety features of your vehicle

Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight limits for the rear-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rear-facing for a longer period of time. Continue to use a rear-facing child seat for as long as your child will fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It’s the best way to keep them safe. Once your child has outgrown CRS09 the rear-facing child restraint, your OQLA035032 Rear-facing child seats child is ready for a forward-facing Forward-facing child restraints child restraint with a harness. A rear-facing child seat provides A forward-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface restraint for the child’s body with a against the back of the child. The harness. Keep children in a forward- harness system holds the child in facing child seat with a harness until place, and in an accident, acts to they reach the top height or weight keep the child positioned in the seat limit allowed by your child restraint’s and reduces the stress to the neck manufacturer. and spinal cord. Once your child outgrows the for- All children under age one must ward-facing child restraint, your child always ride in a rear-facing infant is ready for a booster seat. child restraint.

337 Safety features of your vehicle

Booster seats Installing a Child Restraint • Secure the child in the child A booster seat is a restraint designed System (CRS) restraint. Make sure the child is properly strapped in the child to improve the fit of the vehicle’s seat After selecting a proper child seat for restraint according to the manufac- belt system. A booster seat positions your child, check to make sure it fits turer instructions. the seat belt so that it fits properly properly in your vehicle. Follow the over the lap of your child. instructions provided by the manu- Keep your child in a booster seat facturer when installing the child until they are big enough to sit in the seat. Note these general steps when seat without a booster and still have installing the seat to your vehicle: the seat belt fit properly. For a seat • Properly secure the child belt to fit properly, the lap belt must restraint to the vehicle. All child lie snugly across the upper thighs, restraints must be secured to the not the stomach. The shoulder belt vehicle with the lap part of a should lie snug across the shoulder lap/shoulder belt or with the and chest and not across the neck or LATCH system. face. Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and • Make sure the child restraint is must always be properly restrained firmly secured. After installing a to minimize the risk of injury. child restraint to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward and from side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A child restraint secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly as possible. However, some side-to- side movement can be expected.

3 38 Safety features of your vehicle

Lower Anchors and Tether for Children (LATCH) System WARNING - LATCH Lower The LATCH system holds a child Anchors restraint during driving and in an Never attempt to attach a LATCH accident. This system is designed to equipped seat in the center make installation of the child restraint seating position. LATCH lower easier and reduce the possibility of anchors are only to be used in improperly installing your child the left and right rear outboard restraint. The LATCH system uses seating positions.You may dam- anchors in the vehicle and attach- age the anchors or the anchors ments on the child restraint. The may fail and break in a collision. LATCH system eliminates the need OQL035035 to use seat belts to secure the child LATCH anchors have been provided restraint to the rear seats. in the left and right outboard rear Lower anchors are metal bars built seating positions. Their locations are into the vehicle. There are two lower shown in the illustration. There are anchors for each LATCH seating no LATCH anchors provided for the position that will accommodate a center rear seating position. child restraint with lower attachments. To use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you must have a child restraint with LATCH attachments. The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child seat with its attachments for the LATCH lower anchors.

339 Safety features of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system WARNING To install a LATCH-compatible child Take the following precautions restraint in either of the rear outboard when using the LATCH system: seating positions: • Read and follow all installation 1. Move the seat belt buckle away instructions provided with from the lower anchors. your child restraint system. 2. Move any other objects away from • To prevent the child from the anchors that could prevent a reaching and taking hold of secure connection between the unretracted seat belts, buckle child restraint and the lower all unused rear seat belts and OQL035036 anchors. retract the seat belt webbing The lower anchor position indicator 3. Place the child restraint on the behind the child. Children can symbols are located on the left and vehicle seat, then attach the seat be strangled if a shoulder belt right rear seat backs to identify the to the lower anchors according to becomes wrapped around their position of the lower anchors in your the instructions provided by the neck and the seat belt tightens. vehicle (see arrows in illustration). child restraint manufacturer. • NEVER attach more than one The LATCH anchors are located 4. Follow the child restraint instruc- child restraint to a single between the seatback and the seat tions for properly adjusting and anchor. This could cause the cushion of the rear seat left and right tightening the lower attachments anchor or attachment to come outboard seating positions. on the child restraint to the lower loose or break. To use the lower anchor, push the anchors. • Always have the LATCH sys- upper portion of the lower anchor tem inspected by your author- cover. ized Kia dealer after an accident. An accident can damage ❈ (1) : Lower Anchor position indicator the LATCH system and may (2) : Lower Anchor not properly secure the child restraint.

3 40 Safety features of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor" system WARNING Take the following precautions when installing the tether strap: • Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your child restraint system. • NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break. OQL035034 • Do not attach the tether strap To install the tether anchor: OQLA035033 to anything other than the cor- 1. Route the child restraint tether rect tether anchor. It may not strap over the child restraint seat- First secure the child restraint with work properly if attached to back. Route the tether strap under the LATCH lower anchors or the seat something else. the head restraint and between belt. If the child restraint manufactur- the head restraint posts, or route er recommends that the top tether • Do not use the tether anchors for adult seat belts or harness- the tether strap over the top of the strap be attached, attach and tighten vehicle seatback. Make sure the the top tether strap to the top tether es, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle. strap is not twisted. strap anchor. 2. Connect the tether strap hook to Child restraint system top tether • Always fasten the seatbelts behind the child restraint seat the tether anchor, then tighten the anchorages are located on the back tether strap according to the child of the rear seatbacks. when they are not used to secure the child seat. Failure seat manufacturer’s instructions to to do so may result in child firmly secure the child restraint to strangulation. the seat.

341 Safety features of your vehicle

3. Check that the child restraint is To install a child restraint system on securely attached to the seat by the rear seats, do the following: pushing and pulling the seat for- 1.Place the child restraint system on ward and from side-to-side. a rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder belt around or through the child Securing a child restraint with a restraint, following the restraint lap belt or lap/shoulder belt manufacturer’s instructions. When not using the LATCH system, Be sure the seat belt webbing is all child restraints must be secured to not twisted. a vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. E2MS103005 Automatic locking mode Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking mode), you must manually pull the seat belt all the way out to shift the retractor to the “Automatic Locking” mode to secure a child restraint. The “Automatic Locking” mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and com- promise the child restraint system. To secure a child restraint system, use the following procedure.

3 42 Safety features of your vehicle

OEN036101 ODM036071 OTAM031103 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion into the buckle. Listen for the dis- seat belt all the way out. When the of the seat belt to retract and listen tinct "click" sound. shoulder portion of the seat belt is for an audible "clicking" or "ratchet- Position the release button so that fully extended, it will shift the ing" sound. This indicates that the it is easy to access in case of an retractor to the "Automatic retractor is in the "Automatic emergency. Locking" (child restraint) mode. Locking" mode. If no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

343 Safety features of your vehicle

5. Remove as much slack from the ✽ NOTICE belt as possible by pushing down When the seat belt is allowed to on the child restraint system while retract to its fully stowed position, feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor will automatically the retractor. switch from the "Automatic 6. Push and pull on the child restraint Locking" mode to the emergency system to confirm that the seat lock mode for normal adult usage. belt is holding it firmly in place. If it is not, release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6. WARNING - Auto lock mode 7. Double check that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode Set the retractor to Automatic by attempting to pull more of the Lock mode when installing any seat belt out of the retractor. If you child restraint system. If the cannot, the retractor is in the retractor is not in the Automatic "Automatic Locking" mode. Locking mode, the child restraint can move when your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. If your CRS manufacturer instructs or recommends you to use a tether To remove the child restraint, press anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, the release button on the buckle and refer to the previous pages for more then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of information. the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.

3 44 Safety features of your vehicle

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Passenger’s front air bag (3) Side air bag (4) Curtain air bag

WARNING Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover.

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OQLA035085

345 Safety features of your vehicle

How does the air bag system • The front air bags will completely • In order to help provide protection, operate? inflate and deflate in an instant. the air bags must inflate rapidly. • Air bags are activated (able to It is virtually impossible for you to The speed of the air bag inflation is inflate if necessary) only when the see the air bags inflate during an a consequence of extremely short ignition switch is turned to the ON accident. time in which to inflate the air bag or START position. between the occupant and the It is much more likely that you will vehicle structures before the occu- • The appropriate air bags inflate simply see the deflated air bags pant impacts those structures. This instantly in the event of a serious hanging out of their storage com- speed of inflation reduces the risk frontal collision or side collision in partments after the collision. of serious or life-threatening order to help protect the occupants • In addition to inflating in serious injuries and is thus a necessary from serious physical injury. side collisions, side and/or curtain part of the air bag design. • Generally, air bags are designed to air bags will inflate if the sensing However, air bag inflation can also inflate based upon the severity of a system detects a rollover. cause injuries which can include collision and its direction. These • When a rollover is detected curtain facial abrasions, bruises and bro- two factors determine whether the air bags will remain inflated longer ken bones because the inflation sensors produce an electronic to help provide protection from speed also causes the air bags to deployment/ inflation signal. ejection, especially when used in expand with a great deal of force. • Air bag deployment depends on a conjunction with the seat belts. • There are even circumstances number of factors including vehicle under which contact with the speed, angles of impact, and, the steering wheel or passenger air density and stiffness of the vehi- bag can cause fatal injuries, cles or objects which your vehicle especially if the occupant is hits in the collision. The determin- positioned excessively close to ing factors are not limited to those the steering wheel or passenger mentioned above. air bag.

3 46 Safety features of your vehicle

Noise and smoke WARNING - Airbag infla- When inflated, the air bags make a WARNING - Hot compo- tion loud noise and leave smoke and nents Sit as far back as possible from powder in the air inside the vehicle. Do not touch the air bag storage the steering wheel while still This is normal and is a result of the area's internal components maintaining comfortable con- ignition of the air bag inflator. After immediately after airbag infla- trol of your vehicle. A distance the air bag inflates, you may feel sub- tion. The air bag related parts in of at least 25 cm (10 in.) from stantial discomfort in breathing due the steering wheel, instrument your chest to the steering wheel to the contact of your chest with both panel and the roof rails above is recommended. Failure to do the seat belt and the air bag, as well the front and rear doors are so can result in airbag inflation as from breathing the smoke and very hot. Hot components can injuries to the driver. powder. Open your doors and/or result in burn injuries. windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder. WARNING Though smoke and powder are non- Do not install or place any toxic, it may cause irritation to the accessories near air bag skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If deployment areas, such as the this is the case, wash and rinse with instrument panel, windows, pil- cold water immediately and consult a lars, and roof rails. Such objects doctor if the symptom persists. may become dangerous projectiles if the air bag deploys.

347 Safety features of your vehicle

Do not install a child restraint on Air bag warning light the front passenger’s seat. WARNING - Air bag deployment When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of a vehicle equipped with side and/or curtain air bags, install the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible. Inflation of the side and/or curtain air bags could impact the child.

W7-147 1JBH3051 The purpose of air bag warning light Never place a rear-facing child in your instrument panel is to alert restraint in the front passenger’s you of a potential problem with your seat. If the air bag deploys, it would air bag system, which could include impact the rear-facing child restraint, your side and/or curtain air bags causing serious or fatal injury. used for rollover protection. In addition, do not place front-facing child restraints in the front passenger’s seat. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child.

3 48 Safety features of your vehicle

SRS components and functions 10.Side pressure sensors 11. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator (Front passenger’s seat only) 12. Occupant detection system (Front passenger’s seat only) 13. Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt buckle sensors 14. Emergency Fastening Device(EFD) W7-147

OQLA035099 *: if equipped If the air bag warning light is illuminated for more than 6 seconds after The SRS consists of the following the ignition is turned on, or of it illu- components: minates during vehicle operation, an 1. Driver's front air bag module SRS component may not be func- 2. Passenger's front air bag module tioning properly and you should have your vehicle checked by an author- 3. Side air bag modules ized Kia dealer. 4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/ Roll over sensor 8. Front impact sensors 9. Side impact sensors

349 Safety features of your vehicle

If any of the following conditions Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) occur, this indicates a malfunction in the air bag system. Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible. • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds. • The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion. B240B01L B240B02L • The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position. The front air bag modules are locat- Upon deployment, tear seams molded both in the center of the steering ed directly into the pad covers will wheel and in the front passenger's separate under pressure from the panel above the glove box. When the expansion of the air bags. Further SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe opening of the covers then allows full impact to the front of the vehicle, it inflation of the air bags. will automatically deploy the front air bags.

3 50 Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag WARNING - Flying objects Do not place any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front door and the front seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the side airbag inflates.

• If an air bag deploys, there may be B240B03L B240B05L a loud noise followed by a fine dust A fully inflated air bag, in combina- released in the vehicle. These con- tion with a properly worn seat belt, ditions are normal and are not haz- WARNING - Air bag ardous - the air bags are packed in slows the driver's or the passenger's obstructions forward motion, reducing the risk of this fine powder. The dust generat- head and chest injury. Do not install or place any ed during air bag deployment may accessories on the steering cause skin or eye irritation as well wheel, instrument panel, or on as aggravate asthma for some per- After complete inflation, the air bag the front passenger's panel sons. Always wash all exposed immediately starts deflating, enabling above the glove box in a vehi- skin areas thoroughly with cold the driver to maintain forward visibility cle. Such objects may become water and a mild soap after an and the ability to steer or operate dangerous projectiles if the air accident in which the air bags were other controls. bag deploys. deployed.

351 Safety features of your vehicle

• The SRS can function only when Occupant Detection System The occupant detection system is the ignition switch is in the ON (ODS) designed to detect the presence of a position. If the SRS air bag warning properly-seated front passenger and light does not illuminate, or contin- ■ Type A determine if the passenger's front air uously remains on after illuminat- bag should be enabled (may inflate) ing for about 6 seconds when the or not. Only the front passenger front ignition switch is turned to the ON air bag is controlled by the Occupant position, or after the engine is Detection System. started, comes on while driving, Do not put anything in front of the the SRS is not working properly. If passenger air bag indicator. this occurs, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. OQLA035060 ■ Type B ✽ NOTICE Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal, turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition switch. Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse(s) when the ignition switch is in the ON position. Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illumi- OQLA035101 nate. Your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger's seat.

3 52 Safety features of your vehicle

Main components of the occu- If the front passenger seat is occu- Always be sure that you and all vehicle pant detection system pied by a person that the system occupants are seated and restrained • A detection device located within determines to be of appropriate size, properly (sitting upright with the seat in the front passenger seat cushion. and he/she sits properly (sitting an upright position, centered on the upright with the seatback in an seat cushion, with the person’s legs • An electronic system which deter- upright position, centered on the comfortably extended, feet on the mines whether the passenger air seat cushion with their seat belt on, floor, and wearing the safety belt prop- bag systems should be activated legs comfortably extended and their erly) for the most effective protection or deactivated. feet on the floor), the PASSENGER by the air bag and the safety belt. • An indicator light located on the AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off instrument panel which illuminates and the front passenger's air bag will • The ODS (Occupant Detection the words PASSENGER AIR BAG be able to inflate, if necessary, in System) may not function properly if “OFF” indicates the front passen- frontal crashes. the passenger takes actions which ger air bag system is deactivated. You will find the PASSENGER AIR can defeat the detection system. • The instrument panel air bag warn- BAG “OFF” indicator on the center These include: ing light is interconnected with the facia panel. This system detects the (1) Failing to sit in an upright position. occupant detection system. conditions 1~4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front (2) Leaning against the door or cen- passenger air bag based on these ter console. conditions. (3) Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat. (4) Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat. (5) Improperly wearing the safety belt. (6) Reclining the seat back.

353 Safety features of your vehicle

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system CAUTION Do not alter or remodel the ODS Indicator/Warning light Devices (Occupant Detection System). This may damage the system Condition detected by the "PASSENGER SRS warning Front passenger and prevent it from functioning occupant classification system AIR BAG OFF" light air bag properly in a collision. indicator light 1. Adult*1 Off Off Activated 2. Child restraint system with child under 12 months old On Off Deactivated *2 *3 *4 3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated

4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture. *2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position. *3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat. *4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.

3 54 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE • Do not use car seat cushions that WARNING When the “PASS AIR BAG “OFF”” cover up the surface of the seat When the passenger is not sit- symbol is illuminated, the passenger and aftermarket manufactured ting properly in the passenger air bag system will not operate. The passenger seat heaters. seat, or some items are placed passenger air bag system will oper- • After conducting car interior on or under the passenger seat, ate when necessary if the symbol is cleaning using steam or detergent, it may interfere with normal not illuminated. the seat should be dried properly. operation of the ODS (Occupant Afterward, check for normal Detection System). In order for ✽ NOTICE operation of the “PASS AIR BAG the driver and all passengers to “OFF”” and air bag warning receive maximum benefit from Do not modify or replace the front lights. the airbag and seat belt system, passenger seat. Don't place anything • Any service related to the passen- all persons should seat and on or attach anything such as a blan- ger seat and the ODS must be wear the seat belt properly. ket, front seat cover or after market done at a Kia service center. seat heater to the front passenger • After the passenger seat has been seat. This can adversely affect the removed or installed for repair occupant detection system. purposes, check for normal operation of the “PASS AIR BAG “OFF”” and air bag warning lights with a person seated or not seated in the passenger seat.

355 Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - ODS System (Continued) (Continued) Riding in an improper position adversely affects the Occupant Detection System and may result in the deactivation of the front passenger airbag. It is important for the driver to instruct the passenger as to the proper seating instructions as contained in this manual. OJFA035105 OJFA035107 - Do not place feet on the front - Never excessively recline the passenger seatback. front passenger seatback.

OJFA035104 - Do not place a heavy loads in the front passenger seatback pocket or on the front passen- OJFA035106 OJFA035108 ger seat. - Never sit with hips shifted - Never place feet on the dash- (Continued) towards the front of the seat. board. (Continued) (Continued)

3 56 Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued)

OQLA035100 OJFA035109 OJFA035102 - Do not use car seat acces- - Never lean on the door or cen- - Do not put an electronic sories such as thick blankets ter console. device (ex. Laptop computer, and cushions which cover up - Never sit on one side of the after market DMB, navigation, the car seat surface. front passenger seat. satellite audio, video game (Continued) machine, MP3, AC inverter, (Continued) etc.) in the front passenger seatback pocket or on the front passenger seat. (Continued)

357 Safety features of your vehicle

Proper position If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” (Continued) indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.

WARNING - “AIR BAG OFF” light Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front seat when the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is illuminated, OJFA035103 because the air bag will not B990A01O deploy in the event of a crash. - Wet Passenger Seat: When an adult is seated in the front The driver must instruct the Do not spill liquid in the pas- passenger seat, if the PASSENGER passenger to reposition himself senger seat. Spilled liquid on AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn in the seat. Failure to properly the passenger seat may cause the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- position yourself may lead to air the air bag warning light to illu- tion and ask the passenger to sit bag deactivation resulting in air minate or malfunction. If any properly (sitting upright with the seat bag non-deployment in a colli- liquid is spilled, make sure the back in an upright position, centered sion. If the PASSENGER AIR seat has been completely dried on the seat cushion with their seat BAG “OFF” indicator remains before driving the vehicle. belt on, legs comfortably extended illuminated after the passenger and their feet on the floor). Restart repositions themselves proper- the engine and have the person ly and the car is restarted, it is remain in that position. This will allow recommended that passenger the system to detect the person and move to the rear seat because to enable the passenger air bag. the passenger's front air bag will not deploy.

3 58 Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE • Even though your vehicle is Any child age 13 and under should The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” equipped with the occupant detec- ride in the rear seat. Children too indicator illuminates for about 4 section system, never install a child large for child restraints should use onds after the ignition switch is restraint system in the front pas- the available lap/shoulder belts. No turned to the ON position or after senger's seat. A deploying air bag matter what type of crash, children of the engine is started. If the front can forcefully strike a child result- all ages are safer when restrained in passenger seat is occupied, the occu- ing in serious injuries or death. Any the rear seat. pant detection sensor will then clas- child age 13 and under should ride in the rear seat. Children too large sify the front passenger after several If the occupant detection system is more seconds. for child restraints should use the available lap/shoulder belts. No not working properly, the SRS air matter what type of crash, children bag warning light on the instrument of all ages are safer when panel will illuminate because the restrained in the rear seat. passenger's front air bag is connected with the occupant detection sys- • If the PASSENGER AIR BAG tem. If there is a malfunction of the “OFF” indicator is illuminated when occupant detection system, the PAS- the front passenger's seat is occu- SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator pied by an adult and he/she sits will not illuminate and the passen- properly (sitting upright with the ger's front air bag will inflate in frontal seatback in an upright position, impact crashes even if there is no centered on the seat cushion with occupant in the front passenger's their seat belt on, legs comfortably seat. extended and their feet on the floor), have that person sit in the rear seat.

359 Safety features of your vehicle

Driver's and passenger's front The indication of the system's pres- These sensors provide the ability to air bag ence are the letters "AIR BAG" locat- control the SRS deployment based on ed on the air bag pad cover on the whether or not the seat belts are fas- ■ Driver’s front air bag steering wheel and the passenger's tened, and how severe the impact is. side front panel pad above the glove box. The advanced SRS offers the ability The SRS consists of air bags to control the air bag inflation with installed under the pad covers in the two levels. A first stage level is pro- center of the steering wheel and the vided for moderate-severity impacts. passenger's side front panel above A second stage level is provided for the glove box. more severe impacts. The purpose of the SRS is to provide OQL038038L the vehicle's driver and/or the front The passenger’s front air bag is ■ Passenger’s front air bag passenger with additional protection designed to help reduce the injury of than that offered by the seat belt sys- children sitting close to the instru- tem alone in case of a frontal impact ment panel in low severity collisions. of sufficient severity. The SRS uses However, children are safer if they sensors to gather information about are restrained in the rear seat. the driver's and front passenger's seat belt usage and impact severity. According to the impact severity and The seat belt buckle sensors deter- seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS mine if the driver and front passen- Control Module) controls the air bag ger's seat belts are fastened. inflation. Failure to properly wear OQL038039L seat belts can increase the risk or Your vehicle is equipped with an severity of injury in an accident. Advanced Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating position.

3 60 Safety features of your vehicle

Additionally, your vehicle is equipped Front air bags are not intended to with an occupant detection system in WARNING - Replacement / deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or the front passenger's seat. The occu- modifications rollover crashes. However, when pant detection system detects the The front passenger seat, dash- frontal deployment threshold is satis- presence of a passenger in the front board or door should not be fied at side-impact, front air bags passenger's seat and will turn off the replaced except by an author- may deploy. In addition, front air bags front passenger's air bag under cer- ized Kia dealer using original will not deploy in frontal crashes tain conditions. For more detail, see Kia parts designed for this vehi- below the deployment threshold. "Occupant detection system" in this cle and model. Any other such chapter. replacement or modification WARNING - SRS Wiring could adversely affect the operation of the occupant detection Do not tamper with or discon- Modification to the seat structure can nect SRS wiring or other com- cause the air bag to deploy at a dif- system and your advanced air bags. ponents of the SRS system. ferent level than should be provided. Doing so could result in injury, due to accidental deployment of Manufacturers are required by gov- Advanced air bags are combined with the air bags or by rendering the ernment regulations to provide a pre-tensioner seat belts to help pro- SRS inoperative. contact point concerning modifica- vide enhanced occupant protection in tions to the vehicle for persons with frontal crashes. disabilities, which modifications may affect the vehicle’s advanced air bag ✽ NOTICE system. That contact is Kia’s toll-free Air bags can only be used once – Customer Experience Department at have an authorized Kia dealer 1-877-KIA-AUTO (1-877-542-2886). replace the air bag immediately However, Kia does not endorse nor after deployment. will it support any changes to any part or structure of the vehicle that could affect the advanced air bag system, including the occupant detection system. 361 Safety features of your vehicle

Side air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a side WARNING - No attaching air bag in each front seat. The pur- objects pose of the air bag is to provide the No objects (such as crash pad vehicle's driver and/or the front pas- cover, cellular phone holder, senger with additional protection cup holder, perfume or stickers) than that offered by the seat belt should be placed over or near alone. the air bag modules on the • The side air bags are designed to steering wheel, instrument deploy during certain side-impact panel, windshield glass, and the collisions, depending on the crash front passenger's panel above severity impact. However, when the glove box. Such objects OQL035061 side deployment threshold is satis- could cause harm if the vehicle fied at front-impact, side air bags is in a crash severe enough to may deploy. cause the air bags to deploy. • The side air bags may deploy on Do not place any objects over the side of the impact. the air bag or between the air • The side and/or curtain air bags on bag and yourself. both sides of the vehicle will deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected. • The side air bags are not designed OQL035041 to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations. ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3 62 Safety features of your vehicle

• The side air bag is supplemental to • If seat or seat cover is damaged, WARNING - Unexpected the driver's and the passenger's have the vehicle checked and deployment seat belt systems and is not a sub- repaired by an authorized Kia deal- Avoid impact to the side impact stitute for them. Therefore your er. Inform the dealer that your vehi- airbag sensor when the ignition seat belts must be worn at all times cle is equipped with side air bags switch is ON to prevent unex- while the vehicle is in operation. and an occupant detection system. pected deployment of the side • For best protection from the side air bag. air bag system and to avoid being WARNING - Flying objects injured by the deploying side air Do not place any objects (an bag, both front seat occupants umbrella, bag, etc.) between the should sit in an upright position front door and the front seat. with the seat belt properly fas- Such objects may become dan- tened. The driver's hands should gerous projectiles if the side be placed on the steering wheel at airbag inflates. the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The passenger's arms and hands should be placed on their laps.

WARNING - Deployment Do not install any accessories including seat covers, on the side or near the side air bag as this may affect the deployment of the side air bags.

363 Safety features of your vehicle

Curtain air bag Curtain air bags are located along WARNING - No attaching both sides of the roof rails above the objects front and rear doors. • Do not place any objects over They are designed to help protect the air bag or between the air occupants in certain side impacts bag and yourself. Also, do not and to help prevent them from eject- attach any objects around the ing out of the vehicle as a result of a area the air bag inflates such rollover, especially when the seat- as the door, side door glass, belts are also in use. front and rear pillar. • The curtain air bags are designed • Do not place any objects to deploy during certain side impact between the door and the OQLA035042 collisions, depending on the crash seat. They may become dan- severity impact. However, when gerous projectiles if the side side deployment threshold is satis- air bag inflates. fied at front-impact, curtain air bags • Never place or insert any may deploy. object into any small opening • The curtain air bags may deploy on near side airbag labels the side of the impact. attached to the vehicle seats. • Also, the curtain air bags on both When the air bag deploys, the sides of the vehicle will deploy in object may affect the deploy- certain rollover situations. ment and result in unexpected • The curtain air bags are not accident or bodily harm. OQLA035043 ❈ designed to deploy in all side • Do not install any accessories The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ impact or rollover situations. on the side or near the side air from the illustration. bags.

3 64 Safety features of your vehicle

Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies against the WARNING - No attaching doors, put their arms on the doors, objects stretch their arms out of the window • Do not place any objects over or place objects between the doors the air bag. Also, do not attach and passengers when they are seat- any objects around the area ed on seats equipped with side the air bag inflates such as the impact and/or curtain air bags. door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail. ✽ NOTICE • Do not hang hard or breakable Never try to open or repair any com- objects on the coat hook. ponents of the side and curtain air bag system. This should only be done by an authorized Kia dealer.

365 Safety features of your vehicle

Why didn’t my air bag go off in a Air bag collision sensors collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag) There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts.

OQL038044L/OQL035045/OQL038046L/OQL035047/OQL035048/OQL038059L (1) SRS control module/ (3) Side impact sensor (Front Door) Rollover sensor (4) Side impact sensor (C-pillar) (2) Front impact sensor (5) Side impact sensor (B-pillar) ❈ The actual air bag collision sensors in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 3 66 Safety features of your vehicle

Problems may arise if the sensor Air bag inflation conditions WARNING - Air bag sen- installation angles are changed due sors to the deformation of the front • Do not hit or allow any objects bumper, front end module, body or to impact the locations where front doors where side collision sen- air bags or sensors are sors are installed. Have the vehicle installed. checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. This may cause unexpected air bag deployment, which Installing bumper guards (or side could result in serious bodily step or running board) or replacing a injury or death. bumper (or front door module) with non-genuine parts may adversely • If the installation location or affect your vehicle’s collision and air angle of the sensors is altered bag deployment performance. OQL035049 in any way, the air bags may deploy when they should not Front air bags or they may not deploy when Front air bags are designed to inflate they should. in a frontal collision depending on Therefore, do not try to per- the impact of the front collision. form maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.

367 Safety features of your vehicle

Side and/or curtain air bags Even where side and/or curtain air Side and/or curtain air bags are bags would not provide impact pro- designed to inflate when an impact is tection in a rollover, however, they detected by side collision sensors will deploy to prevent ejection of depending on the impact resulting occupants, especially those who are from a side impact collision. restrained with seat belts. Also, the side and curtain air bags are If the vehicle chassis is impacted by designed to inflate when a rollover is bumps or objects on unimproved detected by a rollover sensor. roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on Although the front air bags (driver’s OQL038054L surfaces not designed for vehicle and front passenger’s air bags) are traffic to prevent unintended air bag designed to inflate in frontal colli- deployment. sions, they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient frontal force in another type of impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions. They may inflate in other types of collisions where a side force is OQL035051 detected by the sensors. Side air bag ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ and/or curtain air bags may also from the illustration. inflate where rollover sensors indicate the possibility of a rollover occurring (even if none actually occurs) or in other situations, including when the vehicle is tilted while being towed.

3 68 Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions

OQL035053 OQL038054L

OQL035052 • Air bags are not designed to inflate • Front air bags may not inflate in in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because • In certain low-speed collisions the pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of air bags may not deploy. The air force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side bags are designed not to deploy in inflated air bags would not be able impacts, frontal air bag deployment such cases because they may not to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu- provide benefits beyond the pro- pant protection. tection of the seat belts in such collisions.

369 Safety features of your vehicle

1VQA2089 OQL035055 1VQA2091 • In an angled collision, the force of • Just before impact, drivers often • Front air bags may not inflate in all impact may direct the occupants in brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents where the a direction where the air bags lowers the front portion of the vehi- SRSCM indicates that the front air would not be able to provide any cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- bag deployment would not provide additional benefit, and thus the cle with a higher ground clearance. additional occupant protection. sensors may not deploy any air Air bags may not inflate in this bags. "under-ride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such “under-ride” collisions.

3 70 Safety features of your vehicle

SRS Care For cleaning the air bag pad covers, The SRS is virtually maintenance- use only a soft, dry cloth or one which free and so there are no parts you can has been moistened with plain water. safely service by yourself. If the SRS Solvents or cleaners could adversely air bag warning light does not illumi- affect the air bag covers and proper nate, or continuously remains on, have deployment of the system. your vehicle immediately inspected by If components of the air bag system an authorized Kia dealer. must be discarded, or if the vehicle must be scrapped, certain safety precautions must be observed. An Any work on the SRS system, such authorized Kia dealer knows these OQL038056L as removing, installing, repairing, or precautions and can give you the any work on the steering wheel, the • Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- necessary information. Failure to fol- front passenger’s panel, front seats low these precautions and proce- cle collides with objects such as util- and roof rails must be performed by ity poles or trees, where the point of dures could increase the risk of bod- an authorized Kia dealer. Improper ily injury. impact is concentrated to one area handling of the SRS system may and the full force of the impact is not result in serious bodily injury. delivered to the sensors.

371 Safety features of your vehicle

Adding equipment to or modi- Air bag warning label WARNING - Tampering fying your air bag-equipped with SRS vehicle Do not tamper with or discon- If you modify your vehicle by chang- nect SRS wiring, or other coming your vehicle's frame, bumper sys- ponents of the SRS system. tem, front end or side sheet metal or Doing so could result in the ride height, this may affect the opera- accidental inflation of the air tion of your vehicle's air bag system. bags or by rendering the SRS OQLA035057 inoperative.

WARNING - Towing Vehicle Always have the ignition off when your vehicle is being towed. The side air bags may inflate if the vehicle is tilted such as when being towed because of the rollover sensors OQLA035058 in the vehicle. Air bag warning labels, some required by the Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS), are attached to the sunvisor to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

372 Features of your vehicle

Folding key ...... 4-5 Liftgate (for manual liftgate) ...... 4-28 • Record your key number ...... 4-5 • Opening the liftgate...... 4-28 • Key operations...... 4-5 • Closing the liftgate...... 4-28 • Transmitter precautions ...... 4-7 • Emergency liftgate safety release...... 4-29 • Battery replacement ...... 4-8 Power liftgate ...... 4-31 • Immobilizer system ...... 4-9 • Opening the liftgate...... 4-32 Smart key ...... 4-12 • Closing the liftgate...... 4-33 • Record your key number ...... 4-12 • Smart Power Liftgate ...... 4-36 • Smart key function ...... 4-12 Windows ...... 4-41 • Loss of the smart key ...... 4-16 • Power windows ...... 4-42 4 • Smart key precautions ...... 4-16 Hood...... 4-46 • Battery replacement ...... 4-17 • Opening the hood ...... 4-46 • Smart key immobilizer system...... 4-18 • Closing the hood ...... 4-47 Theft-alarm system ...... 4-20 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-48 • Armed stage ...... 4-20 • Opening the fuel filler lid ...... 4-48 • Theft-alarm stage ...... 4-21 • Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-49 • Disarmed stage...... 4-21 Panoramic sunroof ...... 4-52 Door locks ...... 4-23 • Sunroof open warning...... 4-53 • Operating door locks from outside the vehicle. . . . . 4-23 • Sunshade...... 4-53 • Operating door locks from inside the vehicle...... 4-24 • Sliding the sunroof ...... 4-54 • Impact sensing door unlock system...... 4-26 • Tilting the sunroof ...... 4-56 • Child-protector rear door lock...... 4-27 • Closing the sunroof ...... 4-56 • Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-56 Steering wheel...... 4-58 Parking distance warning-reverse ...... 4-117 • Electronic Power Steering (EPS) ...... 4-58 • Operation of the parking distance warning-reverse. 4-117 • Tilt and telescopic steering ...... 4-59 • Non-operational conditions of parking distance • Heated steering wheel ...... 4-60 warning-reverse ...... 4-118 • Horn ...... 4-61 • Parking distance warning-reverse precautions . . . 4-119 Mirrors ...... 4-62 • Self-diagnosis ...... 4-120 • Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-62 Parking distance warning ...... 4-121 • Outside rearview mirror...... 4-76 • Operation of the parking distance warning ...... 4-121 Instrument cluster ...... 4-80 • Non-operational conditions of parking distance 4 • Instrument cluster control ...... 4-81 warning...... 4-123 • LCD display control ...... 4-81 • Self-diagnosis ...... 4-125 • Gauges ...... 4-82 Rear view monitor ...... 4-126 • Transmission shift indicator...... 4-85 Lighting ...... 4-127 LCD display ...... 4-86 • Battery saver function...... 4-127 • LCD modes...... 4-86 • Daytime running light...... 4-127 • User settings mode...... 4-89 • Lighting control ...... 4-127 Trip modes (Trip computer) ...... 4-94 • High beam operation...... 4-129 • Trip modes ...... 4-94 • High beam assist ...... 4-130 • Fuel economy ...... 4-94 • Turn signals and lane change signals ...... 4-132 • Warning messages ...... 4-97 • Front fog light ...... 4-133 Warning and indicator lights ...... 4-104 • Check headlight...... 4-133 • Warning lights ...... 4-104 • Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) ...... 4-134 • Indicator lights...... 4-112 Wipers and washers ...... 4-135 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-154 • Windshield wipers ...... 4-135 • Automatic heating and air conditioning ...... 4-155 • Front windshield washers...... 4-136 • Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-156 • Rear window wiper and washer switch...... 4-137 • System operation ...... 4-162 Interior lights ...... 4-139 • Climate control air filter...... 4-164 • Automatic turn off function ...... 4-139 • Checking the amount of air conditioner • Room lamp...... 4-139 refrigerant and compressor lubricant...... 4-165 • Map lamp ...... 4-140 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-166 • Liftgate room lamp ...... 4-141 • Manual climate control system ...... 4-166 • Glove box lamp ...... 4-141 • Automatic climate control system ...... 4-167 4 • Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-141 • Defogging logic...... 4-168 Welcome system ...... 4-142 Clean air ...... 4-170 • Headlight (Headlamp) escort function ...... 4-142 Storage compartments ...... 4-171 • Interior light...... 4-142 • Center console storage ...... 4-171 • Pocket lamp ...... 4-142 • Glove box ...... 4-171 Defroster ...... 4-143 • Sunglass holder ...... 4-172 • Rear window defroster ...... 4-143 • Luggage box...... 4-172 Manual climate control system ...... 4-144 • Two types of luggage board levels ...... 4-173 • Heating and air conditioning ...... 4-145 Interior features ...... 4-174 • System operation ...... 4-150 • Cup holder ...... 4-174 • Climate control air filter...... 4-152 • Bottle holder...... 4-174 • Checking the amount of air conditioner • Seat warmer...... 4-175 refrigerant and compressor lubricant...... 4-153 • Air ventilation seat ...... 4-176 • Sunvisor ...... 4-176 • Power outlet ...... 4-177 • USB charger...... 4-178 • Wireless smart phone charging system...... 4-179 • Coat hook ...... 4-182 • Floor mat anchor (s) ...... 4-183 • Luggage net holder ...... 4-183 • Cargo security screen ...... 4-184 Exterior features...... 4-186 • Roof rack ...... 4-186 Audio system...... 4-188 4 • Antenna...... 4-188 • Steering wheel audio controls...... 4-188 • USB port...... 4-190 • How vehicle radio works ...... 4-190 Declaration of Conformity ...... 4-193 • IC...... 4-193 Features of your vehicle

FOLDING KEY Record your key number Key operations CAUTION The key code number is stamped on Do not fold the key without the key code tag pressing the release button. attached to the key This may damage the key. set. Should you lose your keys, this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to WARNING - Aftermarket duplicate the keys easily. Remove key the key code tag and store it in a safe Use only Kia original parts for place. Also, record the key code the ignition key in your vehicle. number and keep it in a safe place, If an aftermarket key is used, but not in the vehicle. OJF045002 the ignition switch may not return to ON after START. If this • Used to start the engine. happens, the starter will contin- • Used to lock and unlock the doors. ue to operate causing damage • To unfold the key, press the release to the starter motor and possi- button then the key will unfold auto- ble fire due to excessive current matically. To fold the key, fold the in the wiring. key manually while pressing the release button.

45 Features of your vehicle

Door Lock (1) Door Unlock (2) WARNING - Ignition key 1. Press the unlock button(2). Never leave the keys in your 2. The driver's door will unlock. The vehicle with unsupervised chil- hazard warning lights will blink two dren. Leaving children unat- times. tended in a vehicle with a manual ignition key or a smart key 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice is dangerous. Children copy within 4 seconds and all doors and adults and they could place the liftgate will unlock. The hazard key in the ignition switch or warning lights will blink two times. press the start button. The key would enable children to oper- ✽ NOTICE ate power windows or other OXMA043317 You can activate or deactivate the controls, or even make the vehi- Two Turn Unlock function. cle move, which could result in 1. Close all doors, engine hood and Refer to "User settings" in this serious bodily injury or death. liftgate. chapter. 2. Press the lock button(1). 3. All doors and liftgate will lock. The hazard warning lights will blink once. 4. If the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds, the hazard warning lights will blink. 5. Make sure that doors are locked by checking the door lock button inside or pulling the outside door handle.

64 Features of your vehicle

Liftgate unlock (3) Panic (4) Transmitter precautions The liftgate is unlocked if the button The horn sounds and hazard warn- • The transmitter will not work if any is pressed for more than 1 second. ing lights flash for about 27 seconds of following occur: Also, once the liftgate is opened and if this button is pressed for more than - The ignition key is in the ignition then closed, the liftgate will be locked 0.5 second. To stop the horn and switch. automatically. lights, press any button on the transmitter. - You exceed the operating dis- • For Power Liftgate Only: tance limit (about 10 m [30 feet]). The Power Liftgate will open if the - The battery in the transmitter is button is pressed for more than 1 weak. second. Also, once the liftgate is - Other vehicles or objects may be opened and then closed, the liftgate blocking the signal. will be locked again automatically. - The weather is extremely cold. ❈ For detailed information refer to the - The transmitter is close to a radio "Power liftgate" in this chapter. transmitter such as a radio sub- station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.

47 Features of your vehicle

• When the transmitter does not work Battery replacement correctly, open and close the door CAUTION - Transmitter with the ignition key. If you have a Keep the transmitter away from problem with the transmitter, con- water or any liquid as it can tact an authorized Kia dealer. become damaged and not func- • If the transmitter is in close proxim- tion properly. ity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile ✽ phones normal operational signals. NOTICE This is especially important when If the keyless entry system is inoper- the phone is active such as making ative due to exposure to water or liq- and receiving calls, text messag- uids, it will not be covered by your ing, and/or sending/receiving manufacturer’s vehicle warranty. emails. Avoid placing the transmit- OYDDCO2005 ter and your mobile phone in the The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium same pants or jacket pocket and battery which will normally last for always try to maintain an adequate several years. When replacement is distance between the two devices. necessary, use the following procedure. 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter center cover. 2. Replace the battery with a new battery (CR2032). When replacing the battery, make sure the battery is positioned correctly. 3. Install the battery in the reverse order of removal.

84 Features of your vehicle

For replacement transmitters, see an Immobilizer system authorized Kia dealer for transmitter CAUTION - Transmitter damage Your vehicle is equipped with an reprogramming. electronic engine immobilizer system • The transmitter is designed to give Do not drop, wet or expose the to reduce the risk of unauthorized you years of trouble-free use, how- keyless entry system transmit- vehicle use. ter to heat or sunlight. ever it can malfunction if exposed to Your immobilizer system is com- moisture or static electricity. If you prised of a small transponder in the are unsure how to use your trans- ignition key and electronic devices mitter or replace the battery, contact IC WARNING inside the vehicle. an authorized Kia dealer. This device complies with With the immobilizer system, when- • Using the wrong battery can cause Industry Canada licence- ever you insert your ignition key into the transmitter to malfunction. Be exempt RSS standard(s). the ignition switch and turn it to ON, sure to use the correct battery. Operation is subject to the fol- verifies if the ignition key is valid. • To avoid damaging the transmitter, lowing two conditions: (1) this If the key is determined to be valid, don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it device may not cause interfer- the engine will start. to heat or sunlight. ence, and (2) this device must If the key is determined to be invalid, accept any interference, includ- • An inappropriately dis- the engine will not start. posed battery can be ing interference that may cause harmful to the environment undesired operation of the and may cause harm to device. human health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) or regulation.

49 Features of your vehicle

To activate the immobilizer sys- Do not put metal accessories near tem: the ignition switch. CAUTION - Immobilizer Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi- Metal accessories may interrupt the damage tion. The immobilizer system acti- transponder signal and may prevent Do not expose your immobilizer vates automatically. Without a valid the engine from being started. system to moisture, static elec- ignition key for your vehicle, the tricity or rough handling. This may damage your immobilizer. engine will not start. ✽ NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose To deactivate the immobilizer your keys, contact an authorized - Immobilizer system: CAUTION Kia dealer. alterations Insert the ignition key into the key cylinder and turn it to the ON position. Do not change, alter or adjust the immobilizer system because In order to prevent theft of your vehi- it could cause the immobilizer cle, do not leave spare keys anywhere system to malfunction. in your vehicle.Your Immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential. Do not leave this number anywhere in your vehicle.

✽ NOTICE When starting the engine, do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around. Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts. Keep each key separate in order to avoid a starting malfunction.

4 10 Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Limp home (override) procedure 3. To enter the first digit (in this exam- Industry Canada licence-exempt When you turn the ignition switch to ple “2”), turn the ignition switch to RSS standard(s). the ON position, if the immobilizer the ON and ACC position twice. Operation is subject to the following indicator ( ) goes off after blink- Perform the same procedure for two conditions: ing 5 times, your transponder the next digits between 3 seconds equipped in the ignition key is out of and 10 seconds (for example, for (1) This device may not cause inter- “3”, turn the ignition ON and ACC ference, and order. You cannot start the engine without the limp home procedure. To 3 times). (2) This device must accept any 4. If all of the digits have been input interference, including interfer- start the engine, you have to input your password by using the ignition successfully, you have to start the ence that may cause undesired engine within 30 seconds. If you operation of the device. switch. Your password is only available from an authorized Kia dealer- attempt to start the engine after 30 ship. Contact an authorized dealer seconds, the engine will not start ✽ NOTICE for more information. and you will have to input your Changes or modifications not The following procedure is how to password again. expressly approved by the party input your password of “2345” as an After performing the limp home pro- responsible for compliance could example. cedure, you have to see an author- void the user’s authority to operate 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON ized Kia dealer immediately to the equipment. If the keyless entry position. The immobilizer indicator inspect and repair your ignition key system is inoperative due to changes ( ) will blink 5 times and go off or immobilizer system. or modifications not approved by indicating the beginning of the limp the party responsible for compli- home procedure. ance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty. 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.

411 Features of your vehicle

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED) Record your key number Smart key function With a smart key, you can lock or The key code number unlock a door (and Liftgate) and start is stamped on the bar the engine. code tag attached to Refer to the following for more details. the key set. Should you lose your keys, WARNING - Ignition key this number will enable an author- (smart key) ized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily. Remove the bar code tag and Never leave the keys in your store it in a safe place. Also, record vehicle with unsupervised chil- the code number and keep it in a dren. Leaving children unat- safe and handy place, but not in the tended in a vehicle with a man- vehicle. ual ignition key or a smart key OUM045428MX is dangerous. Children copy To remove the mechanical key, press adults and they could place the and hold the release button (1) and key in the ignition switch or remove the mechanical key (2). press the start button. The key would enable children to oper- To reinstall the mechanical key, put ate power windows or other the key into the hole and push it until controls, or even make the vehi- a click sound is heard. cle move, which could result in serious bodily injury or death.

4 12 Features of your vehicle

Door Lock (1) Using the door handle button Using the button on the smart key 1. Carry the smart key. 1. Close all doors, engine hood and 2. Close all doors, engine hood and liftgate. liftgate. 2. Press the lock button (1). 3. Press the button of the outside 3. The hazard warning lights will blink door handle. and the chime will sound once. 4. The hazard warning lights will blink 4. Make sure that doors are locked and the chime will sound once. by pulling the outside door handle. 5. Make sure that doors are locked by pulling the outside door handle. OYDDCO2004 ✽ NOTICE • The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1 m (28 ~ 40 in.) from the outside door handle. • In some instances, when the outside door button is pressed, the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of OQL045001 following occur: - The smart key is in the vehicle. - The engine start/stop button is in ACC or ON position. - Any door except the liftgate is open.

413 Features of your vehicle

Unlocking (2) Using the button on the smart key Liftgate unlocking Using the door handle button 1. Press the unlock button(2) of the Using the liftgate handle button 1. Carry the smart key. smart key. 1. Carry the smart key. 2. Press the button of the driver's 2. The driver’s door will unlock. The 2. Press the liftgate handle button. hazard warning lights will blink and outside door handle. 3. When all doors are locked, the the chime will sound two times. 3. The driver’s door will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two hazard warning lights will blink and 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice times. within 4 seconds and all doors and the chime will sound two times. Once the liftgate is opened and the liftgate will unlock. The hazard then closed, the liftgate will lock 4. Press the button twice within 4 warning lights will blink and the automatically. seconds and all doors and the lift- chime will sound two times. gate will unlock and the hazard warning lights will blink and the ✽ NOTICE chime will sound two times. ✽ NOTICE The button will only operate when After pressing the button, the doors the smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1 m (28 ✽ NOTICE will lock automatically unless any ~ 40 in.) from the liftgate handle. door is opened within 30 seconds. • The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1 m (28 ~ 40in.) from the outside door ✽ NOTICE handle. You can activate or deactivate the • When the smart key is recognized in Two Turn Unlock function. the area of 0.7 ~ 1 m (28 ~ 40 in.) Refer to "User settings" in this from the front outside door handle, chapter. other people can also open the doors. • After unlocking the driver’s door or all doors, the door(s) will lock automatically unless the door is opened.

4 14 Features of your vehicle

Using the button on the smart key Panic (4) Start-up 1. Press the liftgate unlock button (3) 1. Press the panic button (4) for more You can start the engine without for more than 1 second. than 1 second. inserting the key. For detailed infor- 2. When all doors are locked, the 2. The horn sounds and hazard mation refer to the “Engine start/stop hazard warning lights will blink two warning light flash for about 27 button” in chapter 5. times. seconds. • For Power Liftgate Only: The Power Liftgate will open if the ✽ NOTICE button is pressed for more than 1 To stop the horn and lights, press second. Also, once the liftgate is any button on the smart key. opened and then closed, the liftgate will be locked again automatically. ❈For detailed information refer to the "Power liftgate" in this chapter.

415 Features of your vehicle

Loss of the smart key Smart key precautions • If the smart key is in close proximity A maximum of 2 smart keys can be • The smart key will not work if any to your cellular phone or smart registered to a single vehicle. of the following occur: phone, the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal If you happen to lose your smart key, - The smart key is close to a radio operation of your cellular phone or you will not be able to start the transmitter such as a radio sta- smart phone. This is especially engine. You should immediately take tion or an airport which can inter- important when the phone is active the vehicle and remaining key to your fere with normal operation of the such as making a call, receiving authorized Kia dealer(tow the vehi- smart key. calls, text messaging, and/or send- cle, if necessary) to protect it from - The smart key is near a mobile ing/receiving emails. Avoid placing potential theft. two way radio system or a cellu- the smart key and your cellular lar phone. phone or smart phone in the same - Another vehicle’s smart key is pants or jacket pocket and maintain being operated close to your adequate distance between the two vehicle. devices. • When the smart key does not work • Do not leave the smart key near correctly, open and close the door metallic objects such as golf bags, with the mechanical key and contact metal cases and so on. an authorized Kia dealer. • Door Lock/Unlock failure or poor starting can occur when the smart key is placed near metallic objects. • Always carry your smart key when you leave the car. An unattended smart key close to the vehicle can cause the vehicle battery to be discharged.

4 16 Features of your vehicle

• Internal circuit damage may occur Battery replacement 4. Install the battery in the reverse when the key comes into contact order of removal. with moisture (beverage, water etc.) • The smart key is designed to give or heat. Damage to the smart key you years of trouble-free use, how- due to exposure to liquids or heat is ever it can malfunction if exposed not covered by the manufacturer's to moisture or static electricity. If vehicle warranty. you are unsure how to use or replace the battery, contact an CAUTION - Transmitter authorized Kia dealer. Keep the transmitter away from • Using the wrong battery can cause water or any liquid as it can the smart key to malfunction. Be become damaged and not func- sure to use the correct battery. tion properly. OUM045427MX • To avoid damaging the smart key, don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it A smart key battery should last for to heat or sunlight. several years, but if the smart key is not working properly, try replacing • An inappropriately dis- the battery with a new one. If you are posed battery can be harmful to the environment and unsure how to use your smart key or human health. Dispose the replace the battery, contact an battery according to your authorized Kia dealer. local law(s) or regulation. 1. Remove the mechanical key. 2. Pry open the rear cover. CAUTION - Smart key 3. Replace the battery with a new damage battery (CR2032). When replacing Do not drop, get wet or expose the battery, make sure the battery the smart key to heat or sun- is in the correct position. light, or it will be damaged.

417 Features of your vehicle

Smart key immobilizer system To deactivate the immobilizer IC WARNING Your vehicle is equipped with an system: This device complies with electronic engine immobilizer system Turn the engine start/stop button to Industry Canada licence- to reduce the risk of unauthorized the ON position by pressing the but- exempt RSS standard(s). vehicle use. ton while carrying the smart key. Operation is subject to the fol- Your immobilizer system is com- lowing two conditions: (1) this prised of a small transponder in the To activate the immobilizer system: device may not cause interfer- smart key and electronic devices Turn the engine start/stop button to ence, and (2) this device must inside the vehicle. the OFF position. The immobilizer accept any interference, includ- With the immobilizer system, when- system activates automatically. ing interference that may cause ever you turn the engine start/stop Without a valid smart key for your undesired operation of the button to the ON position by pressing vehicle, the engine will not start. device. the button while carrying the smart • Do not put metal accessories near key, it verifies if the smart key is valid the ignition switch. or not. • Metal accessories may interrupt If the key is determined to be valid, the transponder signal and may the engine will start. prevent the engine from being If the key is determined to be invalid, started. the engine will not start. ✽ NOTICE When starting the engine, do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around. Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts. Keep each key separate in order to avoid a starting malfunction.

4 18 Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt CAUTION - Immobilizer RSS standard(s). damage Operation is subject to the following Do not expose your immobilizer two conditions: system to moisture, static elec- (1) This device may not cause inter- tricity or rough handling. This ference, and may damage your immobilizer. (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired CAUTION - Immobilizer operation of the device. alterations Do not change, alter or adjust ✽ NOTICE the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer Changes or modifications not system to malfunction. expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

419 Features of your vehicle

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM Armed stage If any door (or liftgate) or engine Park the vehicle and stop the engine. hood remains open, the hazard Arm the system as described below. warning lights and the chime will not Armed operate and the theft-alarm will not stage 1. Remove the ignition key from the arm. If all doors and liftgate and ignition switch and exit the vehicle. engine hood are closed after the lock 2. Make sure that all doors (and lift- button is pressed, the hazard warn- gate) and engine hood are closed ing lights blink once. Disarmed Theft-alarm stage stage and latched. The system can also be armed by 3. Lock the doors using the transmit- locking the doors with the key from ter of the keyless entry system (or the front doors; however, the hazard smart key) or ignition key. warning lights will not blink using this This system is designed to provide After completion of the steps above, method. protection from unauthorized entry the hazard warning lights will blink into the vehicle. This system is oper- (for smart key, the chime also ✽ NOTICE ated in three stages: the first is the sounds) once to indicate that the "Armed" stage, the second is the system is armed. The theft-alarm system can be deac- "Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is tivated by an authorized Kia dealer. the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, If you want this feature, consult an the system provides an audible authorized Kia dealer. alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights.

4 20 Features of your vehicle

Do not arm the system until all Theft-alarm stage Disarmed stage passengers have left the vehicle. If The alarm will be activated if any of The system will be disarmed when the system is armed while a pas- the following occurs while the system • The doors (and liftgate) are senger(s) remains in the vehicle, is armed. the alarm may be activated when unlocked with the transmitter (or the remaining passenger(s) leave • A front or rear door is opened with- smart key) or the ignition key. the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate out using the ignition key or trans- After depressing the unlock button, ) or engine hood is opened within mitter (or smart key). the hazard warning lights will blink 30 seconds after the system • The liftgate is opened without using and the chime will sound twice (in enters the armed stage, the sys- the transmitter (or smart key). smart key) to indicate that the system is disarmed to prevent an • The engine hood is opened. tem is disarmed. unnecessary alarm. The horn will sound and the hazard After depressing the unlock button, if warning lights will blink continuously any door (or liftgate) is not opened for approximately 27 seconds, and within 30 seconds, the system will be repeat the horn 3 times unless the rearmed. system is disarmed. To turn off the system, unlock the doors with the ignition key or transmitter (or smart key).

421 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE CAUTION - Adjusting • Avoid trying to start the engine alarm system while the alarm is activated. The vehicle starting motor is disabled Do not change, alter or adjust during the theft-alarm stage. the theft-alarm system because - If the system is not disarmed with it could cause the theft-alarm the transmitter, insert the key system to malfunction and into the ignition switch, turn the should only be serviced by an ignition switch to the ON position authorized Kia dealer. and wait for 30 seconds. Then the system will be disarmed. ✽ NOTICE - If the system is not disarmed with Malfunctions caused by improper the smart key, press the engine alterations, adjustments or modifi- start/stop button with smart key. cations to the theft-alarm system are The side with the lock button not covered by your vehicle manu- should contact the engine facturer warranty. start/stop button directly. • If you lose your keys, consult your authorized Kia dealer.

4 22 Features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks from 3. Push out the cover while pressing ✽ NOTICE outside the vehicle the lever. • In cold and wet climates, door lock ■ Type A ■ Type B • Turn the key toward the rear of the and door mechanisms may not vehicle to unlock and toward the work properly due to freezing con- front of the vehicle to lock. ditions. • If you lock/unlock the driver’s door • If the door is locked/unlocked with a key, all vehicle doors will multiple times in rapid succession lock/unlock automatically. with either the vehicle key or door • Doors can also be locked and lock switch, the system may stop unlocked with the transmitter. operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent • Once the doors are unlocked, they damage to system components. may be opened by pulling the door OQL045002 ■ Type C handle. • When closing the door, push the WARNING door by hand. Make sure the doors • Securely close your door are closed securely. before you begin driving. Failure to fully close your door may cause it to open during vehicle operation. • Keep your body out of the way of the closing door to prevent injuries. OQLE045066 To remove the cover (For Type C): 1. Pull out the door handle. 2. Press the lever (1) located inside the bottom part of the cover with a key or flat-head screwdriver.

423 Features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from WARNING inside the vehicle If people must spend a longer With the door lock button time in the vehicle while it is very hot or cold outside, there is risk of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when there are people in it.

CAUTION OQL045003 Do not open and close the door • To lock a door without the key, repeatedly if unnecessary or push the inside door lock button (1) or central door lock switch (2) to with excessive force. Such OQL045004 action can damage the vehicle the “Lock” position when the igni- door. tion switch is in the OFF position • To unlock a door, push the door and close the door (3). lock button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The red mark on the button • If you lock the door with the central will be visible. door lock switch (2), all vehicle doors will lock automatically. • To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Lock” position. If the door is locked properly, the red ✽ NOTICE mark on the door lock button will Always remove the ignition key, not be visible. engage the parking brake, close all windows, and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended.

4 24 Features of your vehicle

• To open a door, pull the door handle If a power door lock ever fails to func- With central door lock switch (2) outward. tion while you are in the vehicle, try ■ Driver side • If the inner door handle of the dri- one or more of the following tech- ver’s (or front passenger’s) door is niques to exit: pulled when the door lock button is • Operate the door unlock feature in the lock position, the button will repeatedly (both electronic and unlock and the door will open. (if manual) while simultaneously equipped) pulling on the door handle. • Front doors cannot be locked if the • Operate the other door locks and ignition key is in the ignition switch handles, front and rear. and any front door is opened. • Lower a front window and use the • Doors cannot be locked if the key to unlock the door from out- OQL045005 ■ smart key is in the vehicle and an side. Passenger side door is open. WARNING Do not pull the inner door handle of driver’s(or passenger’s) door while the vehicle is moving.

OQLA045511 Operate by pressing the central door lock switch. • When pressing the right portion(1) for driver side or the upper portion(1) for passenger side of the switch, all vehicle doors will lock.

425 Features of your vehicle

• When pressing the left portion(2) Impact sensing door unlock for driver side or the lower por- WARNING - Unattended system tion(2) for passenger side of the children/animals In the event of air bag deployment switch, all vehicle doors will unlock. Never leave children or animals resulting from a vehicle impact, all • If the key is in the ignition switch (or unattended in your vehicle. An doors will automatically unlock. if the smart key is in the vehicle) enclosed vehicle can become and any door is opened, the doors extremely hot, causing death or will not lock even though the right severe injury to unattended Speed sensing door lock system portion(1) for driver side or upper children or animals who cannot All doors will automatically lock after portion(1) for passenger side of the escape the vehicle. the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h central door lock switch is pressed. (10 mph).

WARNING - Doors ✽ NOTICE • The doors should always be You can select some auto door fully closed and locked while lock/unlock features in “User the vehicle is in motion to pre- Settings”. vent accidental opening of the door. ❈ For more information, refer to • Be careful when opening doors “User Settings” in this chapter. and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door. Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury.

4 26 Features of your vehicle

Child-protector rear door lock 3. Close the rear door. To open the rear door, pull the outside door handle (2). Even though the doors may be unlocked, the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked.

WARNING - Rear door locks Use the rear door safety locks OQL045006 whenever children are in the The child safety lock is provided to vehicle. If a child accidently help prevent children from acciden- opens the rear doors while the tally opening the rear doors from vehicle is moving, they may fall inside the vehicle. The rear door out. safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. 1. Open the rear door. 2. Turn the child safety lock (1) located on the rear edge of the door to the lock ( ) position. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled.

427 Features of your vehicle

LIFTGATE (for manual liftgate) Opening the liftgate Closing the liftgate WARNING The liftgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the liftgate.

✽ NOTICE In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

OQL048075L OQL048076L • The liftgate is locked or unlocked CAUTION - Liftgate lift To close the liftgate, lower and push when all doors are locked or Make certain that you close the down the liftgate firmly. Make sure unlocked with the key, transmitter liftgate before driving your vehi- that the liftgate is securely latched. (or smart key) or central door lock cle. Possible damage may occur switch. to the liftgate lift cylinders and WARNING • If unlocked, the liftgate can be attached hardware if the liftgate opened by pressing the handle is not closed prior to driving. Make sure your hands, feet and switch and then pulling the handle other parts of your body are up. safely out of the way before closing the liftgate. • Only the liftgate is unlocked if the liftgate unlock button on the smart key is pressed (if equipped). Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate is locked automatically.

4 28 Features of your vehicle

Emergency liftgate safety WARNING - Exhaust release WARNING fumes • No one should be allowed to The liftgate should always be occupy the cargo area of the kept completely closed while vehicle at any time. The cargo the vehicle is in motion. If it is area is a very dangerous loca- left open or ajar, poisonous tion in the event of a crash. exhaust gases may enter the • Use the release lever for car and serious illness or death emergencies only. Use with may result. extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.

WARNING - Rear cargo area OQL048082L CAUTION Occupants should never ride in Your vehicle is equipped with an Make sure nothing is near the the rear cargo area where no emergency liftgate safety release liftgate latch and striker while restraints are available. lever located on the bottom of the lift- closing the liftgate. It may dam- Occupants should always be gate. If someone is inadvertently age the liftgate's latch. properly restrained. locked in the cargo area, the liftgate can be opened by pushing the release lever and pushing open the liftgate.

1. Remove the cover. 2. Push the release lever to the right. 3. Push up the liftgate.

429 Features of your vehicle

WARNING

OQL048614N Do not hold the part (gas lifter) that supports the liftgate. Be aware that the deformation of the part may cause vehicle damage and a risk of injury.

4 30 Features of your vehicle

POWER LIFTGATE (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Unattended children/pets Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. Children or animals might operate the power liftgate in such a way that could result in injury to themselves or others or damage to the vehicle. OQL048010L OQL048077L (1) Power liftgate open / close button (2) Power liftgate handle switch ✽ NOTICE (3) Power liftgate close button In cold and wet climates, power liftgate may not work properly due to freezing conditions. ✽ NOTICE If ignition is ON, the power liftgate ✽ NOTICE operates when : Do not attach heavy objects to the • Automatic shift lever is in P power liftgate when you operate the OQL048476L (Park). power liftgate additional. Weight on liftgate could cause damages to the system.

431 Features of your vehicle

Opening the liftgate CAUTION Do not close or open the power liftgate manually during automatic operation.This may cause damage to the power liftgate or to the vehicle. If it is necessary to close or open the power liftgate manually when the battery is discharged or disconnected, make sure the liftgate is not in opera- OQL048079L tion. Switch the power liftgate to OQLA045512 Press the power liftgate open/close the off position. Do not apply button for approximately one second. excessive force. The power liftgate will open automatically by doing one of the following: • Press and hold the liftgate unlock button on the transmitter or smart key until power liftgate operates. • While the power liftgate is operating, you can stop it if you briefly press the unlock button on the transmitter or smart key.

4 32 Features of your vehicle

Closing the liftgate Power liftgate non-opening conditions The power liftgate will not open automatically, when the vehicle is moving more than 3 km/h (2 mph) or the automatic shift lever is not in P(Park) position.

✽ NOTICE The chime will sound continuously if you drive over 3 km/h (2 mph) with OQL048011L OQL048079L the liftgate opened. Stop your vehi- • Press the liftgate handle switch cle at a safe place as soon as possible carrying the smart key with you. to check if your liftgate is opened.

OQLA045512 Press the power liftgate close button for approximately one second when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close and lock automatically.

433 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE (Continued) WARNING • The power liftgate can be operated • In cold and wet climates, the Make sure there are no people when the engine is not running. power liftgate may not work prop- or objects around the liftgate However the power liftgate opera- erly due to freezing conditions. before opening or closing the tion consumes large amounts of • It is recommended to wait until power liftgate. Wait until the lift- vehicle electric power. To prevent the power liftgate is fully closed gate is open fully and stopped the battery from being discharged, before starting the vehicle. The before loading or unloading do not operate it excessively. power liftgate may not close fully cargo from the vehicle. • To prevent the battery from being if the vehicle is started during discharged, do not leave the power automatic closing. liftgate in the open position for a CAUTION long time. Do not operate the power lift- • Do not modify or repair any part gate more than 5 times continu- of the power liftgate by yourself. ously. This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer. It may damage the power liftgate • When jacking up the vehicle to system. If you operate the power change a tire or repair the vehicle, liftgate more than 5 times con- do not operate the power liftgate. tinuously, the chime will sound 3 This could cause the power liftgate times and the power liftgate will to operate improperly. not operate. At this time, stop (Continued) operating the liftgate and leave it for more than 1 minute.

4 34 Features of your vehicle

Automatic reversal However, if the resistance is weak such as from an object that is thin or WARNING soft, or the liftgate is near the latched To prevent serious injury and position, the automatic stop and damage take the following pre- reversal may not detect the resist- cautions when operating the ance. power liftgate : If the automatic reversal feature • Keep all faces, hands, arms, operates continuously more than body parts and other objects twice during opening or closing oper- away from the path of the ation, the power liftgate may stop at power liftgate. that position. At this time, close the • Do not intentionally place any liftgate manually and operate the lift- body parts or objects in the gate automatically again. OQL048080L path of the power liftgate to make sure the automatic stop During power opening and closing if and reversal operates. the power liftgate is blocked by an object or part of the body, the power • Do not allow children to play liftgate will detect the resistance. with the power liftgate. • If the resistance is detected while opening the liftgate, it will stop and move in the opposite direction. • If the resistance is detected while closing the liftgate, it will stop and move in the opposite direction.

435 Features of your vehicle

How to reset the power liftgate Power liftgate opening height Smart Power Liftgate If the battery has been discharged or user setting (if equipped) disconnected, or if the related fuse has been replaced or disconnected, for the power liftgate to operate normally, reset the power liftgate as follows: 1. Put the automatic shift lever in P (Park). 2. While pressing the liftgate close button, press the liftgate handle switch for more than 3 seconds. (the chime will sound) 3. Close the liftgate manually. OQL048474L OQL048081L If the power liftgate does not work The driver may set the height of a On a vehicle equipped with a smart properly after the above procedure, fully opened liftgate by following the key, the liftgate can be opened using have the system checked by an below instruction. the Smart Power Liftgate system. authorized Kia dealer. 1. Position the liftgate manually to the height you prefer. ✽ NOTICE 2. Press the liftgate close button for more than 3 seconds. If the power liftgate does not operate normally, first check the following 3. Close the liftgate manually after condition before using the power hearing the buzzer sound. liftgate. Make sure the automatic shift lever The liftgate will open to the height is in P (Park). the driver has set up.

4 36 Features of your vehicle

How to use the Smart Power 1. Setting Liftgate To activate the Smart Power Liftgate, The liftgate can be opened with no- go to User Settings Mode and select touch activation satisfying all the Smart Power Liftgate on the LCD conditions below. display. • After 15 seconds when all doors are closed and locked ❈ For more information, refer to • Positioned in the detecting area for the "LCD Display" section in more than 3 seconds. this chapter.

✽ NOTICE OQL048017L • The Smart Power Liftgate does 2. Detect and Alert not operate when: If you are positioned in the detecting - The smart key is detected within area (50 ~ 100 cm (20 ~ 40 inches) 15 seconds after the doors are behind the vehicle) carrying a smart closed and locked, and is contin- key, the hazard warning lights will uously detected. blink and chime will sound for about - The smart key is detected within 3 seconds to alert you the smart key 15 seconds after the doors are has been detected and the liftgate closed and locked, and within will open. 1.5 m (60 inches) from the front door handles. (for vehicles equipped with Welcome Light) - A door is not locked or closed. - The smart key is in the vehicle.

437 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Make sure you close the liftgate Do not approach the detecting area before driving your vehicle. if you do not want the liftgate to Make sure there are no people or open. If you have unintentionally objects around the liftgate before entered the detecting area and the opening or closing the liftgate. Make hazard warning lights and chime sure objects in the liftgate do not starts to operate, leave the detecting come out when opening the liftgate area with the smart key. The liftgate on a slope. It may cause serious will stay closed. injury. Make sure to deactivate the Smart Power Liftgate when washing your vehicle. Otherwise, the liftgate OQL048018L may open inadvertently. 3. Automatic opening The hazard warning lights will blink WARNING and chime will sound 2 times and The key should be kept out of then the liftgate will open. reach of children. Children may inadvertently open the Smart Power Liftgate while playing around the rear area of the vehicle.

4 38 Features of your vehicle

How to deactivate the Smart ✽ NOTICE CAUTION - Liftgate lift Power Liftgate function using the • If you press the door unlock but- Make certain that you close the smart key ton (2), the Smart Power Liftgate liftgate before driving your vehi- function will be deactivated tem- cle. Possible damage may occur porarily. But, if you do not open to the liftgate lift cylinders and any door for 30 seconds, the smart attached hardware if the liftgate power liftgate function will be is not closed prior to driving. activated again. • If you press the liftgate open button (3) for more than 1 second, the liftgate opens. • If you press the door lock button (1) or liftgate open button (3) when the Smart Power Liftgate function is not in the Detect and Alert stage, OXM043001 the smart power liftgate function 1. Door lock will not be deactivated. • In case you have deactivated the 2. Door unlock Smart Power Liftgate function by 3. Liftgate open pressing the smart key button and 4. Panic opened a door, the smart power If you press any button of the smart liftgate function can be activated key during the Detect and Alert again by closing and locking all stage, the Smart Power Liftgate func- doors. tion will be deactivated. Make sure to be aware of how to deactivate the Smart Power Liftgate function for emergency situations.

439 Features of your vehicle

Detecting area ✽ NOTICE • The Smart Power Liftgate function will not work if any of the following occurs: - The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter. - The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone. - Another vehicle’s smart key is OQL045063C being operated close to your • The Smart Power Liftgate operates vehicle. with a welcome alert if the smart • The detecting range may decrease key is detected within 50 ~ 100 cm or increase when : (20 ~ 40 inches) from the liftgate. - One side of the tire is raised to • The alert stops once the smart key replace a tire or to inspect the is positioned outside the detecting vehicle. area during the Detect and Alert - The vehicle is parked on a slope stage. or unpaved road, etc.

4 40 Features of your vehicle

WINDOWS ■ Front (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Rear door (left) power window switch (4) Rear door (right) power window switch (5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window up/down (7) Power window lock button ■ Rear * if equipped

✽ NOTICE In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

OQL045072C

441 Features of your vehicle

Power windows ✽ NOTICE Window opening and closing The ignition switch must be in the ON While driving with the rear windows position for power windows to operate. down or with the sunroof (if Each door has a power window equipped) in an open (or partially switch that controls the door's win- open) position, your vehicle may dow. The driver has a power window demonstrate a wind buffeting or lock button which can block the oper- pulsation noise. This noise is a nor- ation of rear seat windows. The mal occurrence and can be reduced power windows can be operated for or eliminated by taking the follow- approximately 30 seconds after the ing actions. If the noise occurs with ignition key is removed or turned to one or both of the rear windows the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position. down, partially lower both front windows approximately 2.5 cm (1 If the front doors are opened; howev- OQL045022 er, the power windows cannot be in.). If you experience the noise with operated even within the 30 second the sunroof open, slightly reduce the The driver’s door has a master power period. size of the sunroof opening. window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle. If the window cannot be close because it is blocked by objects, CAUTION To open or close a window, press down or pull up the front portion of remove the objects and close the Do not install any accessories window. the corresponding switch to the first in the vehicle that extend into detent position (5). the open window area. Such objects will impact the proper function of the Automatic reversal “jam protection” feature described on page 4-41 of this manual.

4 42 Features of your vehicle

Auto up/down window 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Close the driver's and passenger's window and continue pulling up the driver’s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed.

OUN026013

OQL045021 Automatic reversal (for Auto up/down window) Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second If the upward movement of the win- detent position (6) completely lowers dow is blocked by an object or part of or raises the window even when the the body, the window will detect the switch is released. To stop the window resistance and will stop upward at the desired position while the win- movement. The window will then dow is in operation, pull up or press lower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in.) down and release the switch. to allow the object to be cleared. If the power window does not operate The distance may vary based on the normally, the automatic power win- size or position of the window. If the dow system must be reset as follows: window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.).

443 Features of your vehicle

If the power window switch is pulled Power window lock button up continuously again within 5 sec- WARNING onds after the window is lowered by Always check for obstructions the automatic window reversal fea- before raising any window to ture, the automatic window reversal avoid injuries or vehicle damage. will not operate. If an object less than 4 mm (0.16 The automatic reverse feature for the in.) in diameter is caught driver’s window is only active when between the window glass and the “auto up” feature is used by fully the upper window channel, the pulling up the switch. The automatic automatic reverse window may reverse feature will not operate if the not detect the resistance and will window is raised using the halfway not stop and reverse direction. position on the power window switch. OQL045023 WARNING • The driver can disable the power WARNING window switches on the rear seat Do not install any accessories The automatic reverse feature doors by pressing the power win- in the vehicle that extend into doesn’t activate while resetting dow lock button located on the dri- the open window area. Such before power window system. ver’s door to the LOCK position objects could prevent the auto- Make sure body parts or other (pressed). matic reverse feature from func- objects are safely out of the way tioning. before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage.

4 44 Features of your vehicle

• When the power window lock button is pressed : CAUTION - Opening /clos- - The driver's master control can ing Window operate all the power windows. To prevent possible damage to - The front passenger's control can the power window system, do operate the front passenger's not open or close two windows power window. or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of - The rear passenger's control can the fuse. not operate the rear passenger's power window. Always double check to make sure all arms, hands, head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window.

WARNING - Power windows • Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the power window lock button (on the driver's door) in the LOCK (pressed) position. • Do not extend a face or arms outside through the window opening while driving.

445 Features of your vehicle

HOOD Opening the hood

OQL048025L OQL045047

OQL045024 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise 4. Pull out the stay rod. the hood slightly, push the second- 5. Hold the hood opened with the 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ary latch (1) upward inside of the stay rod (1). the hood. The hood should pop hood center and lift the hood (2). open slightly. 3. Raise the hood. WARNING - Stay Rod Open the hood after turning off the • To prevent from being burned engine on a flat surface, shifting the by hot metal, grab the stay rod shift lever to the P (Park) position in the area wrapped in rubber. and setting the parking brake. • Ensure the stay rod is completely inserted into the hole provided whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly injuring you.

4 46 Features of your vehicle

Hood open warning Closing the hood CAUTION - Hood obstruc- 1. Before closing the hood, check the tion following: Before closing the hood, ensure • All filler caps in engine compart- that all obstructions are removed ment must be correctly installed. from the hood opening. Closing • Gloves, rags or any other com- the hood with an obstruction bustible material must be present in the hood opening may removed from the engine com- result in property damage or partment. severe personal injury. 2. Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling. 3.Lower the hood until it is about 30 WARNING - Fire risk OQL048255L cm above the closed position and Do not leave gloves, rags or any The warning message will appear on let it drop. Make sure that it locks other combustible material in the the LCD display when hood is open. into place. engine compartment. Doing so The warning chime will operate when 4. Check that the hood has engaged may cause a heat-induced fire. the vehicle is being driven at or properly. If the hood can be raised above 3km/h with the hood open. slightly, it is not properly engaged. Open it again and close it with a lit- WARNING - Unsecured tle more force. engine hood Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. If it is not latched, the hood could fly open while the vehicle is being driven, causing a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.

447 Features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER LID Opening the fuel filler lid ✽ NOTICE If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door. Do not pry on the door. If necessary, spray around the door with an approved deicer fluid (do not use radiator antifreeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt. OQL048027L

OQL048046L 2. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully open. 1. To open the fuel filler lid, press the 3. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), 3 o`clock position edge of the fuel turn it counterclockwise. You may filler lid. hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes. ✽ NOTICE 4. Place the cap on the fuel filler lid. The fuel filler lid will open when driver door is unlocked.

4 48 Features of your vehicle

Closing the fuel filler lid - Refueling - Fire/explo- 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise WARNING WARNING until it “clicks” once. This indicates Always remove the fuel cap sion risk that the cap is securely tightened. carefully and slowly. If the cap Read and follow all warnings is venting fuel or if you hear a 2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it posted at the gas station facili- hissing sound, wait until the in lightly making sure that it is ty. Failure to follow all warnings condition stops before com- securely closed. may result in severe personal pletely removing the cap. If injury, severe burns or death pressurized fuel sprays out, it due to fire or explosion. ✽ NOTICE can cover your clothes or skin There may be an intermittent noise and subject you to the risk of near the refueling hole while the fire and burns. engine is idling if the fuel cap is not closed securely. This occurs normally with the OBD system. Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel ✽ NOTICE spillage in the event of an accident. When refueling on unlevel ground, the fuel gauge may not point to the F ✽ NOTICE position. Tighten the cap until it clicks once, It is not a malfunction. If you move otherwise the fuel cap open warning your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel indicator light will illuminate. gauge will move to the full position.

449 Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Static WARNING - Portable fuel WARNING - Smoking electricity container DO NOT use matches or a lighter • Before touching the fuel noz- When using an approved portable and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit zle, you should eliminate fuel container, be sure to place cigarette in your vehicle while at potentially dangerous static the container on the ground prior a gas station especially during electricity discharge by touch- to refueling. Static electricity dis- refueling. Automotive fuel is ing another metal part of the charge from the container can highly flammable and can, when vehicle, a safe distance away ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. ignited, result in fire. from the fuel filler neck, noz- Once refueling has begun, con- zle, or other gas source. tact with the vehicle should be • Do not get back into a vehicle maintained until the filling is com- WARNING - Refueling & once you have begun refueling plete. Use only approved portable Vehicle fires since you can generate static plastic fuel containers designed When refueling, always shut the electricity by touching, rubbing to carry and store gasoline. engine off. Sparks produced by or sliding against any item or electrical components related fabric (polyester, satin, nylon, to the engine can ignite fuel etc.) capable of producing stat- WARNING - Cell phone vapors causing a fire. Once ic electricity. Static electricity fires refueling is complete, check to discharge can ignite fuel Do not use cellular phones make sure the filler cap and vapors resulting in rapid burn- while refueling. Electric current filler door are securely closed, ing. If you must reenter the and/or electronic interference before starting the engine. vehicle, you should once again from cellular phones can poten- eliminate potentially danger- tially ignite fuel vapors causing ous static electricity discharge a fire. by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source.

4 50 Features of your vehicle

Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the “Fuel requirements” suggested in chapter 1. If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine Kia cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system.

CAUTION - Exterior paint Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint.

451 Features of your vehicle

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED) The sunroof cannot slide when it is in CAUTION - Sunroof motor the tilt position nor can it be tilted damage while in an open or slide position. To prevent damage to the sunroof, periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the WARNING - Roof cargo guide rail. Do not operate the sun roof while using the roof rack to transport cargo.This may cause In cold and wet climates, the sunroof the cargo to come loose and may not work properly due to freez- distract the driver. ing conditions. OQL045028 After the vehicle is washed or in a If your vehicle is equipped with a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any WARNING sunroof, you can slide or tilt your water that is on the sunroof before sunroof with the sunroof control lever operating it. Never adjust the sunroof or located on the overhead console. sunshade while driving. This The sunroof can be operated for could result in loss of control approximately 30 seconds after the CAUTION - Sunroof and an accident that may cause ignition key is removed or turned to control lever death, serious injury, or proper- the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position. Do not continue to press the sun- ty damage. However, if the front door is opened, roof control lever after the sun- the sunroof cannot be operated even roof is fully opened, closed, or within the 30 second period. tilted. Damage to the motor or system components could occur.

4 52 Features of your vehicle

Sunroof open warning Sunshade CAUTION (if equipped) Make sure the sunroof is fully closed when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof is opened, rain or snow may leak through the sunroof and wet the interior as well as allow theft to occur.

WARNING To avoid accidental injury, do not let children operate the sun- OQL048264L OQL045029 roof without adult supervision. If the driver removes the ignition key To open the sunshade (smart key: turns off the engine) Push the sunroof control lever back- when the sunroof is not fully closed, ward to the 1st detent position. WARNING the warning chime will sound for a Do not allow children to operate few seconds and a message will the sunroof. This may result in appear on the LCD display or the To close the sunshade when the injury to the child. warning indicator will illuminate. sunroof glass is closed Close the sunroof securely when Push the sunroof control lever for- leaving your vehicle. ward to the 1st detent position. To stop the sliding at any point, press the sunshade control switch momentarily.

453 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is opened Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as Push the sunroof glass control lever material characteristic are normal. backward to the 1st or 2nd detent position, the sunroof glass will be CAUTION - Automatic opened. sunroof shade To stop the sunroof glass movement • Do not pull or push the sun- at any point, push the sunroof control shade by hand as such action lever briefly. may damage the sunshade or cause it to malfunction. • Close the sunroof when driving in dusty environments. Dust may cause a malfunction OQL045030 of the vehicle system. When the sunshade is closed Push the sunroof control lever backward to the 2nd detent position, both ✽ NOTICE the sunshade and sunroof glass will Only the front glass of the panora- slide all the way open. To stop the ma sunroof opens and closes. sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof control glass lever briefly.

4 54 Features of your vehicle

Automatic reversal WARNING - Sunroof CAUTION • Be careful that no head, hands To prevent damage to the sun- and body parts are obstructed roof, periodically remove any by a closing sunroof. dirt that may accumulate on the • Do not extend the face, neck, guide rail. arms or body outside the sunroof while driving. ✽ NOTICE If you drive with the sunroof opened right after a vehicle wash or rain, WARNING - Sunroof water may get inside the vehicle. Operation OXM049029 When closing the sunroof, make If an object or part of the body is sure there are no body parts in CAUTION - Sunroof motor detected while the sunroof is closing the movement range of the slid- damage automatically, it will reverse the direc- ing roof. Parts of the body could If you try to open the sunroof tion, and then stop. become trapped or crushed. when the temperature is below The auto reverse function does not freezing or when the sunroof is work if a tiny obstacle is between the covered with snow or ice, the sliding glass and the sunroof sash. glass or the motor could be You should always check that all pas- damaged. sengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it. Objects less than 4 mm (0.16 inch) in diameter caught between the sunroof glass and the front glass channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse glass and the glass will not stop and reverse direction.

455 Features of your vehicle

Tilting the sunroof Closing the sunroof Resetting the sunroof To close the sunroof glass with Whenever the vehicle battery is dis- the sunshade connected or discharged, you must Push the sunroof control lever for- reset your sunroof system as follows: ward to the 2nd detent position. The 1.Start the engine. sunroof glass and sunshade will 2.Close the sunshade and sunroof close automatically. completely if opened. To stop the sunroof movement at any 3.Release the sunroof control lever. point, push the sunroof control lever 4.Push the sunroof control lever for- momentarily. ward in the direction of close until the sunshade slightly moves. Then, release the lever. OQL045031 To close the sunroof glass only 5.Push the sunroof control lever for- When the sunshade is closed Push the sunroof control lever forward to the 1st detent position. The ward in the direction of close, until Push the sunroof control lever upward, sunroof glass will close automatically. the sunroof operates as follows the sunshade will slide halfway open again: then the sunroof glass will tilt. To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof control lever To stop the sunroof movement at any momentarily. Sunshade Open → Glass Tilt Open point, push the sunroof control lever → Glass Slide Open → Glass Slide momentarily. Close → Sunshade Close

When the sunshade is opened Then, release the lever. Push the sunroof control lever upward, the sunroof glass will tilt. When this is complete, the sunroof To stop the sunroof movement at any system has been reset and one point, push the sunroof control lever touch open and close should be momentarily. restored.

4 56 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE If you do not reset the sunroof, it may not work properly.

457 Features of your vehicle

STEERING WHEEL Electronic power steering • If the Electronic Power Steering ✽ NOTICE (EPS) System does not operate normally, The following symptoms may occur the warning light will illuminate on The power steering uses a motor to during normal vehicle operation: the instrument cluster. The steering assist you in steering the vehicle. If • The EPS warning light does not wheel may require increased the engine is off or if the power steer- illuminate. steering effort. Take your vehicle to ing system becomes inoperative, the • The steering gets heavy immedi- an authorized Kia dealer and have vehicle may still be steered, but it will ately after turning the ignition the vehicle checked as soon as require increased steering effort. switch on. This happens as the sys- possible. Electronic power steering is con- tem performs the EPS system • When you operate the steering trolled by a power steering control diagnostics. When the diagnostics wheel in low temperature, the steer- unit which senses the steering wheel are completed, the steering wheel ing effort may be high or abnormal torque and vehicle speed to com- will return to its normal condition. noise may occur. If temperature mand the motor. • A click noise may be heard from rises, the noise will likely disappear. the EPS relay after the ignition The steering becomes heavier as the This is a normal condition. switch is turned to the ON or vehicle’s speed increases and • When the vehicle is stationary, and LOCK (OFF) position. becomes lighter as the vehicle’s the steering wheel is turned all the • A motor noise may be heard when speed decreases for optimum steer- way to the left or right continuous- the vehicle is at a stop or at a low ing control. ly, the steering wheel becomes driving speed. Should you notice any change in the harder to turn. The power assist is • If the Electronic Power Steering effort required to steer during normal limited to protect the motor from System does not operate normally, vehicle operation, have the power overheating. the warning light will illuminate on steering checked by an authorized As time passes, the steering wheel the instrument cluster. The steer- Kia dealer. will return to its normal condition. ing wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally. Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible. (Continued)

4 58 Features of your vehicle

(Continued) Tilt and telescopic steering • When the charging system warning Tilt and telescopic steering allows light comes on due to the low volt- you to adjust the steering wheel age (When the alternator or bat- before you drive.You can also raise it tery) does not operate normally or to give your legs more room when malfunctions), the steering wheel you exit and enter the vehicle. may require increased steering effort. The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive, while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges. OQL048032 To change the steering wheel angle, pull down the lock-release lever (1), WARNING - Steering adjust the steering wheel to the wheel adjustment desired angle (2) and height (3, if Never adjust the angle and equipped) then pull up the lock- height of the steering wheel release lever to lock (4) the steering while driving. You may lose wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the steering control. steering wheel to the desired position before driving.

459 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Heated steering wheel After adjustment, sometimes the (if equipped) WARNING lock release lever may not lock the If the steering wheel becomes steering wheel. It is not a malfunc- too warm, turn the system off. tion. This occurs when two gears are The heated steering wheel may not engaged correctly. In this case, cause burns even at low tem- adjust the steering wheel again and peratures, especially if used for then lock the steering wheel. long periods of time.

✽ NOTICE The heated steering wheel will turn off automatically approximately 30 OQL048033L minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on. With the ignition switch in the ON position, pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate. To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button once again. The indicator on the button will turn off.

4 60 Features of your vehicle

Horn CAUTION • Do not install any type of grip cover for the steering wheel, it may impair the function of the heated steering wheel system. • When cleaning the heated steering wheel, do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage the surface of the steering wheel. OQL048034L • If the surface of steering wheel is damaged by sharp To sound the horn, press the horn object, damage to the heated symbols on your steering wheel. steering wheel components Check the horn regularly to be sure it could occur. operates properly.

✽ NOTICE To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.

461 Features of your vehicle

MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror - Mirror adjust- Adjust the rearview mirror so that the WARNING (if equipped) center view through the rear window ment is seen. Make this adjustment before Do not adjust the rearview mir- you start driving. ror while the vehicle is moving. Do not place objects in the rear seat This could result in loss of con- or cargo area which would interfere trol. with your vision through the rear window. WARNING Do not modify the inside mirror and don’t install a wide mirror. It could result in injury during an accident or deployment of the OQL045035 air bag. Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever (3) is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever (3) toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

❈ (1) : Day, (2) : Night

4 62 Features of your vehicle

Electric chromatic mirror (ECM) (if equipped) CAUTION - Cleaning The electric rearview mirror automat- mirror ically controls the glare from the When cleaning the mirror, use a headlights of the vehicles behind you paper towel or similar material in nighttime or low light driving condi- dampened with glass cleaner. tions. The sensor mounted in the mir- Do not spray glass cleaner ror senses the light level around the directly on the mirror. It may vehicle and automatically controls cause the liquid cleaner to enter the headlight glare from the vehicles the mirror housing. behind you. When the engine is running, the OQL045059 glare is automatically controlled by To operate the electric rearview mirror: the sensor mounted in the rearview • The mirror defaults to the ON posi- mirror. tion whenever the ignition switch is Whenever the shift lever is shifted turned on. into reverse (R), the mirror will auto- • Press the ON/OFF button (1) to matically go to the brightest setting in turn the automatic dimming func- order to improve the drivers view tion off. The mirror indicator light behind the vehicle. (2) will turn off. Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function on. The mirror indicator light (2) will illuminate.

❈ (2) : Indicator, (3) : Sensor

463 Features of your vehicle

Electrochromic mirror with Retain the original transmitter for HomeLink system (if equipped) future programming procedures (i.e., new vehicle purchase). It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes.

Indicator light

Glare detection sensor Homelink buttons OQLA045069 HomeLink® Wireless Control System OQLA045068 Your new mirror comes with an To operate the electric rearview mirror integrated HomeLink Universal Transceiver, which allows you to pro- Press the I button (1) to turn the gram the mirror to activate your automatic- dimming function on. The garage door(s), estate gate, home mirror indicator light will illuminate. lighting, etc. The mirror actually Press the O button (2) to turn the learns the codes from your various automatic- dimming function off. The existing transmitters. mirror indicator light will turn off.

4 64 Features of your vehicle

Programming ✽ NOTICE Your vehicle may require the ignition For non rolling code garage door switch to be turned to the ACC posi- openers, follow steps 2 - 3. tion for programming and/or opera- For rolling code garage door open- tion of HomeLink. It is also recom- ers, follow steps 2 - 6. mended that a new battery be Flashing For Canadian Programming, please replaced in the hand-held transmitter follow the Canadian Programming of the device being programmed to section. HomeLink for quicker training and For help with determining whether accurate transmission of the radio- your garage door opener is frequency. non-rolling code or rolling code, Follow these steps to train your OQLA045070 please refer to the garage door open- HomeLink mirror: 1. When programming the buttons for ers owner’s manual or contact the first time, press and hold the HomeLink customer service at 1- left and center buttons ( , ) 800-355-3515. simultaneously until the indicator light begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds. (This procedure erases the factory-set default codes. Do not perform this step when programming the additional HomeLink buttons.)

465 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Rolling code programming Some gate and garage door openers To train a garage door opener (or may require you to replace step #3 other rolling code equipped devices) with the “cycling” procedure noted with the rolling code feature, follow in the “Canadian Programming” these instructions after completing section of this document. the “Programming” portion of this text. (A second person may make the following training procedures quicker & easier.)

2 ~8 cm 4. Locate the “learn” or “smart” but- Flashing ton on the device’s motor head OQLA045071 unit. Exact location and color of 2. Press and hold the button on the the button may vary by product HomeLink system you wish to brand. If there is difficulty locating train and the button on the trans- the “learn” or “smart” button, refer- mitter while the transmitter is ence the device’s owner’s manual approximately 2 ~ 8 cm (1 to 3 or contact HomeLink at 1-800- inches) away from the mirror. Do 355-3515 or on the internet at not release the buttons until step 3 www.homelink.com. has been completed. 5. Press and release the “learn” or 3. The HomeLink indicator light will “smart” button on the device’s flash, first slowly and then rapidly. motor head unit. You have 30 sec- When the indicator light flashes onds to complete step number 6. rapidly, both buttons may be released. (The rapid flashing light indicates successful programming of the new frequency signal.)

4 66 Features of your vehicle

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly Operating HomeLink Erasing programmed HomeLink press and release the pro- To operate, simply press the buttons grammed HomeLink button up to programmed HomeLink button. three times. The rolling code Activation will now occur for the Flashing equipped device should now rec- trained product (garage door, securi- ognize the HomeLink signal and ty system, entry door lock, estate activate when the HomeLink but- gate, or home or office lighting). For ton is pressed. The remaining two convenience, the hand-held trans- buttons may now be programmed mitter of the device may also be used if this has not previously been at any time. The HomeLink Wireless done. Refer to the “Programming” Controls System (once programmed) portion of this text. or the original hand-held transmitter may be used to activate the device (e.g. garage door, entry door lock, etc.). In the event that there are still OQLA045070 programming difficulties, contact To erase the three programmed but- HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on tons (individual buttons cannot be the internet at www.homelink.com. erased): • Press and hold the left and center buttons simultaneously, until the indicator light begins to flash (approximately 20 seconds). Release both buttons. Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds. HomeLink is now in the train (or learning) mode and can be programmed at any time.

467 Features of your vehicle

Reprogramming a single Canadian Programming Accessories HomeLink button Garage & gate openers If you would like additional informa- To program a device to HomeLink During programming, your hand-held tion on the HomeLink Wireless using a HomeLink button previously transmitter may automatically stop Control System, HomeLink compati- trained, follow these steps: transmitting. Continue to press and ble products, or to purchase other 1. Press and hold the desired hold the HomeLink button (note accessories such as the HomeLink® HomeLink button. Do NOT release steps 2 through 4 in the Lighting Package, please contact until step 4 has been completed. “Programming” portion of this text) HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on while you press and re-press the internet at www.homelink.com. 2. When the indicator light begins to (“cycle”) your handheld transmitter flash slowly (after 20 seconds), every two seconds until the frequen- position the hand-held transmitter cy signal has been learned. The indi- 2-8 cm (1 to 3 inches) away from cator light will flash slowly and then the HomeLink surface. rapidly after several seconds upon 3. Press and hold the hand-held successful training. transmitter button (or press and “cycle” - as described in “Canadian Programming”). 4. The HomeLink indicator light will flash, first slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly, release both buttons. The previous device has now been erased and the new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that has just been programmed. This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons.

4 68 Features of your vehicle

FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3 Electric chromic mirror (ECM) IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3 with HomeLink® system, compass (if equipped) This device complies with Your vehicle may be equipped with a Industry Canada licence-exempt Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror RSS standard(s). with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass Display and an Integrated Operation is subject to the following HomeLink® Wireless Control two conditions: System. During nighttime driving, (1) This device may not cause inter- this feature will automatically detect ference, and and reduce rearview mirror glare (2) This device must accept any while the compass indicates the OQL048615C interference, including interfer- direction the vehicle is pointed. The (1) Telematics button HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ence that may cause undesired (2) Telematics button operation of the device. allows you to activate your garage door(s), electric gate, home lighting, (3) Telematics button etc. (4) Compass control button & Dimming ON/OFF button (5) Status indicator LED (6) Channel 1 button (7) Channel 2 button (8) Channel 3 button (9) Compass display (10) Rear light sensor

469 Features of your vehicle

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Your mirror will automatically dim Compass function Safety™ (NVS®) Mirror upon detecting glare from the vehi- The Compass can be turned ON and (if equipped) cles traveling behind you. The auto- OFF and will remember the last state The NVS® Mirror automatically dimming function can be controlled when the ignition is cycled. To turn reduces glare by monitoring light lev- by pressing the Dimming ON/OFF the display feature ON/OFF: button: els in the front and the rear of the 1. Press and release the button vehicle. Any object that obstructs within 1 second to turn the display either light sensor will degrade the 1. Pressing and holding the button feature OFF. automatic dimming control feature. for 3 seconds turns the auto-dimming function OFF which is indi- 2. Press and release the button again within 1 second to turn the For more information regarding cated by the green Status display back ON. NVS® mirrors and other applica- Indicator LED turning off. tions, please refer to the Gentex 2. Pressing and holding the button Additional options can be set with website: for 3 seconds again turns the press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below. www.gentex.com auto-dimming function ON which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on. There is a difference between mag- The mirror defaults to the ON posi- netic north and true north. To com- tion each time the vehicle is started. pensate for this difference you will need to adjust the Zone setting based on where you live. Z-Nav™ Compass Display The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is also equipped with a Z-Nav™ Compass that shows the vehicle Compass heading in the Display Window using the 8 basic cardinal headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

4 70 Features of your vehicle

To adjust the Zone setting: 1. Determine the desired Zone Number based upon your current location on the Zone Map. 2. Press and hold the button for 6 seconds, the current Zone Number will appear on the display. 3. Pressing and holding the button again will cause the numbers to increment (Note: they will repeat …13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the display will set the new Zone. 4. Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass heading again.

There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle mag- nets, such as installing a ski rack or a CB antenna. Body repair work on the vehicle can also cause changes to the vehicle’s magnetic field. In these situations, the compass will B520C05NF need to be re-calibrated to quickly correct these changes.

471 Features of your vehicle

If you need to recalibrate the com- Integrated HomeLink® Wireless pass: Control System WARNING 1. Press and hold the button for The HomeLink® Wireless Control Before programming more than 9 seconds. When the System can replace up to three HomeLink® to a garage door compass memory is cleared a "C" hand-held radio-frequency (RF) opener or gate operator, make will appear in the display. transmitters with a single built-in sure people and objects are out 2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete cir- device. This innovative feature will of the way of the device to pre- cles at less than 8 km/h (5 mph). learn the radio frequency codes of vent potential harm or damage. most current transmitters to operate Do not use the HomeLink® with devices such as gate operators, any garage door opener that garage door openers, entry door lacks the safety stop and locks, security systems, even home reverse features required by lighting. Both standard and rolling U.S. federal safety standards code-equipped transmitters can be (this includes any garage door programmed by following the out- opener model manufactured lined procedures. before April 1, 1982). A garage Additional HomeLink® information door that cannot detect an can be found at: www.homelink.com object - signaling the door to or by calling 1-800-355-3515. stop and reverse - does not meet current U.S. federal safety Retain the original transmitter of the standards. Using a garage door RF device you are programming for opener without these features use in other vehicles as well as for ® increases the risk of serious future HomeLink programming. It is injury or death. also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink® buttons be erased for security purposes.

4 72 Features of your vehicle

® Programming HomeLink Programming Flashing Please note the following: • When programming a garage door Flashing opener, it is advised to park the vehicle outside of the garage. • It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink® for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal. OQL048617C • Some vehicles may require the 2. Position the end of your hand-held ignition switch to be placed in the OQL048616C ACC (or "Accessories") position for transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm) To train most devices, follow these away from the HomeLink® button programming and/or operation of instructions: HomeLink®. you wish to program while keeping 1. For first-time programming, press the indicator light in view. • In the event that there are still pro- and hold the two outside buttons 3. Simultaneously press and hold gramming difficulties or questions ® ( , ), HomeLink Channel 1 both the HomeLink® and hand- after following the programming and Channel 3, until the indicator steps listed below, contact held transmitter buttons until the light begins to flash (after 10 sec- HomeLink® indicator light changes HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com onds). Release both buttons. Do or by calling 1-800-355-3515. from a slow to a rapid blinking not hold the buttons for longer light. Now you may release both than 20 seconds. the HomeLink® and hand-held transmitter buttons.

473 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE 4. Firmly press, hold for 5 seconds and 6. Firmly press and release the release the programmed "learn" or "smart" button. (The Some devices may require you to ® replace this Programming step 3 HomeLink button up to two sepa- name and color of the button vary with procedures noted in the "Gate rate times to activate the door. If the by manufacturer). There are 30 door does not activate, press and seconds to initiate step 7. Operator/Canadian Programming" ® chapter. If the HomeLink® indicator hold the just-trained HomeLink but- 7. Return to the vehicle and firmly light does not change to a rapidly ton and observe the indicator light. press, hold for 2 seconds and blinking light after performing these • If the indicator light stays on con- release the programmed steps, contact HomeLink® at stantly, programming is complete HomeLink® button. Repeat the www.homelink.com. and your device should activate "press/hold/release" sequence a when the HomeLink® button is second time, and, depending on the pressed and released. brand of the garage door opener (or • If the indicator light blinks rapidly other rolling code equipped device), for 2 seconds and then turns to a repeat this sequence a third time to constant light, continue with complete the programming "Programming" steps 5-7 to com- process. plete the programming of a rolling code equipped device (most com- HomeLink® should now activate your monly a garage door opener). rolling code equipped device. 5. At the garage door opener receiv- er (motor-head unit) in the garage, locate the "learn" or "smart" button. This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit.

4 74 Features of your vehicle

Gate operator & Canadian pro- Operating HomeLink® Reprogramming a single gramming To operate, simply press and release HomeLink® button During programming, your handheld the programmed HomeLink® button. To program a device to HomeLink® transmitter may automatically stop Activation will now occur for the using a HomeLink® button previously transmitting. Continue to press the trained device (i.e. garage door trained, follow these steps: Integrated HomeLink® Wireless opener, gate operator, security sys- 1.Press and hold the desired Control System button (note steps 2 tem, entry door lock, home/office HomeLink® button. DO NOT through 3 in the Programming portion lighting, etc.). For convenience, the release the button. of this document) while you press hand-held transmitter of the device and re-press ("cycle") your handheld may also be used at any time. 2.The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing transmitter every two seconds until ® the frequency signal has been the HomeLink button, proceed learned. The indicator light will flash with "Programming" step 2. slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training. For questions or comments, contact HomeLink® at www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

475 Features of your vehicle

Erasing HomeLink® buttons FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3 Outside rearview mirror Individual buttons cannot be erased. IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3 Be sure to adjust the mirror angles However, to erase all three pro- before driving. grammed buttons: This device complies with Your vehicle is equipped with both 1. Press and hold the two outer Industry Canada licence-exempt left-hand and right-hand outside HomeLink® buttons until the indi- RSS standard(s). rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be cator light begins to flash after 10 Operation is subject to the following adjusted remotely with the remote seconds. two conditions: switch. The mirror heads can be fold- 2. Release both buttons. Do not hold ed back to prevent damage during an (1) This device may not cause inter- for longer than 20 seconds. automatic vehicle wash or when ference, and The Integrated HomeLink® Wireless passing through a narrow street. (2) This device must accept any Control System is now in the training The right outside rearview mirror is interference, including interfer- (learn) mode and can be pro- convex. Objects seen in the mirror ence that may cause undesired grammed at any time following the are closer than they appear. operation of the device. appropriate steps in the Use your interior rearview mirror or Programming chapters above. direct observation to determine the actual distance of following vehicles NVS® is a registered trademark and when changing lanes. Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the Gentex Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan. HomeLink® is a registered trademark owned by Johnson Controls, Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

4 76 Features of your vehicle

Adjusting outside rearview mirror CAUTION - Rearview (if equipped) CAUTION - Outside mirror mirror • The mirrors stop moving when Do not scrape ice off the mirror they reach the maximum face; this may damage the sur- adjusting angles, but the face of the glass. If ice should motor continues to operate restrict the movement of the mir- while the switch is pressed. ror, do not force the mirror for Do not press the switch longer adjustment. To remove ice, use a than necessary, the motor deicer spray, or a sponge or soft may be damaged. cloth with very warm water. • Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand. Doing so may damage If the mirror is jammed with ice, do the parts. not adjust the mirror by force. Use an OQLE045038 approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) to release the frozen The electric remote control mirror mechanism or move the vehicle to a switch allows you to adjust the posi- warm place and allow the ice to melt. tion of the left and right outside rearview mirrors. To adjust the position of either mirror, press the R or L WARNING - Mirror button (1) to select the right side mir- adjustment ror or the left side mirror, then press a corresponding point ( ) on the mir- Do not adjust or fold the outside ror adjustment control to position the rearview mirrors while the vehi- selected mirror up, down, left or right. cle is moving. This could result in loss of control. After adjustment, put the button into neutral(center) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment.

477 Features of your vehicle

Folding the outside rearview mirror Center (AUTO, 3) : (if equipped) The mirror will fold or unfold automat- CAUTION - Electric type ically as follows: outside rearview mirror • The mirror will fold or unfold when The electric type outside rearview the door is locked or unlocked by mirror operates even though the the folding key or smart key. engine start/stop button is in the OFF position. However, to prevent • The mirror will fold or unfold when unnecessary battery discharge, the door is locked or unlocked by the do not adjust the mirrors longer button on the outside door handle. than necessary while the engine • The mirror will unfold when you is not running. approach the vehicle (all doors In case it is an electric type out- closed and locked) with a smart side rearview mirror, don’t fold it key in possession. (if equipped) by hand. It could cause motor fail- OQLA045040 ure. Electric type The outside rearview mirror can be folded or unfolded by pressing the switch when the ignition switch is ACC or ON position as below. Left (1) : The mirror will unfold. Right (2) : The mirror will fold.

4 78 Features of your vehicle

OQL045039 Manual type To fold the outside rearview mirror, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle.

479 Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ■ Type A

1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. LCD display ■ Type B 6. Warning and indicator lights

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the "Gauges" in this chapter.

OQL048192C/OQL048193C

4 80 Features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control LCD Display Control Adjusting Instrument Cluster Illumination

OUM048452L

• If you hold the illumination control OQL048061L button (“+” or “-”), the brightness will be changed continuously. The LCD display modes can be OQL048062L • If the brightness reaches to the changed by using the control buttons The brightness of the instrument maximum or minimum level, an on the steering wheel. panel illumination is changed by alarm will sound. pressing the illumination control button (1) : MODE button for change the (“+” or “-”) when the ignition switch or LCD MODES Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or the (2) / : MOVE scroll switch for taillights are turned on. select the items (3) OK : SET/RESET button for set the items or reset the items

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display” in this chapter.

481 Features of your vehicle

Gauges Tachometer Engine Coolant Temperature Speedometer Gauge

OQL048183L OQL045184C The tachometer indicates the OQL048230L The speedometer indicates the approximate number of engine revo- This gauge indicates the tempera- speed of the vehicle and is calibrated lutions per minute (rpm). ture of the engine coolant when the in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo- Use the tachometer to select the cor- ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop meters per hour (km/h). rect shift points and to prevent lug- button is ON. ging and/or over-revving the engine. If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the "H" position, it indicates overheating that CAUTION - Red zone may damage the engine. Do not operate the engine with- Do not continue driving with an over- in the tachometer's RED ZONE. heated engine. If your vehicle over- This may cause severe engine heats, refer to “If the Engine damage. Overheats” in chapter 7.

4 82 Features of your vehicle

Fuel Gauge WARNING - Hot radiator WARNING - Fuel gauge Never remove the radiator cap Stop and obtain additional fuel when the engine is hot. The as soon as possible after the engine coolant is under pres- warning light comes on or when sure and could cause severe the gauge indicator comes burns. Wait until the engine is close to the E level. Running out cool before adding coolant to of fuel can expose vehicle occu- the reservoir. pants to danger.

CAUTION - Low fuel OQL048232L Avoid driving with an extremely This gauge indicates the approxi- low fuel level. Running out of mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel could cause the engine to fuel tank. misfire damaging the catalytic converter. ✽ NOTICE • The fuel tank capacity is given in ✽ NOTICE chapter 9. Fuel display may not be accurate if • The fuel gauge is supplemented by you are filling in sloping places. a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty. • On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank.

483 Features of your vehicle

Odometer Outside Temperature Gauge The temperature unit can be changed by using the "User Settings" mode of the LCD display.

❈ For more details, refer to “LCD Display” in this chapter.

OJFA048522C OJFHP048523 The odometer Indicates the total dis- This gauge indicates the current out- tance that the vehicle has been driv- side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F). en and should be used to determine - Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C when periodic maintenance should (-40°F ~ 140°F) be performed. The outside temperature on the dis- - Odometer range : 1,599,999 km or play may not change immediately 0 ~ 999,999 miles. like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being distracted. To change the temperature unit (from °C to °F or from °F to °C)

4 84 Features of your vehicle

Transmission Shift Indicator Automatic Transmission Shift Indicator

OJF048524 This indicator displays which automatic transmission shift lever is selected. •Park :P • Reverse : R • Neutral : N •Drive :D • Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

485 Features of your vehicle

LCD DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED) LCD Modes Modes Symbol Explanation

This mode displays driving information such as the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on. Trip Computer ❈ For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter

Tur n by Tur n mode This mode displays the state of the navigation. (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of below systems. - SCC with S&G (Refer to “Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go system” in chapter 5) - Lane Keeping Assist (Refer to “Lane keeping Assist (LKA) system” in chapter 5) Assist mode - Driving Attention Warning (Refer to “Driving Attention Warning (DAW) system” in chap- (if equipped) ter 5) - Tire Pressure(Refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in chapter 6) ❈ For more details, refer to chapter 5 and 6.

User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and so on.

This mode displays the state of the ESC. ESC (if equipped) ❈ For more details, refer to chapter 5.

Master warning This mode informs of warning messages related to malfunction of Blind-spot Collision mode Warning and so on.

❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.

4 86 Features of your vehicle

Trip computer mode Turn By Turn mode (if equipped) Assist mode (if equipped)

■ SCC with S&G

OQL058283C ■ LKA OJFA048527C OJFA048526C This mode displays driving information This mode displays the state of the like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and navigation. so on.

❈ For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

OQL058242L

487 Features of your vehicle

■ DAW Service mode When Service Required is set a Service Required Alarm message pops up when an aggregated amount of miles/time driven reaches a certain point. With Service Required mode, press OK button for more than 1 sec. The values will return to initial setting values.

OJF048552L ■ TPMS ❈For more details about Service Required Setting refer to user OJFA048529C Settings Mode in this chapter. When Service Required is set, the remaining distance/time before serv- ❈Service Required Setting ice is required appears on the LCD In the event of Battery Cable screen. Disconnection or Fuse Switch From the point at which the remain- turned OFF, the Service Required ing distance to drive amounts to Setting values (an amount of OQL048260L 1,500 km (900 mi) or the remaining miles/time driven) may change. In time amounts to 30 days, The Assist mode displays the state of such cases, re-enter Service Service Required message auto- Required Setting values. below systems. matically displays and remains on - SCC with S&G(if equipped) the LCD screen for a number of sec- - Lane Keeping Assist(if equipped) onds every time the ignition switch or - Driver Attention Warning (if Engine Start/Stop Button is ON. equipped) - Tire Pressure (if equipped)

4 88 Features of your vehicle

Master warning mode The Master Warning Light illumi- User Settings Mode (if equipped) nates if one or more of the above Description warning situations occur. • This warning light informs the driv- If the warning situation is solved, the er of the following situations master warning light will be turned off. - LED head lamp malfunction (if equipped) - Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go malfunction (if equipped) - Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go radar blind (if equipped) - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction (if equipped) OJF048553L - Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar On this mode, you can change set- blind (if equipped) ting of the doors, lamps, and so on. - Lamp malfunction - High Beam Assist malfunction (if WARNING equipped) Do not adjust the User Setting - Tire Pressure Monitoring System while driving. (TPMS) malfunction (if equipped) You may lose your steering control which could cause an accident and bodily injury.

489 Features of your vehicle

Shift to P to edit settings Driver Assistance (if equipped) • Forward Collision-avoidance Assist • SCC Reaction (if equipped) : (FCA,if equipped) : - Choose the sensitivity (fast, nor- - To activate or deactivate the FCA mal, slow) of the smart cruise system. control. ❈For more details, refer to “Forward ❈For more details, refer to “Smart Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA)” Cruise Control with Stop & Go” in in chapter 5. chapter 5. • Forward Collision Warning • Driver Attention Warning (if (if equipped) : equipped) : - Choose the inital warning alert - Choose the alert stage (High time of the forward collision warning. (Fast/Normal/Slow) OJF048554L sensitivity/Normal sensitivity/Off) of the Driver Attention Warning. ❈For more details, refer to “Forward This warning message appears if ❈For more details, refer to “Driver Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA)” you try to adjust the User Settings in chapter 5. while driving. Attention Warning (DAW)” in chapter 5. • Rear Cross-Traffic Collision For your safety, change the User Warning (if equipped) : Settings after parking the vehicle, • Lane Safety (if equipped) : - If this item is checked, the rear applying the parking brake and - Active LKA : To activate the active moving the shift lever to P (Park). cross-traffic collision Warning LKA mode. function will be activated. - Lane Keeping Assist : To activate ❈For more details, refer to “Blind- the Lane Keeping Assist mode. spot Collision Warning” in chapter - Lane Departure Warning : To acti- 5 vate the lane departure warning function. • Blind-Spot Collision Warning Sound (if equipped) : ❈For more details, refer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System” in - If this item is checked, the BCW chapter 5. sound function will be activated.

4 90 Features of your vehicle

Door • Two Press Unlock (if equipped) : Lights • Auto Lock : - If this item is checked, the two • One Touch Turn Signal : - Enable on Speed : All doors will press unlock will be activated. - Off: The one touch turn signal be automatically locked when the • Power Liftgate (if equipped) : function will be deactivated. vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h - 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change (9.3 mph). - If this item is checked, the power liftgate function will be activated. signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times - Enable on Shift : All doors will be when the turn signal lever is ❈ automatically locked if the trans- For more details, refer to “Power moved slightly. Liftgate” in this chapter. mission shift lever is shifted from ❈For more details, refer to “Lighting” the P (Park) position to the R • Smart Liftgate (if equipped) : in this chapter. (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. - If this item is checked, the smart • Headlight Delay : liftgate function will be activated. - If this item is checked, the head • Auto Unlock : ❈ For more details, refer to “Smart lamp delay function will be acti- - Disable : The auto door unlock Liftgate” in this chapter. vated. operation will be canceled. ❈For more details, refer to “Lighting” - Vehicle Off/On key out : All doors in this chapter. will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button is set to the OFF position. - On Shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission shift lever is shifted to the P (Park) position.

491 Features of your vehicle

Sound Convenience Service interval • Cluster Voice Guidance Volume (if • Welcome Mirror/Light (if equipped) : • Enable Service Interval : equipped) : - If this item is checked, the wel- - To activate or deactivate the serv- - This used to set/adjust the voice come mirror/light function will be ice interval function. guidance volume. activated. • Adjust Interval : • Parking Distance Warning Volume • Wireless Charging System (if equipped) : - To adjust the interval by mileage (if equipped) : and period. - Adjust the Park Assist System - If this is checked, the wireless volume. (Level 1 ~ 3) charging system function will be • Reset : activated. - To reset the service interval func- • Welcome Sound (if equipped) : • Wiper/Light Display (if equipped) : tion. - If this item is checked, the welcome sound function will be acti- - If this item is checked, the vated. wiper/light display will be activated. • Auto rear wiper (in R) (if equipped) : - If this is checked, the rear wiper will automatically activated when the front wiper is in ON position and shift lever is in R (reverse) position. • Gear Position Pop-up (if equipped) : - If this item is checked, the gear position pop-up display will be activated. • Icy Road Warning (if equipped) : - If this item is checked, the icy road warning display will be activated.

4 92 Features of your vehicle

Other Language (if equipped) • Fuel Economy Reset : Choose the language. - If this item checked, the average fuel economy will reset automati- Reset cally after refueling or after ignition. You can reset the menus in the User Settings Mode. All menus in the User • Speed Unit (if equipped) : Settings Mode are initialized, except - Choose the speed unit. (km, mi ) language and service interval. • Fuel Economy Unit : - Choose the fuel economy unit. (US gallon, UK gallon) • Temperature Unit : - Choose the temperature unit. (°C,°F) • Tire Pressure Unit (if equipped) : - Choose the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, bar)

493 Features of your vehicle

TRIP MODES (TRIP COMPUTER) The trip computer is a microcomput- Trip Modes Fuel Economy er-controlled driver information system that displays information related Fuel Economy to driving. • Average Fuel Economy ✽ NOTICE • Instant Fuel Economy Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the Accumulated Info battery is disconnected. • Tripmeter • Fuel Economy • Timer OJFA048550C Average Fuel Economy (1) Drive Info • The average fuel economy is calcu- • Tripmeter lated by the total driving distance • Fuel Economy and fuel consumption since the last • Timer average fuel economy reset. - Fuel economy range : 0 ~ 99.9 L/100km or MPG Digital speedometer • The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automati- To change the trip mode, scroll the cally. MOVE scroll switch ( / ) in the trip computer mode.

4 94 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Manual reset Automatic reset The fuel economy may vary signifi- To reset average fuel economy manu- To make the average fuel economy cantly based on driving conditions, ally, press the OK button (reset) on reset automatically whenever refuel- driving habits, and condition of the the steering wheel for more than 1 ing, select the “Auto Reset” mode in vehicle. second when the average fuel econ- User Setting menu of the LCD display omy is displayed. (Refer to “LCD Display”). • OFF - You may set to default manually by using the trip switch reset button. • After ignition - The vehicle will automatically set to default once 4 hours pass after the Ignition is in OFF. • After refueling - After refueling more than 6 liters and driving over 1km/h, the vehicle will reset to default automatically.

✽ NOTICE For a more accurate calculation of the average fuel economy, the vehicle must be continuously driven more than 10 seconds and 50 meters (0.03 miles).

495 Features of your vehicle

Instant Fuel Economy (2) Accumulated driving information One time driving information mode • This mode displays the instant fuel mode economy during the last few seconds when the vehicle speed is more than 8 km/h (5 MPH). - Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 30 L/100km or 0 ~ 50 MPG

OJFA048552C OJFA048551C The vehicle will display Driving Displays accumulated information Information once per one ignition starting from mileage/fuel cycle. efficiency/time default point. - Fuel efficiency is calculated after • Accumulated information is calcu- the vehicle has run for more than lated after the vehicle has run for 300 meters (0.2 miles). more than 300 meters (0.2 miles). - The Driving Information will be • If you press “OK” button for more reset 4 hours after ignition has than 1 second after the Cumulative been turned off. So, when the vehi- Information is displayed, the infor- cle ignition is turned on within 4 mation will be reset. hours, the information will not be • If the engine is running, even when reset. the vehicle is not in motion, the information will be accumulated.

4 96 Features of your vehicle

- If you press “OK” button for more Digital speedometer Warning Messages (if equipped) than 1 second after the Driving Shift to P (for smart key system Information is displayed, the information will be reset. and automatic transmission) - If the engine is running, even when • This warning message illuminates if the vehicle is not in motion, the infor- you try to turn off the engine without mation will be accumulated. the shift lever in P (Park) position. • At this time, the Engine Start/Stop Button turns to the ACC position (If you press the Engine Start/Stop Button once more, it will turn to the ON position).

OJFA048553C Low Key Battery This mode displays the current (for smart key system) speed of the vehicle. • This warning message illuminates if the battery of the smart key is discharged when the Engine Start/Stop Button changes to the OFF position.

497 Features of your vehicle

Press START button while turning Check Steering Wheel Lock Key not detected wheel (for smart key system) System (for smart key system) (for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not if the steering wheel does not lock if the smart key is not detected unlock normally when the Engine normally when the Engine when you press the Engine Start/Stop Button is pressed. Start/Stop Button changes to the Start/Stop Button. • It means that you should press the OFF position. Engine Start/Stop Button while Remove key (for smart key sys- turning the steering wheel right Press brake pedal to start engine tem) and left. (for smart key system and auto- • This warning message illuminates matic transmission) if the smart key is remove the hold- Steering wheel not locked • This warning message illuminates er. (for smart key system) if the Engine Start/Stop Button • This warning message illuminates changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly Key not in vehicle if the steering wheel does not lock (for smart key system) when the Engine Start/Stop Button without depressing the brake pedal. changes to the OFF position. • It means that you should depress • If the smart key is not in the vehicle the brake pedal to start the engine. and if any door is opened or closed with the engine start/stop button in ACC, ON, or START, the warning illuminates on the LCD display.

4 98 Features of your vehicle

Press start button again Press start button with key Shift to P or N to start engine (for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system and auto- • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates matic transmission) if you can not operate the Engine if you press the Engine Start/Stop • This warning message illuminates Start/Stop Button when there is a Button while the warning message if you try to start the engine with problem with the Engine Start/Stop “Key not detected” is illuminating. the shift lever not in the P (Park) or Button system. • At this time, the immobilizer indica- N (Neutral) position. • It means that you could start the tor light blinks. engine by pressing the Engine ✽ NOTICE Start/ Stop Button once more. Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse You can start the engine with the • If the warning illuminates each time (for smart key system and auto- shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. you press the Engine Start/Stop matic transmission) However, for your safety, we strongly Button, have the vehicle inspected recommend that you start the engine by a professional workshop. Kia • This warning message illuminates if the brake switch fuse is discon- with the shift lever in the P (Park) recommends to visit an authorized position. Kia dealer/service partner. nected. • It means that you should replace the fuse with a new one. If that is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.

499 Features of your vehicle

Press clutch pedal to start engine Door, Hood, Liftgate Open Sunroof Open (if equipped) (for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates if the Engine Start/Stop Button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal. • It means that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine.

Press START button and shift to P (for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates OQL048263L OQL048264L if you try to turned off engine with • It means that any door, hood, or • This warning message illuminates the shift lever in the N (Neutral) tailgate is open. if you turn off the engine and then position. To shift to P(Park), the open the driver's door when the driver must first press the Start but- sunroof is open. ton once.

4 100 Features of your vehicle

Low Washer Fluid (if equipped) Check DAW (Driver Attention Check FCA (Forward Collision • This warning message illuminates Warning) system (if equipped) Avoidance Asst.) (if equipped) on the service reminder mode if This warning message is displayed if • This warning message illuminates the washer fluid level in the reser- there is a problem with the Driver if there is a malfunction with the voir is nearly empty. Attention Warning system. In this Forward Collision Avoidance Assist • It means that you should refill the case, have your vehicle inspected by (FCA) system. In this case, have washer fluid. an authorized Kia dealer. your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. ❈For more information, refer to Turn on FUSE SWITCH “Driver Attention Warning (DAW)” ❈For more details, refer to “Forward (if equipped) in chapter 5. Collision Avoidance Assist(FCA) • This warning message illuminates system” in chapter 5. if the fuse switch under the steer- Check BCW (Blind-spot Collision ing wheel is OFF. Warning) system (if equipped) • It means that you should turn the This warning message is displayed if fuse switch on. there is a problem with the Blind- ❈For more details, refer to “Fuses” in Spot Collision Warning (BCW) sys- chapter 7. tem. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. ❈For more information, refer to “Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)” in chapter 5.

4101 Features of your vehicle

Check high beam assist system Device in wireless charger Icy Road Warning (if equipped) (if equipped) (if equipped) • This warning message illuminates If a smart phone is still left on the if the high beam assist system has wireless charging pad unattended, a malfunction. even when the ignition is in ACC In this case, have the vehicle inspect- OFF and the instrument panel's one ed by a professional workshop. Have time driving information mode has your vehicle inspected by an author- finished, a warning message will lit ized Kia dealer. up on the instrument panel. ❈For more details, refer to “Smart Phone Wireless Charger” in this chapter. OJF048575L Low Fuel This warning pop-up message and • This warning message illuminates light are to warn the driver the road if the fuel tank is nearly empty. may be icy. - When the low fuel level warning When the Outside Temperature is light is illuminates. below approximately 4°C (39°F). Add fuel as soon as possible. - The warning light (including Outside Temperature and unit) blinks 5 times and then illuminates. - The warning pop-up message displays, and the warning chime sounds once at the same time only once for each ignition cycle. ❈If this item is checked in “User settings”, this function will be activated.

4 102 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE If the icy road warning light appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and refrain from speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning.

4103 Features of your vehicle

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light

✽ NOTICE - Warning lights Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver are OFF after starting the engine. If • Once you set the ignition switch or that the seat belt is not fastened. any light is still ON, this indicates a Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON ❈ For more details, refer to the “Seat situation that needs attention. position. Belts” in chapter 3. - It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the SRS. Recommend you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 104 Features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual- 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two 2. With the engine stopped, check the wheels even if one of the dual sys- • Once you set the ignition switch or tems should fail. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON brake fluid level immediately and add position. fluid as required (For more details, With only one of the dual systems refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7). working, greater pedal pressure will - It illuminates for approximately 3 be required to stop the vehicle. seconds Then check all brake components for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the Also, the vehicle will require • When the parking brake is applied, brake system are still found, the increased stopping distance with the warning light will remain on. warning light remains on, or the only a portion of the brake system • When the brake fluid level in the brakes do not operate properly, do working. reservoir is low. not drive the vehicle. If the brakes fail while you are driv- - If the warning light illuminates In this case, have your vehicle ing, shift to a lower gear for addition- with the parking brake released, it towed to an authorized Kia dealer al engine braking and stop the vehi- indicates the brake fluid level in and inspected. cle as soon as it is safe to do so. reservoir is low. Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminate with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4105 Features of your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System Electronic (ABS) Warning Light Brake force WARNING - Electronic Distribution Brake force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light This warning light illuminates: (EBD) System Warning Light When both ABS and Parking • Once you set the ignition switch or Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving: Lights are on, the brake system position. will not work normally and you - It illuminates for approximately 3 • When the ABS and regular brake system may not work normally. may experience an unexpected seconds and then goes off. and dangerous situation during • When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle sudden braking thereby the ABS the warning light will inspected by an authorized Kia increasing the risk of a crash remain on. The braking system will dealer. and injury. In this case, avoid be operational without the assis- high speed driving and abrupt tance of the anti-lock brake sys- braking. Have your vehicle tem. inspected by an authorized Kia In this case, have your vehicle dealer as soon as possible. inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 106 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake Electronic Power Malfunction Indicator force Distribution (EBD) Steering (EPS) Warning Lamp (MIL) System Warning Light Light When the ABS Warning Light is on This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: or both the ABS and the Parking • Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Lights are on, the speedometer, position. position. odometer, or tripmeter may not - It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is work. Also, the EPS Warning Light started. started. may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease. • When there is a malfunction with • When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle inspect- the EPS. the emission control system. ed by an authorized Kia dealer as In this case, have your vehicle In this case, have your vehicle soon as possible. inspected by an authorized Kia inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. dealer.

4107 Features of your vehicle

Charging System Engine Oil Pressure CAUTION - Malfunction Warning Light Warning Light Indicator Lamp (MIL) Driving with the Malfunction This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission • Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or control systems which could Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON affect drivability and/or fuel position. position. economy. - It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is started. started. • When there is a malfunction with • When the engine oil pressure is low. CAUTION - Catalytic either the alternator or electrical Converter Damage charging system. If the engine oil pressure is low: If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten- 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe If there is a malfunction with either location and stop your vehicle. tial catalytic converter damage the alternator or electrical charging is possible which could result in system: 2. Turn the engine off and check the loss of engine power. engine oil level (For more details, 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 7). In this case, have your vehicle location and stop your vehicle. inspected by an authorized Kia If the level is low, add oil as dealer as soon as possible. 2. Turn the engine off and check the required. alternator drive belt for looseness If the warning light remains on or breakage. after adding oil or if oil is not avail- If the belt is adjusted properly, able, have your vehicle inspected there may be a problem in the by an authorized Kia dealer as electrical charging system. soon as possible. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

4 108 Features of your vehicle

Low Tire Pressure CAUTION - Engine Warning Light WARNING - Low tire damage pressure If the engine is not stopped This warning light illuminates: • Significantly low tire pressure immediately after the engine oil makes the vehicle unstable pressure warning light is illumi- • Once you set the ignition switch or and can contribute to loss of nated and stays on while the Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON vehicle control and increased engine is running, serious position. braking distances. engine damage may result. - It illuminates for approximately 3 • Continued driving on low pres- seconds and then goes off. sure tires will cause the tires to • When one or more of your tires are overheat and fail. CAUTION - Engine significantly underinflated. Overheating ❈For more details, refer to “Tire Do not continue driving with the Pressure Monitoring System WARNING engine overheated. Otherwise, (TPMS)” in chapter 6. • The TPMS cannot alert you to the engine may be damaged. severe and sudden tire dam- This warning light remains on after age caused by external fac- blinking for approximately 60 seconds tors. or repeats blinking on and off at the • If you notice any vehicle insta- intervals of approximately 3 seconds: bility, immediately take your • When there is a malfunction with foot off the accelerator pedal, the TPMS. apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly In this case, have your vehicle move to a safe position off the inspected by an authorized Kia road. dealer as soon as possible. ❈For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in chapter 6.

4109 Features of your vehicle

Electronic Parking Brake Master Warning light The Master Warning Light illumi- (EPB) Warning Light EPB nates if one or more of the above (if equipped) warning situations occur. If the warning situation is solved, the This warning light illuminates: • This warning light informs the driv- • Once you set the ignition switch or master warning light will be turned er of the following situations off. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON - LED head lamp malfunction position. (if equipped) - It illuminates for approximately 3 - Smart Cruise Control with Stop & seconds and then goes off. Go malfunction (if equipped) • When there is a malfunction with - Smart Cruise Control with Stop & the EPB. Go radar blind (if equipped) In this case, have your vehicle - Forward Collision-Avoidance inspected by an authorized Kia Assist malfunction (if equipped) dealer. - Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar ✽ blind (if equipped) NOTICE - Electronic Parking - Lamp malfunction Brake (EPB) Warning Light - High Beam Assist malfunction The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light may illumi- - Tire Pressure Monitoring System nate when the Electronic Stability (TPMS) (if equipped) control (ESC) Indicator Light comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly (This does not indicate malfunction of the EPB).

4 110 Features of your vehicle

Forward Collision-avoid- All Wheel Drive (AWD) LED Headlamp Warning ance Assist Warning LOCK Indicator Light Light (if equipped) light (FCA, if equipped) This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: • When there is a malfunction with • Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or the FCA. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON In this case, have the vehicle position. position. inspected by an authorized Kia deal- - It illuminates for approximately 3 - It illuminates for approximately 3 er. seconds and then goes off. seconds and then goes off. • When you select AWD Lock mode • When there is a malfunction with All Wheel Drive (AWD) by pressing the AWD LOCK button. the LED headlamp. Warning Light - The AWD LOCK mode is to In this case, have your vehicle inspect- increase the drive power when ed by an authorized Kia dealer. This indicator light illuminates: driving on wet pavement, snow covered roads and/or off-road. • When there is a malfunction with This warning light blinks: the AWD system. • When there is a malfunction with a In this case, have the vehicle inspect- CAUTION - AWD Lock LED headlamp related part. ed by an authorized Kia dealer. Mode In this case, have your vehicle inspect- Do not use AWD LOCK mode on ed by an authorized Kia dealer. dry paved roads or highway, it can cause noise, vibration or damage of AWD related parts. CAUTION - LED Headlamp Warning Light Continuous driving with the LED Headlamp Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED headlamp (low beam) life.

4111 Features of your vehicle

Indicator Lights Electronic Stability Immobilizer Indicator Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Light (Without Smart Key) Control (ESC) Indicator Indicator Light Light This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • Once you set the ignition switch or • When the vehicle detects the Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON • Once you set the ignition switch or immobilizer in your key properly position. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON while the ignition switch is ON. position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 - At this time, you can start the seconds and then goes off. - It illuminates for approximately 3 engine. seconds and then goes off. • When you deactivate the ESC sys- - The indicator light goes off after tem by pressing the ESC OFF but- • When there is a malfunction with starting the engine. ton. the ESC system. In this case, have your vehicle ❈For more details, refer to This indicator light blinks: inspected by an authorized Kia “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” • When there is a malfunction with dealer. in chapter 5. the immobilizer system. In this case, have your vehicle This indicator light blinks: inspected by an authorized Kia While the ESC is operating. dealer. ❈For more details, refer to “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.

4 112 Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer Indicator This indicator light illuminates for 2 Turn Signal Indicator Light (With Smart Key) seconds and goes off: Light • When the vehicle can not detect This indicator light illuminates for up the smart key which is in the vehi- This indicator light blinks: to 30 seconds: cle while the Engine Start/Stop Button is ON. • When you turn the turn signal light • When the vehicle detects the on. smart key in the vehicle properly In this case, have your vehicle while the Engine Start/Stop Button inspected by an authorized Kia If any of the following occurs, there is ACC or ON. dealer. may be a malfunction with the turn - At this time, you can start the signal system. In this case, have your engine. This indicator light blinks: vehicle inspected by an authorized - The indicator light goes off after • When the battery of the smart key Kia dealer. starting the engine. is weak. - The indicator light does not blink - At this time, you can not start the but illuminates. This indicator light blinks for a few engine. However, you can start the - The indicator light blinks more seconds: engine if you press the Engine rapidly. Start/Stop Button with the smart • When the smart key is not in the key. (For more details, refer to - The indicator light does not illumi- vehicle. “Starting the Engine” in chapter 5). nate at all. - At this time, you can not start the • When there is a malfunction with engine. the immobilizer system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4113 Features of your vehicle

High Beam Indicator High beam assist Front Fog Indicator Light indicator (if equipped) Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: This warning light illuminates : This indicator light illuminates: • When the headlights are on and in • When the high-Beam is on with the • When the front fog lights are on. the high beam position light switch in the AUTO light position. • When the turn signal lever is pulled Light ON Indicator Light into the Flash-to-Pass position. • If your vehicle detects oncoming or preceding vehicles, the High beam assist system will switch the high This indicator light illumi- beam to low beam automatically. nates: ❈ • When the tail lights or headlights For more details, refer to "High are on. beam assist" in this chapter.

4 114 Features of your vehicle

AUTO HOLD Indicator AUTO LKA (Lane Keeping Light (if equipped) Assist) System Indicator WARNING - Distracted HOLD (if equipped) driving This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates : Driving while distracted can • When you turn the lane keeping result in a loss of vehicle con- • [White] When you activate the auto trol that may lead to an acci- hold system by pressing the AUTO assistant system on by pressing the LKA button. dent, severe personal injury, HOLD button. and death. The driver’s primary • [Green] When you stop the vehicle If there is a problem with the sys- responsibility is in the safe and completely by depressing the tem, the yellow LKA indicator will legal operation of a vehicle, and brake pedal with the auto hold sys- illuminate. use of any handheld devices, tem activated. ❈For more details, refer to “Lane other equipment, or vehicle sys- • [Yellow] When there is a malfunc- Keeping Assist (LKA) System” in tems which take the driver’s tion with the auto hold system. chapter 5. eyes, attention and focus away In this case, have your vehicle from the safe operation of a inspected by an authorized Kia vehicle or which are not permis- dealer. sible by law should never be used during operation of the ❈For more details, refer to “Auto vehicle. Hold” in chapter 5.

4115 Features of your vehicle

ECO Indicator Light SPORT Mode Indicator Downhill Brake Control (if equipped) Light (if equipped) (DBC) Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates : This indicator light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: • When the Active ECO system is • When you select “SPORT” mode • Once you set the ignition switch or activated by pressing the DRIVE as drive mode. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON mode button. position. ❈For more details, refer to “Drive • The ECO indicator (green) will illu- - It illuminates for approximately 3 Mode Integrated Control System” seconds and then goes off. minate to show that the Active in chapter 5. ECO is operating. • When you activate the DBC system by pressing the DBC button. ❈For more details, refer to “Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in chapter 5. This warning light blinks: • When the DBC is operating.

This warning light illuminates yellow: • When there is a malfunction with the DBC system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

❈For more details, refer to “Downhill Brake Control (DBC) System” in chapter 5.

4 116 Features of your vehicle

PARKING DISTANCE WARNING-REVERSE (IF EQUIPPED) Operation of the parking dis- WARNING - Parking distance warning-reverse tance warning-reverse Operating condition Never rely solely on the parking distance warning-reverse. Always perform a visual inspection to make sure the vehicle is clear of all obstructions before moving the vehicle in any direction. Stop immediately if you are aware of a child anywhere near OQL048084 your vehicle. Some objects may The parking distance warning-reverse not be detected by the sensors, assists the driver during backward due to the object's size or mate- movement of the vehicle by chiming if rial. any object is sensed within a distance OQL048402N of 120 cm (47 in.) behind the vehicle. • This system will activate when the This system is a supplemental system indicator on the parking distance and it is not intended to nor does it warning-reverse OFF button is not replace the need for extreme care and illuminated. If you desire to deacti- attention of the driver. The sensing vate the parking distance warning- range and objects detectable by the reverse, press the parking distance back sensors (➀) are limited. warning-reverse OFF button again. Whenever backing-up, pay as much (The indicator on the button will attention to what is behind you as you illuminate.) To turn the system on, would in a vehicle without a parking press the button again. (The indi- distance warning-reverse. cator on the button will go off.)

4117 Features of your vehicle

• This system will activate when Types of warning sound Non-operational conditions of backing up with the ignition switch • When an object is 120 cm to 61 cm parking distance warning- ON. (47 in. to 24 in.) from the rear reverse If the vehicle is moving at a speed bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit- The parking distance warning- over 5 km/h (3 mph), the system tently. reverse may not operate properly may not be activated correctly. • When an object is 60 cm to 31 cm when: • The sensing distance while the (24 in. to 12 in.) from the rear 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It back-up warning system is in oper- bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre- will operate normally once the ation is approximately 120 cm (47 quently. moisture clears. in.) at the rear bumper center area, • When an object is within 30 cm (11 2. The sensor is covered with foreign 60 cm (23.5 in.) at the rear bumper in.) of the rear bumper: both side area. matter, such as snow or water, or Buzzer sounds continuously. the sensor cover is blocked. (It will • If vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h operate normally when the materi- (6 mph), the system will not warn al is removed or the sensor is no you even though objects are longer blocked.) detected. 3. Driving on uneven road surfaces • When more than two objects are (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, sensed at the same time, the clos- gradient). est one will be recognized first. 4. Objects generating excessive noise (vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes) are within range of the sensor. 5. The weather conditions produce heavy rain or water spray.

4 118 Features of your vehicle

6. Wireless transmitters or mobile The detecting range may decrease Parking distance warning- phones are within range of the when: reverse precautions sensor. 1. The sensor is covered with foreign • The parking distance warning- 7. The sensor is covered with snow. matter such as snow or water. reverse may not sound consistent- 8. Trailer towing (The sensing range will return to ly depending on the speed and normal when removed.) shapes of the objects detected. 2. Outside air temperature is • The parking distance warning- extremely hot or cold. reverse may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor instal- The following objects may not be lation has been modified or dam- recognized by the sensor: aged. Any non-factory installed 1. Sharp or slim objects such as equipment or accessories may also ropes, chains or small poles. interfere with the sensor performance. 2. Objects which tend to absorb the sensor frequency such as clothes, • The sensor may not recognize sound absorbent material or snow. objects less than 30 cm (11 in.) from the sensor, or it may sense an 3. Undetectable objects smaller than incorrect distance. Use caution. 1 m (40 in.) in height and narrower than 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter. • When the sensor is frozen or covered with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the material is removed using a soft cloth. • To prevent damage, do not push, scratch or strike the sensor.

4119 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Self-diagnosis This system can only sense objects If you don’t hear an audible warning within the range and location of the sound or if the buzzer sounds inter- sensors. It cannot detect objects in mittently when shifting the gear to the other areas where sensors are not R (Reverse) position, this may indi- installed. Also, small or slim objects, cate a malfunction in the parking dis- such as poles or objects located tance warning-reverse. If this occurs, between sensors may not be detected have your vehicle checked by an by the sensors. authorized Kia dealer as soon as Always visually check behind the possible. vehicle when backing up. Be sure to inform any drivers of the ✽ vehicle that may be unfamiliar with NOTICE the system regarding the systems Your new vehicle warranty does not capabilities and limitations. cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants due to a parking distance warning-reverse malfunction. Always drive safely and cautiously.

4 120 Features of your vehicle

PARKING DISTANCE WARNING (IF EQUIPPED) ■ Rear This system is a supplemental sys- Operation of the parking dis- tem and it is not intended to nor does tance warning it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. Operating condition The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors (➀) are limited. Whenever moving pay as much attention to what is in front and behind of you as you would in a vehicle without a parking distance warn- OQL048084 ing. ■ Front

WARNING The parking distance warning is a supplementary function only. OQL045402 The operation of the parking • This system activates when the distance warning can be affect- parking distance warning button is ed by several factors (including pressed with the ignition switch environmental conditions). ON. OQL048085 It is the responsibility of the • The indicator of the parking dis- The parking distance warning assists driver to always check the front tance warning button turns on the driver during movement of the and rear views before and while automatically and activates the vehicle by chiming if any object is parking. parking distance warning when sensed within the distance of 100 cm you shift the gear to the R (39 in.) in front and 120 cm (47 in.) (Reverse) position. behind the vehicle.

4121 Features of your vehicle

• The sensing distance while back- Type of warning indicator and sound ing up is approximately 120 cm (47 : with Warning sound in.) when you are driving less than 10 km/h (6.2 mph). Warning indicator Distance • The sensing distance while moving Warning sound forward is approximately 100 cm from object When driving When driving (39 in.) when you are driving less forward rearward than 10 km/h (6.2 mph). 100 cm ~ 61 cm Buzzer beeps Front - • When more than two objects are (39 in ~ 24 in) intermittently sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first. 120 cm ~ 61 cm Buzzer beeps • The side sensors are activated Rear - (47 in ~ 24 in) intermittently when you shift the gear to the R (Reverse) position. Buzzer beeps Front • If the vehicle speed is above 20 60 cm ~ 31 cm frequently km/h (12.4 mph), the system auto- (23 in ~ 12 in) Buzzer beeps matically turns off. To activate Rear - again, push the button. frequently Buzzer sounds Front continuously 30 cm (11 in) Buzzer sounds Rear - continuously ✽ NOTICE • The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration according to objects or sensor status. • Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.

4 122 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Non-operational conditions of There is a possibility of parking • This system can only sense objects parking distance warning distance warning malfunction within the range and location of Parking distance warning may when: the sensors. It cannot detect not operate normally when: 1. Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads, gravel, objects in other areas where sen- 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It bumps, or gradient. sors are not installed. Also, small will operate normally when mois- or slim objects, such as poles or ture melts.) 2. Objects generating excessive objects located between sensors noise such as vehicle horns, loud 2. Sensor is covered with foreign may not be detected by the sen- motorcycle engines, or truck air matter, such as snow or water, or sors. Always visually check behind brakes can interfere with the sen- the sensor cover is blocked. (It will the vehicle when backing up. sor. • Be sure to inform any drivers of operate normally when the materi- the vehicle that may be unfamiliar al is removed or the sensor is no 3. The weather conditions produce with the system regarding the sys- longer blocked.) heavy rain or water spray tems capabilities and limitations. 3. Sensor is stained with foreign mat- 4. Wireless transmitters or mobile ter such as snow or water. phones are present near the sen- (Sensing range will return to nor- sor. mal when Cleaned.) 5. Sensor is covered with snow. 4.The parking distance warning button is off.

4123 Features of your vehicle

Detecting range may decrease ✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE when: 1. The warning may not sound This system can only sense objects 1. Outside air temperature is sequentially depending on the speed within the range and location of the extremely hot or cold. and shapes of the objects detected. sensors, it can not detect objects in 2. Undetectable objects smaller than 2. The parking distance warning other areas where sensors are not 1 m and narrower than 14 cm in may malfunction if the vehicle installed. Also, small or slim objects, diameter. bumper height or sensor installa- or objects located between sensors tion has been modified. Any non- may not be detected. factory installed equipment or Always visually check in front and The following objects may not be accessories may also interfere behind the vehicle when driving. recognized by the sensor: with the sensor performance. Be sure to inform any drivers in the 1. Sharp or slim objects such as 3. Sensor may not recognize objects vehicle that may be unfamiliar with ropes, chains or small poles. less than 30 cm (12 in.) from the the system regarding the systems 2. Objects, which tend to absorb sen- sensor, or it may sense an incor- capabilities and limitations. sor frequency such as clothes, rect distance. Use with caution. spongy material or snow. 4. When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth. 5. Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.

4 124 Features of your vehicle

Self-diagnosis WARNING When you shift the gear to the R Pay close attention when the (Reverse) position and if one or more vehicle is driven close to of the below occurs you may have a objects on the road, particularly malfunction in the parking distance pedestrians, and especially warning-reverse. children. Be aware that some • You don't hear an audible warning objects may not be detected by sound or if the buzzer sounds inter- the sensors, due to the objects mittently. distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor. Always per- • is displayed. (if equipped) form a visual inspection to (blinks) make sure the vehicle is clear of all obstructions before moving If this occurs, we recommend that the the vehicle in any direction. system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

✽ NOTICE Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants related to a parking distance warning. Always drive safely and cautiously.

4125 Features of your vehicle

REAR VIEW MONITOR To turn the camera on again, press the ON/OFF button again when the WARNING - Backing up & ignition switch is on and the shift using camera lever is in R (Reverse). Also, the Never rely solely on the rear view camera will turn on automatically camera when backing. You must whenever the ignition switch is always use methods of viewing turned off and on again. the area behind you including • This system is a supplementary looking over both shoulders as function only. It is the responsibility well as continuously checking all of the driver to always check the three rear view mirrors. Due to OQL048403L inside/outside rearview mirrors and the difficulty of ensuring that the the area behind the vehicle before area behind you remains clear, and while backing up because always back slowly and stop there is a dead zone that can't be immediately if you even suspect . seen by the camera. This system is a supplemental • Always keep the camera lens system that shows behind the clean. If lens is covered with for- vehicle through the rearview dis- eign matter, the camera may not play mirror while backing up. If operate normally. the vehicle is equipped with a ❈ If your vehicle is equipped with an navigation system, then the sys- OQL048404N AVN (Audio, Video and Navigation) tem will display on the screen. The rear view monitor will activate system, rearview display will show with the ignition switch ON and the through the AVN monitor while shift lever in the R (Reverse) position. backing-up. Refer to a separately supplied manual for detailed infor- The rear view monitor may be turned mation. off by pressing the ON/OFF button when the rear view monitor is activated.

4 126 Features of your vehicle

LIGHTING Battery saver function Daytime running light Lighting control • The purpose of this feature is to The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) prevent the battery from being dis- can make it easier for others to see the charged if the lights are left in the front of your vehicle during the day. ON position. The system automati- DRL can be helpful in many different cally shuts off the parking lights 30 driving conditions, and it is especially seconds after the ignition key is helpful after dawn and before sunset. removed and the driver’s door is The DRL system turns OFF when: opened and closed. 1. The headlight switch is ON. • With this feature, the parking lights will turn off automatically if the driver 2. The engine is OFF. parks on the side of the road at night 3. Engaging the Parking Brake and opens the driver’s side door. OQL048604N If necessary, to keep the parking The light switch has a Headlight and lights on when the ignition key is a Parking light position. removed, perform the following: To operate the lights, turn the knob at 1) Open the driver-side door. the end of the control lever to one of 2) Turn the parking lights OFF and the following positions: ON again using the light switch (1) OFF position on the steering column. (2) Auto light position (3) Parking & Tail light (4) Headlight position

4127 Features of your vehicle

Parking & Tail light ( ) Headlight position ( ) Auto light position

OQL048605N OQL048606N OQL048607N When the light switch is in the park- When the light switch is in the head- When the light switch is in the AUTO ing light position, the tail, license and light position, the head, tail, license light position, the taillights and head- instrument panel lights will turn ON. lights will turn ON. lights will turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of ✽ light outside the vehicle. NOTICE When the light switch is positioned at The ignition switch must be in the ON an auto light position, at first, the position to turn on the headlights. wiper will turn on and then, after 5 seconds the head lamp will turn on automatically. If the head lamp has been turned on due to this function of the vehicle, the head lamp will turn off 60 seconds after the wiper has been turned off.

4 128 Features of your vehicle

High beam operation CAUTION WARNING - High beams • Never place anything over the Do not use high beam when sensor (1) located on the there are other vehicles. Using instrument panel as this will high beam could obstruct the ensure better auto-light sys- other driver’s vision. tem control. • Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner as the cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with the sensor's operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint OQL048608N or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, To turn on the high beam headlamp, the Auto light system may not push the lever away from you. The work properly. lever will return to its original position. The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on. To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull the lever to you when the high beam is on. The lever will return to its original position. To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running.

4129 Features of your vehicle

High Beam Assist (if equipped) Operating condition 1.Place the light switch in the AUTO position. 2.Turn on the high beam by pushing the lever away from you. The High Beam Assist ( ) indicator will illuminate. 3.The High Beam Assist will turn on when vehicle speed is above 40 kph (25 mph). OQL048609N • If the lever is pushed away when the High Beam Assist is operat- To flash the headlights, pull the lever OQL048610N towards you. It will return to the nor- ing, the High Beam Assist will mal (low beam) position when The High Beam Assist is a system turn off and the high beam will be released. The headlight switch does that automatically adjusts the head- on continuously. The High Beam not need to be on to use this flashing lamp range (switches between high Assist ( ) indicator will turn off. feature. beam and low beam) according to • If the lever is pushed away from the brightness of other vehicles and you when the High Beam Assist road conditions. is operating, the High Beam Assist will turn off and the standard high beams will turn ON. 4.If the light switch is placed to the headlamp position, the High Beam Assist will turn off and the low beam will be on continuously.

4 130 Features of your vehicle

The high beam switches to low beam Warning light and message The system may not operate normal- in the below conditions. ly in the below conditions. - When the High Beam Assist is off. • When the light from a vehicle is not - When the light switch is not in the detected because of lamp dam- AUTO position. age, hidden from sight, etc. - When the headlamp is detected • When the lamp of a vehicle is cov- from an on-coming vehicle ered with dust, snow or water. - When the tail lamp is detected • When the light from a vehicle is not from the front vehicle. detected because of exhaust fumes, smoke, fog, snow, etc. - When the surrounding is bright enough high beams are not need- • When the front window is covered ed. with foreign matters such as ice, OQL058253L dust, fog, or is damaged. - When streetlights or other lights are detected. When the High Beam Assist System • When there is a similar shape as a is not working properly, the warning vehicle’s lamps. - When vehicle speed is below 30 message will come on for a few sec- kph (19 mph). • When it is hard to see because of ond. After the message disappears, fog, heavy rain or snow. - When headlamp / taillamp of bicy- the master warning light ( ) will cle/motorcycle is detected illuminate. • When the headlamp is not repaired or replaced at an authorized deal- Take your vehicle to an authorized er. Kia dealer and have the system checked. • When headlamp aiming is not properly adjusted. • When driving on a narrow curved road or rough road.

4131 Features of your vehicle

• When driving downhill or uphill. ✽ NOTICE Turn signals and lane change • When only part of the vehicle in • Do not place any accessories, signals front is visible on a crossroad or stickers or tint the windshield. curved road. • Have on the windshield glass • When there is a traffic light, reflect- replaced from an authorized deal- ing sign, flashing sign or mirror. er. • When the road conditions are bad • Do not remove or damage related such as being wet or covered with parts of the High Beam Assist sys- snow. tem. • Be careful that water doesn’t get • When the front vehicle’s head- into the High Beam Assist unit. lamps are off but the fog lamps on. • Do not place objects on the dash- • When a vehicle suddenly appears board that reflect light such as from a curve. mirrors, white paper, etc. The sys- OQL048611N • When the vehicle is tilted from a tem may not function properly if flat tire or being towed. sunlight is reflected. The ignition switch must be on for the • When the LKA (Lane Keeping • At times, the Smart High Beam turn signals to function. To turn on Assist) warning light illuminates. (if system may not operate due to sys- the turn signals, move the lever up or equipped) tem limitations. Always check the down (A). The green arrow indicators road conditions for your safety. on the instrument panel indicate When the system does not operate which turn signal is operating. normally, manually change They will self-cancel after a turn is between the high beam and low completed. If the indicator continues beam. to flash after a turn, manually return • While other beeps such as the seat the lever to the OFF position. belt warning sound are in operation and override the LKA alarm- To signal a lane change, move the ing system, LKA beeps may not turn signal lever slightly and hold it in occur. position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released.

4 132 Features of your vehicle

If an indicator stays on and does not Front fog light (if equipped) Check headlight flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.

✽ NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow, a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit.

OQL048612N OQLA055176 Fog lights are used to provide This warning message illuminates if improved visibility when visibility is there is a malfunction (burned-out poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal- fog lights will turn on when the fog light function) with the headlamp. In this switch (1) is turned to the on position case, have your vehicle inspected by after the headlight is turned on. an authorized Kia dealer. To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog light switch (1) to the OFF position. ✽ NOTICE When in operation, the fog lights • When replacing the bulb, use the consume large amounts of vehicle same wattage bulb. electrical power. Only use the fog For more information, refer to lights when visibility is poor. “BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 8. • If the different wattage bulb is equipped with the vehicle, this warning message is not displayed.

4133 Features of your vehicle

Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) If the DBL malfunction indicator (if equipped) comes on, the DBL is not working properly. Drive to the nearest safe location and restart the engine. If the indicator continuously remains on, have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OQL048607N Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) uses the steering angle and vehicle speed, to keep your field of vision wide by swiveling and leveling the headlamp. Change the switch to the AUTO position when the engine is running. The Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) system will operate when the headlamp is ON. To turn off the DBL, change the switch to other positions. After turning the DBL off, headlamp swiveling no longer occurs, but leveling operates continuously.

4 134 Features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper/washer A : Wiper speed control (front) Windshield wipers · MIST – Single wipe Operates as follows when the igni- · OFF – Off tion switch is turned ON. · INT – Intermittent wipe MIST : For a single wiping cycle, · LO – Low wiper speed move the lever to this (MIST) position and release it. The · HI – High wiper speed wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this B : Intermittent control wipe time position. adjustment OFF : Wiper is not in operation INT : Wiper operates intermittently at C : Wash with brief wipes (front)* the same wiping intervals. Use this mode in light rain or mist. Rear window wiper/washer To vary the speed setting, turn D : Rear wiper/washer control the speed control knob. · HI – Continuous wipe LO : Normal wiper speed · LO – Intermittent wipe HI : Fast wiper speed · OFF – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)*

* if equipped

OQL045407/OQL045464

4135 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Front windshield washers The reservoir filler neck is located in If there is heavy accumulation of the front of the engine compartment snow or ice on the windshield, on the passenger side. defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice CAUTION - Washer pump is removed before using the wind- To prevent possible damage to shield wipers to ensure proper oper- the washer pump, do not operation. ate the washer when the fluid If you do not remove the snow reservoir is empty. and/or ice before using the wiper and washer, it may damage the wiper and washer system.

OQL045409 In the OFF position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. Use this function when the windshield is dirty. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, check the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir.

4 136 Features of your vehicle

Rear window wiper and wash- WARNING - Obscured CAUTION - Wipers & er switch visibility windshields Do not use the washer in freez- • To prevent possible damage ing temperatures without first to the wipers or windshield, warming the windshield with do not operate the wipers the defrosters; the washer solu- when the windshield is dry. tion could freeze on the wind- • To prevent damage to the wiper shield and obscure your vision. blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other solvents on or near them. • To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move OQL045465 the wipers manually. The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever. Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer. HI : Continuous wipe LO : Intermittent wipe OFF : OFF

4137 Features of your vehicle

OQL045466 Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever

4 138 Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR LIGHTS Do not use the interior lights for Automatic turn off function Room lamp extended periods when the engine is The interior lights automatically turn ■ Type A not running. off approximately 20 minutes after It may cause battery discharge. the ignition switch is turned off, if the lights are in the ON position. WARNING - Interior If your vehicle is equipped with the Lights theft alarm system, the interior lights Do not use the interior lights automatically turn off approximately when driving in the dark. 5 seconds after the system is in Accidents could happen armed stage. because the view may be OQL045418 obscured by interior lights. ■ Type B

OQL045412

• : The light stays on at all times.

4139 Features of your vehicle

Map lamp ✽ NOTICE ■ Type A • (2) : DOOR mode The DOOR mode and ROOM mode - The map lamp and room lamp be selected at the same time. come on when a door is opened. The lamps go out after approxi- Front Room Lamp: mately 30 seconds. • Type A - The map lamp and room lamp (3): Press this switch to turn the come on for approximately 30 sec- front and rear room lamps onds when doors are unlocked on. with a transmitter or smart key as long as the doors are not opened. (4): Press this switch to turn the OQLE045411 front and rear room lamps - The map lamp and room lamp will ■ Type B off. stay on for approximately 20 minutes if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or • Type B LOCK/OFF position. (3): Press this switch to turn the - The map lamp and room lamp will front and rear room lamps on stay on continuously if the door is and off. opened with the ignition switch in the ON position. - The map lamp and room lamp will OQL045410 go out immediately if the ignition • Press the lens (1) to turn ON the switch is changed to the ON posi- map lamp. tion or all doors are locked. To turn the map lamp OFF press - To turn off the DOOR mode, press the lens (1) again. the DOOR button (2) once again (not pressed).

4 140 Features of your vehicle

Liftgate room lamp Glove box lamp Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

OQL048472L OQL045415 OQL045416 The liftgate room lamp comes on The glove box lamp comes on when Push the switch to turn the light on or when the liftgate is opened. the glove box is opened. off. To prevent unnecessary battery • : The lamp will turn on if this ✽ NOTICE drain, close the glove box securely button is pressed. after using the glove box. • : The lamp will turn off if this The liftgate lamp comes on as long button is pressed. as the liftgate lid is open. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the liftgate lid securely after CAUTION - Vanity mirror using the liftgate. lamp Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor.

4141 Features of your vehicle

WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) Headlight (Headlamp) escort Interior light Pocket lamp (if equipped) function When the interior light switch is in the When all doors are locked and The headlights (and/or taillights) DOOR position and all doors (and closed, the pocket lamp will come on remain on for approximately 5 min- trunk) are locked and closed, the for 15 seconds if any of the below is utes after the ignition key is removed room lamp will come on for 30 sec- performed. or turned to the ACC or LOCK posi- onds if any of the below is performed. • With the smart key system tion. However, if the driver’s door is • Without smart key system - When the door unlock button is opened and closed, the headlights - When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key. are turned off after 15 seconds. pressed on the transmitter. - When the button of the outside The headlights can be turned off by • With the smart key system door handle is pressed. pressing the lock button on the transmitter or smart key twice or turning - When the door unlock button is off the light switch from the headlight pressed on the smart key. At this time, if you press the door lock or Auto light position. - When the button of the outside button, the lamps will turn off imme- door handle is pressed. diately.

At this time, if you press the door lock button, the lamps will turn off immediately.

4 142 Features of your vehicle

DEFROSTER Rear window defroster To activate the rear window CAUTION - Conductors defroster, press the rear window ■ To prevent damage to the con- Type A defroster button located in the center ductors bonded to the inside facia switch panel. The indicator on surface of the rear window, the rear window defroster button illu- never use sharp instruments or minates when the defroster is ON. window cleaners containing If there is heavy accumulation of abrasives to clean the window. ■ snow on the rear window, brush it off Type B before operating the rear defroster. If you want to defrost and defog the The rear window defroster automati- front windshield, refer to “Windshield cally turns off after approximately 20 defrosting and defogging” in this sec- minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off. To turn off the defroster, tion. OQL048302L press the rear window defroster button The defroster heats the window to again. remove frost, fog and thin ice from the rear window, while the engine is running. Outside rearview mirror defroster If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

Wiper deicer (if equipped) If your vehicle is equipped with the wiper deicer, it will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

4143 Features of your vehicle

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. Fan speed control knob 2. Front windshield defroster button 3. Rear window defroster button 4. Air conditioning button 5. Air intake control button 6. Mode selection button 7. Temperature control button

✽ NOTICE Operating the blower when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when the engine is running.

OQL048300L

4 144 Features of your vehicle

Heating and air conditioning 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position (if equipped). 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on.

OQL048304L

4145 Features of your vehicle

Mode selection Face-Level (B, D, F) Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E, F)

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the body and face. Additionally, each floor and the windshield with a small outlet can be controlled to direct the amount directed to the side window air discharged from the outlet. defrosters.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F) Defrost-Level (A, D)

OQL048303L Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the The mode selection button controls and the floor. windshield with a small amount of air the direction of the air flow through directed to the side window the ventilation system. defrosters. Air can be directed to the floor, dash- Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F) board outlets, or windshield. Five ✽ NOTICE - 2nd row outlet symbols are used to represent MAX vents (E,F) A/C, Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor- Most of the air flow is directed to the Defrost and Defrost air position. floor, with a small amount of the air • The air flow of the 2nd row outlet being directed to the windshield and vents is controlled by the front cli- The MAX A/C mode is used to cool side window defrosters. mate control system and delivered the inside of the vehicle faster. through the inside air duct of the floor (E, F). • The air flow of the 2nd row outlet vents (E, F) may be weaker than the instrument panel vents for the long air duct.

4 146 Features of your vehicle

MAX A/C selection Temperature control

OQL048306L

OQL048305L Instrument panel vents OQL048307L The MAX A/C mode is used to cool The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature control knob allows the inside of the vehicle faster. closed separately using the thumb- you to control the temperature of the wheel. Air flow is directed toward the upper air flowing from the ventilation system. body and face. Also, you can adjust the direction of To change the air temperature in the air flow these vents using the vent passenger compartment, turn the In this mode, the air conditioning and control lever as shown. knob to the right position for warm and the recirculated air position will be hot air or left position for cooler air. selected automatically.

4147 Features of your vehicle

Air intake control Recirculated air position Sunroof inside air recirculation With the recirculated air (if equipped) position selected, air If the sunroof opens while the heater from the passenger or Air Conditioning system operates, compartment will be the outside (fresh) air will be select- drawn through the heated automatically for ventilating the ing system and heated car. Then, if you select the recirculat- or cooled according to ed air position, the outside (fresh) air the function selected. will be selected automatically after 3 minutes. Outside (fresh) air position If you close the sunroof, the intake If the recirculated air mode will be changed to the previous position button is not selected mode. OQL048308L selected, air enters the The air intake control is used to vehicle from outside and select the outside (fresh) air position is heated or cooled WARNING - Reduced visi- or recirculated air position. according to the function bility To change the air intake control posi- selected. Continued use of the climate tion, press the control button. control system in the recirculat- Prolonged operation of the heater in ed air position may allow the recirculated air position (without humidity to increase inside the air conditioning selected) may cause vehicle which may fog the glass fogging of the windshield and side and obscure visibility. windows and the air within the passenger compartment may become stale. In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.

4 148 Features of your vehicle

Fan speed control Air conditioning WARNING - Sleeping with A/C on Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system on as this may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature.

WARNING - Recirculated air OQL048309L OQL048310L Continued use of the climate The ignition switch must be in the ON Press the A/C button to turn the air control system in the recirculat- position for fan operation. conditioning system on (indicator ed air position can cause The fan speed control knob allows light will illuminate). Press the button drowsiness or sleepiness, and you to control the fan speed of the air again to turn the air conditioning sys- loss of vehicle control. Set the flowing from the ventilation system. tem off. air intake control to the outside To change the fan speed, turn the (fresh) air position as much as knob to the right for higher speed or possible while driving. left for lower speed. Setting the fan speed control knob to the “0” position turns off the fan.

4149 Features of your vehicle

System operation Operation Tips Air conditioning Ventilation • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes Kia Air Conditioning Systems are from entering the vehicle through 1.Set the mode to the position. filled with refrigerant. the ventilation system, temporarily 2.Set the air intake control to the out- 1.Start the engine. Push the air con- set the air intake control to the ditioning button. side (fresh) air position. recirculated air position. Be sure to 3.Set the temperature control to the return the control to the fresh air 2.Set the mode to the position. desired position. position when the irritation has 3.Set the air intake control to the out- 4.Set the fan speed control to the passed to keep fresh air in the side air or recirculated air position. desired speed. vehicle. This will help keep the driv- 4.Adjust the fan speed control and er alert and comfortable. temperature control to maintain • Air for the heating/cooling system maximum comfort. Heating is drawn in through the grilles just • The refrigerant system should only 1.Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care be serviced by trained and certified 2.Set the air intake control to the out- should be taken that these are not technicians to ensure proper and side (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or safe operation. 3.Set the temperature control to the other obstructions. • The refrigerant system should be desired position. • To prevent interior fog on the wind- serviced in a well-ventilated place. 4.Set the fan speed control to the shield, set the air intake control to • The air conditioning evaporator desired speed. the fresh air position and fan speed (cooling coil) shall never be repaired to the desired position, turn on the 5.If dehumidified heating is desired, or replaced with one removed from air conditioning system, and adjust a used or salvaged vehicle and new turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired equipped) on. replacement MAC evaporators temperature. should be certified (and labeled) as • If the windshield fogs up, set the meeting SAE Standard J2842. mode to the or position.

4 150 Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation tips • When using the air conditioning CAUTION - Excessive • If the vehicle has been parked in system, you may notice clear water A/C Use direct sunlight during hot weather, dripping (or even puddling) on the When using the air conditioning open the windows for a short time ground under the passenger side system, monitor the tempera- to let the hot air inside the vehicle of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- ture gauge closely while driving escape. tem operation characteristic. up hills or in heavy traffic when • To help reduce moisture inside of • Operating the air conditioning sys- outside temperatures are high. the windows on rainy or humid tem in the recirculated air position Air conditioning system opera- days, decrease the humidity inside provides maximum cooling, how- tion may cause engine over- the vehicle by operating the air ever, continual operation in this heating. Continue to use the conditioning system. mode may cause the air inside the blower fan but turn the air con- vehicle to become stale. ditioning system off if the tem- • During air conditioning system operation, you may occasionally • During cooling operation, you may perature gauge indicates engine occasionally notice a misty air flow overheating. notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning com- because of rapid cooling and pressor cycles. This is a normal humid air intake. This is a normal system operation characteristic. ✽ NOTICE system operation characteristic. • Use the air conditioning system When opening the windows in every month only for a few minutes humid weather, air conditioning to ensure maximum system per- may create water droplets inside the formance. vehicle. Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment, air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed.

4151 Features of your vehicle

Climate control air filter ✽ NOTICE • Replace the filter according to the WARNING - Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf Outside air Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in Because the refrigerant is mildly inflam- Recirculated severe conditions such as dusty or air rough roads, more frequent cli- mable and at very mate control air filter inspections high pressure, the air and changes are required. conditioning system • When the air flow rate suddenly should only be serv- decreases, we recommend that the iced by trained and Blower system should be inspected by an certified technicians. Heater core Climate control Evaporator authorized Kia dealer. It is important that the correct air filter core 1LDA5047 type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. The climate control air filter installed Otherwise, it may cause damage behind the glove box filters the dust to the vehicle and bodily injury. or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system. If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time, the air flow from the air vents may decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. If this happens, we recommend that the climate control air filter be replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 152 Features of your vehicle

Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and CAUTION - A/C Repair compressor lubricant It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and When the amount of refrigerant is refrigerant is used, otherwise low, the performance of the air condi- damage to the vehicle may tioning is reduced. Overfilling also occur. To prevent damage, the has a negative influence on the air air conditioning system in your conditioning system. vehicle should only be serviced Therefore, if abnormal operation is by trained and certified techni- found, have the system inspected by cians. an authorized Kia dealer.

WARNING The oil and refrigerant in your vehicle's air conditioning system is under very high pressure. If proper service procedures are not followed an explosion may result. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.

4153 Features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

■ Type A 1. Driver’s temperature control knob 2. AUTO (automatic control) button 3. Front windshield defroster button 4. Rear window defroster button 5. Air conditioning button 6. Air intake control button 7. OFF button 8. Fan speed control button 9. Mode selection button 10. Passenger's temperature control knob 11. SYNC temperature control selection but- ■ Type B ton 12. Climate control display 13. Climate information screen selection button

✽ NOTICE Operating the blower when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when the engine is running.

OQL048301/OQL048329L

4 154 Features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air con- ■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side ✽ NOTICE ditioning • To turn the automatic operation off, select any button or switch of the following: - Mode selection button - Air conditioning button - Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The ‘AUTO’ sign will illuminate on the infor- OQL048315L mation display once again.) 2. Turn the temperature control knob - Air intake control button to the desired temperature. - Fan speed control switch OQL048311L The selected function will be con- 1. Press the AUTO button. The trolled manually while other func- modes, fan speeds, air intake and tions operate automatically. air-conditioning will be controlled • For your convenience and to automatically by setting the tem- improve the effectiveness of the perature. climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 23°C (73°F).

4155 Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air condi- Mode selection tioning The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons or turning knob(s) other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons or knob(s) selected. 1. Start the engine.

OQL048312 2. Set the mode to the desired position. ✽ NOTICE For improving the effectiveness of OQL048313L Never place anything over the sensor heating and cooling; The mode selection button controls located on the instrument panel to - Heating: the direction of the air flow through ensure better control of the heating the ventilation system. and cooling system. - Cooling: The air flow outlet port is converted 3. Set the temperature control to the as follows: desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. Refer to the illustration in the 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn “Manual climate control system”. the air conditioning system on. Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system.

4 156 Features of your vehicle

■ Type A Face-Level

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet. ■ Type B

Bi-Level

OQL048343L OQL048306L Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor. Defrost-Level Instrument panel vents Most of the air flow is directed to the The outlet vents can be opened or windshield with a small amount of air closed separately using the thumb- Floor-Level directed to the side window defrosters. wheel. Also, you can adjust the direction of Most of the air flow is directed to the air flow from these vents using the floor, with a small amount of the air vent control lever as shown. being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters. 4157 Features of your vehicle

Temperature control Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually ■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side • Press the “SYNC” button again to adjust the driver and passenger side temperature individually. The illumination of button turns off. • Operate the driver side temperature control knob to adjust the driver side temperature. • Operate the passenger side temperature control knob to adjust the OQL048316L passenger side temperature. OQL048315L Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally The temperature will increase to the Temperature conversion • Press the “SYNC” button to adjust maximum (HI) by turning the knob to You can switch the temperature the extreme right. the driver and passenger side temperature equally. mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit The temperature will decrease to the as follows: The passenger side temperature minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to While pressing the OFF button, the extreme left. will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature. press the AUTO button for 3 seconds When turning the knob, the tempera- or more. • Turn the driver side temperature ture will increase or decrease by The display will change from 1°F/0.5°C. When set to the lowest control knob. The driver and passenger side temperature will be Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from temperature setting, the air condi- Fahrenheit to Centigrade. tioning will operate continuously. adjusted equally. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit.

4 158 Features of your vehicle

Air intake control Outside (fresh) air position Prolonged operation of the heater in With the outside (fresh) the recirculated air position (without air position selected, air air conditioning selected) may cause enters the vehicle from fogging of the windshield and side outside and is heated or windows and the air within the pas- cooled according to the senger compartment may become function selected. stale. In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air Recirculated air position position selected will result in exces- With the recirculated air sively dry air in the passenger composition selected, air partment. from the passenger OQL048317L compartment will be drawn through the heat- Sunroof inside air recirculation This is used to select the outside (if equipped) (fresh) air position or recirculated air ing system and heated position. or cooled according to If the sunroof opens while the heater the function selected. or Air Conditioning system operates, To change the air intake control posi- the outside (fresh) air will be select- tion, push the control button. ed automatically for ventilating the car. Then, if you select the recirculated air position, the outside (fresh) air will be selected automatically after 3 minutes. If you close the sunroof, the intake mode will be changed to the previous selected mode.

4159 Features of your vehicle

Fan speed control To change the fan speed, press ( ) Air conditioning ■ Type A the button for higher speed, or push ■ Type A ( ) the button for lower speed. To turn the fan speed control off, press the front blower OFF button.

OQL045318 OQL045319 ■ Type B ■ Type B

OQL045318L OQL045319L The fan speed can be set to the Press the A/C button to turn the air desired speed by operating the fan conditioning system on (indicator speed control button. light will illuminate). Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off.

4 160 Features of your vehicle

OFF mode WARNING - Reduced WARNING - Sleeping with Visibility A/C on Continuous use of the climate Do not sleep in a vehicle with control system in the recirculat- the air conditioning or heating ed air position may allow on as this may cause serious humidity to increase inside the harm or death due to a drop in vehicle which may fog the glass the oxygen level and/or body and obscure visibility. temperature.

WARNING - Recirculated Air OQL048320L Continued use of the climate Press the front blower OFF button to control system in the recirculat- turn off the front air climate control ed air position can cause system. However, you can still oper- drowsiness or sleepiness, and ate the mode and air intake buttons loss of vehicle control. Set the as long as the ignition switch is in the air intake control to the outside ON position. (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving.

4161 Features of your vehicle

Climate information screen System operation Operation Tips selection (if equipped) Ventilation • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through 1.Set the mode to the position. the ventilation system, temporarily 2.Set the air intake control to the out- set the air intake control to the side (fresh) air position. recirculated air position. Be sure to 3.Set the temperature control to the return the control to the fresh air desired position. position when the irritation has 4.Set the fan speed control to the passed to keep fresh air in the desired speed. vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable. • Air for the heating/cooling system Heating is drawn in through the grilles just 1.Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care OQL048321L 2.Set the air intake control to the out- should be taken that these are not Press the climate information screen side (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or selection button to display climate other obstructions. information on the screen. 3.Set the temperature control to the desired position. • To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to 4.Set the fan speed control to the the fresh air position and fan speed desired speed. to the desired position, turn on the 5.If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired equipped) on. temperature. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the or position.

4 162 Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning (if equipped) Air conditioning system operation tips All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are CAUTION - Excessive A/C • If the vehicle has been parked in filled with R-1234yf refrigerant. Use direct sunlight during hot weather, 1.Start the engine. Press the air con- When using the air conditioning open the windows for a short time ditioning button. system, monitor the tempera- to let the hot air inside the vehicle ture gauge closely while driving escape. 2.Set the mode to the position. up hills or in heavy traffic when • To help reduce moisture inside of 3.Set the air intake control to the out- outside temperatures are high. the windows on rainy or humid side air or recirculated air position. Air conditioning system opera- days, decrease the humidity inside 4.Adjust the fan speed control and tion may cause engine over- the vehicle by operating the air temperature control to maintain heating. Continue to use the conditioning system. maximum comfort. blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the tem- • During air conditioning system • When maximum cooling is desired, perature gauge indicates engine operation, you may occasionally set the temperature control to the overheating. notice a slight change in engine extreme left position, set the mode speed as the air conditioning com- control to the MAX A/C position, pressor cycles. This is a normal then set the fan speed control to ✽ system operation characteristic. the highest speed. NOTICE When opening the windows in • Use the air conditioning system humid weather, air conditioning every month only for a few minutes may create water droplets inside the to ensure maximum system per- vehicle. Since excessive water formance. droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment, air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed.

4163 Features of your vehicle

• When using the air conditioning Climate control air filter ✽ NOTICE system, you may notice clear water • Replace the filter according to the dripping (or even puddling) on the Outside air maintenance schedule. ground under the passenger side If the vehicle is being driven in of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- severe conditions such as dusty or tem operation characteristic. Recirculated air rough roads, more frequent air • Operating the air conditioning sys- conditioner filter inspections and tem in the recirculated air position changes are required. provides maximum cooling, how- • When the air flow rate suddenly ever, continual operation in this decreases, the system should be mode may cause the air inside the Blower checked at an authorized Kia vehicle to become stale. Heater core Climate control Evaporator dealer. • During cooling operation, you may air filter core 1LDA5047 occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and The climate control air filter installed humid air intake. This is a normal behind the glove box filters the dust or system operation characteristic. other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system. If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time, the air flow from the air vents may decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 164 Features of your vehicle

Checking the amount of air WARNING - Vehicles conditioner refrigerant and CAUTION equipped with R-1234yf compressor lubricant It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrig- Because the refriger- When the amount of refrigerant is erant is used, otherwise damage ant is mildly inflam- low, the performance of the air condi- to the vehicle may occur. To pre- mable and at very tioning is reduced. Overfilling also vent damage, the air conditioning high pressure, the air has a negative impact on the air con- system in your vehicle should conditioning system ditioning system. should only be serv- only be serviced by trained and iced by trained and Therefore, if abnormal operation is certified technicians. certified technicians. found, have the system inspected by It is important that the correct an authorized Kia dealer. type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. WARNING Otherwise, it may cause damage The oil and refrigerant in your to the vehicle and bodily injury. vehicle's air conditioning system is under very high pressure. If proper service procedures are not followed an explosion may result. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.

4165 Features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING • For maximum defrosting, set the Manual climate control system Windshield WARNING - temperature control to the extreme To defog inside windshield heating right/hot position and the fan speed Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed. tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set difference between the temper- the mode to the floor-defrost posi- ature of the outside air and the tion. windshield could cause the • Before driving, clear all snow and outer surface of the windshield ice from the windshield, rear win- to fog up, causing loss of visi- dow, outside rear view mirrors, and bility. In this case, set the mode all side windows. selection to the position • Clear all snow and ice from the and fan speed control to the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to lower speed. OQL048322L improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probabili- 1. Set the fan speed to the desired ty of fogging up the inside of the position. windshield. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Select the or position. 4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically. If the air conditioning and/or outside (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.

4 166 Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control If the air conditioning and outside system (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, adjust the correspon- To defog inside windshield ding button manually. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

OQL048323L 1. Set the fan speed to the highest position. OQL048324L 2. Set the temperature to the 1. Set the fan speed to the desired extreme hot position. position. 3. Select the position. 2. Select desired temperature. 4. The outside (fresh) air and air con- 3. Press the defroster button ( ). ditioning will be selected automat- 4. The outside (fresh) air position will ically. be selected automatically and the If the air conditioning is not selected air conditioning will turn on automatically press the correspon- according to the detected ambient ding button manually. temperature.

4167 Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield Defogging logic Manual climate control system To reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air intake or air conditioning is controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as or position. To cancel automatic defogging logic or return to the automatic defogging logic, do the following.

OQL048325L OQL045326 1. Set the fan speed to the highest 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. position. 2. Set the temperature to the 2. Press the defroster button ( ). extreme hot (HI) position. 3. Within 10 seconds after pressing 3. Press the defroster button ( ). the defroster button, press the air 4. The outside (fresh) air position will intake control button at least 5 be selected automatically and the times within 3 seconds. air conditioning will turn on If the battery has been discharged or according to the detected ambient disconnected, it resets to the defog temperature. logic status.

4 168 Features of your vehicle

Automatic climate control system Auto defogging system This indicator illuminates (if equipped) when the auto defogging system senses the moisture on the inside of the windshield and operates.

The Auto defogging system address- es excess moisture on the inside of the windshield in stages. For example if auto defogging does not defog inside the windshield at step 1 Outside air position, it tries to defog again at step 2 Operating the air con- OQL045327 ditioning. 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON OQL048057L position. Auto defogging reduces the probabil- Step 1 : Outside air position 2. Press the defroster button ( ). ity of fogging up the inside of the 3. While pressing the air conditioning windshield by automatically sensing Step 2 : Operating the air condition- button (A/C), press the air intake the moisture of inside the windshield. ing control button at least 5 times with- The auto defogging system operates Step 3 : Blowing air flow toward the in 3 seconds. when the heater or air conditioning is windshield The recirculation indicator blinks 3 on. Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward times with 0.5 second of interval. It the windshield indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.

4169 Features of your vehicle

CLEAN AIR (IF EQUIPPED) To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging System Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When the Auto Defogging System is canceled, ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 times and the ADS OFF will be displayed on the climate control information screen. When the Auto Defogging System is reset, ADS OFF symbol will blink 6 OQLA045328 times without a signal. When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the clean air function turns CAUTION on automatically. Do not remove the sensor cover Also, the clean air function turns off located on the upper end of the automatically when the ignition passenger side windshield switch turns to the OFF position. glass. Damage to the system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.

4 170 Features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS These compartments can be used to Center console storage Glove box store small items required by the driver or passengers.

• To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment. • Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving. Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover can not close securely. OQL045419 OQL045420L

To open the center console storage, To open the glove box, pull the lever WARNING - Flammable pull up the lever. materials (1) and the glove box will automatically open. Close the glove box after Do not store, propane cylinders use. or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.

4171 Features of your vehicle

Sunglass holder Luggage box WARNING - Glove Box To reduce the risk of injury in an accident or sudden stop, always keep the glove box door closed while driving.

✽ NOTICE If the temperature control knob is in the warm or hot position, warm or hot air will flow into the glove box.

OQL045421 OQL045458 To open the sunglass holder, press You can place tools, etc. in the box the cover and the holder will slowly for easy access. open. Place your sunglasses with the Grasp the handle on the edge of the lenses facing out. cover and lift it. To close the sunglass holder push it up.

WARNING - Sunglass holder Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Heavier objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers.

4 172 Features of your vehicle

Two types of luggage board When you use the luggage board CAUTION levels (if equipped) (Type B), you should put it between • Do not open the sunglass guides (1). ■ Type A holder while the vehicle is However, if the vehicle is equipped moving.The rear view mirror of with a full spare tire, you can only the vehicle can be blocked by make the luggage board flat (Type A). an opened sunglass holder. • Do not put the glasses forcibly into a sunglass holder to prevent breakage or deformation of the glasses. It may cause bodily injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses OQLA055177 are jammed in the holder. ■ Type B

OQLA055178 If the vehicle is equipped with a TMK (Tire Mobility Kit) or a temporary tire, you can make the luggage board to flat (Type A) or lower it another level (Type B) for more luggage storage.

4173 Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder Bottle holder WARNING - Hot liquids ■ Front seat Do not place uncovered cups with hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you may burn yourself. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle.

OQL045424 CAUTION ■ Rear seat Keep your drinks sealed while OQLA045515 driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get Bottles may be placed in the holder. into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage elec- ✽ trical/electronic parts. NOTICE Only bottles should be placed in the holder labeled "Bottles Only”. CAUTION OQL045426 When cleaning spilled liquids, Cups or small beverage cans may be do not use heat to dry the cup placed in the cup holders. holders. This may damage the cup holder.

4 174 Features of your vehicle

Seat warmer (if equipped) During mild weather or under condi- - Seat warmer ■ tions where the operation of the seat WARNING Front seat warmer is not needed, keep the burns switches in the "OFF" position. The seat warmer may cause • Each time you press the switch, burns, even at low tempera- the temperature setting of the seat tures, if used over a long period will change as follows : of time. Never allow passengers ■ Front seat who may not be able to take care of themselves to be OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( ) exposed to the risk of seat

→ heater burns. These include: OQL048430L 1. Infants, children, elderly or ■ Rear seat ■ Rear seat disabled persons, or hospital outpatients → → OFF HIGH( ) LOW( ) 2. Persons with sensitive skin → or those that burn easily 3. Fatigued individuals • The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition 4. Intoxicated individuals switch is turned on. 5. Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or ✽ sleepiness (sleeping pills, OQL045432 NOTICE cold tablets, etc.) The seat warmer is provided to warm With the seat warmer switch in the the front seats during cold weather. ON position, the heating system in With the ignition switch in the ON the seat turns off or on automatical- position, push either of the switches ly depending on the seat tempera- to warm the driver's seat or the front ture. passenger's seat.

4175 Features of your vehicle

Air ventilation seat (if equipped) • The seat warmer (with air ventila- Sunvisor ■ tion) defaults to the OFF position Front seat whenever the ignition switch is turned on.

CAUTION - Seat damage • When cleaning the seats, do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage the air ventilation seat. OQL048433L • Do not place heavy or sharp OQL045427 The temperature setting of the seat objects on the seat. Those Use the sunvisor to shield direct light changes according to the switch things may damage the air through the front or side windows. ventilation seat. position. To use the sunvisor, pull it downward. • If you want to ventilate your seat • Be careful not to spill liquid such as water or beverages on To use the sunvisor for the side win- cushion, press the switch (blue dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from color). the seat. If you spill some liquid, wipe the seat with a dry towel. the bracket (1) and swing it to the • Each time you press the button, side (2). the airflow will change as follows: Before using the air ventilation seat, dry the seat completely. To use the vanity mirror, pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover (3). ■ Front seat Adjust the sunvisor extension for- OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( ) ward or backward (4).

→ The ticket holder (5) is provided for holding a tollgate ticket.

4 176 Features of your vehicle

* The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi- Power outlet • Use the power outlet only when the cle may differ from the illustration. ■ engine is running and remove the Front seat accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged peri- - Vanity mirror CAUTION ods of time with the engine off could lamp cause the battery to discharge. If you use the vanity mirror lamp, • Only use 12V electric accessories turn off the lamp before return- which are less than 10A in electric ing the sunvisor to its original capacity. position, otherwise it could result in battery discharge and • Adjust the air-conditioner or heater possible sunvisor damage. to the lowest operating level when OQL048428N using the power outlet. ■ Rear seat (if equipped) • Close the cover when not in use. • Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle’s power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle. • Push the plug in as far as it will go. OQL045429 If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat and the fuse The power outlet is designed to pro- may open. vide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running.

4177 Features of your vehicle

• Plug in battery equipped electronic USB charger (if equipped) • Some devices are not supported devices with reverse current protec- for fast charging but will be tion. The current from the battery charged with normal speed. may flow into the vehicle’s electri • Use the USB charger when the cal/electronic system and cause engine is running to prevent bat- system malfunction. tery discharge. • Only devices that fit the USB port WARNING - Electric shock can be used. Do not put a finger or a foreign • The USB charger can be used only element (pen, etc.) into a power for battery charging purposes. outlet and do not touch with a • Battery chargers cannot be wet hand. You may receive an charged. electric shock. OQL045482 The USB charger is designed to ✽ NOTICE recharge batteries of small size electrical devices using a USB cable. The Do not use aftermarket chargers to electrical devices can be recharged charge devices. Only use device cer- when the Engine Start/Stop button is tified cables to charge. in ACC/ON/START position. The battery charging state may be monitored on the electrical device. Disconnect the USB cable from the USB port after use.

4 178 Features of your vehicle

Wireless smart phone charg- The wireless charging system is Wireless smart phone charging ing system (if equipped) designed for one smart phone 1. Remove any object on the smart equipped with QI per single usage phone charging pad including the only. Please refer to the smart phone smart key. If there is any foreign accessory cover or the smart phone object on the pad other than a manufacturer homepage to check smart phone, the wireless charging whether your smart phone supports function may not operate properly. QI function. 2. Place the smart phone on the center of the wireless charging pad. 3. The indicator light will change to orange once the wireless charging begins. After the charging is complete, the orange light will change OQL048467L to green. A wireless smart phone charging 4. You can choose to turn the wireless system located in front of the center charging function to either ON or console OFF by selecting the USM on the instrument cluster. (Please refer to Firmly close all doors, and turn the “Instrument Cluster” for details). ignition to ACC or IGN ON. To start wireless charging, place the smart If the wireless charging does not phone equipped with wireless charg- work, gently move your smart phone ing function on the wireless charging around the pad until the charging indi- pad and ensure it's enabled within cator light turns orange. Depending the cluster. on the smart phone, the charging indicator light may not turn green even For best wireless charging results, after the charging is complete. place the smart phone on the center of the charging pad.

4179 Features of your vehicle

If the wireless charging is not functioning properly, the orange light will WARNING - Distracted CAUTION - Metal in blink and flash for ten seconds then driving Wireless Charging System turn off. In such cases, remove the Driving while distracted can If any metallic object such as a smart phone from the pad and result in a loss of vehicle con- coin is located between the replace it on the pad again, or double trol that may lead to an acci- wireless charging system and check the charging status. dent, severe bodily injury, and the smart phone, the charging If you leave the smart phone on the death. The driver’s primary may be disrupted. Also, the charging pad when the vehicle igni- responsibility is in the safe and metallic object may heat up and tion is in OFF, the vehicle will alert legal operation of a vehicle, and potentially damage the charging you through warning messages and use of any handheld devices, system. If there is any metallic sound (applicable for vehicles with other equipment, or vehicle sys- object between the smart phone voice guidance (function) after the tems which take the driver’s and the charging pad, immedi- ‘Good bye’ function on the instru- eyes, attention and focus away ately remove the smart phone. ment cluster ends. from the safe operation of a Remove the metallic object after vehicle or which are not permis- it has cooled down. sible by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.

4 180 Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE (Continued) (Continued) • When the interior temperature of • The wireless charging will stop • The indicator light of some manu- the wireless charging system rises when the smart phone is not in facturers’ smart phones may still above a set temperature, the wire- complete contact with the wireless be orange after the smart phone is less charging will cease to func- charging pad. fully charged. This is due to the tion. After the interior tempera- • Items equipped with magnetic particular characteristic of the ture drops below the threshold, components such as credit cards, smart phone and not a malfunc- the wireless charging function will telephone cards, bankbooks or a tion of the wireless charging. resume. transportation ticket may become • When any smart phone without a • The wireless charging may not damaged during wireless charg- wireless charging function or a function properly when there is a ing. metallic object is placed on the heavy accessory cover on the • Place the smart phone on the cen- charging pad, a small noise may smart phone. ter of the charge pad for best sound. This small sound is due to • The wireless charging will stop results. The smart phone may not the vehicle discerning compatibili- when using the wireless smart key charge when placed near the rim ty of the object placed on the search function to prevent radio of the charging pad. When the charging pad. It does not affect wave disruption. smart phone does get charged, it your vehicle or the smart phone in • The wireless charging will stop may heat up excessively. any way. when the smart key is moved out • For smart phones without built-in of the vehicle with the ignition in wireless charging system, an ON. appropriate accessory has to be • The wireless charging will stop equipped. when any of the doors is opened • Smart phones of some manufac- (applicable for vehicles equipped turers may display messages on with smart keys). weak current. This is due to the • The wireless charging will stop particular characteristic of the when the vehicle is turned OFF. smart phone and does not imply a malfunction on wireless charging (Continued) function. (Continued)

4181 Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Coat hook (if equipped) Industry Canada licence-exempt WARNING RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

OPS046500 OQL045446 ❈ This actual feature may differ from the illus- Do not hang other objects such tration. as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put To use the Coat hook, pull down the heavy, sharp or breakable upper portion of Coat hook. objects in the pockets of the clothing. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it CAUTION - Hanging may cause vehicle damage or clothing bodily injury. Do not hang heavy clothes, since those may damage the hook.

4 182 Features of your vehicle

Floor mat anchor (s) The following must be observed Luggage net holder when installing ANY floor mat to the ■ ■ Type A Type B vehicle. ■ Type A • Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle. • Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top of OQL045456 one another (e.g. all-weather rub- ■ Type B OXM043309 ber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should When using a floor mat on the front be installed in each position. floor carpet, make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keeps the floor mat from WARNING sliding forward. Your vehicle was manufactured with driver's side floor mat anchors that are designed to WARNING - After market securely hold the floor mat in OQL045457 floor mat place. To avoid any interference To keep items from shifting in the Do not install aftermarket floor with pedal operation, Kia rec- cargo area, you can use the holders mats that are not capable of ommends that only the Kia floor located in the cargo area to attach being securely attached to the mat designed for use in your the luggage net. vehicle's floor mat anchors. vehicle be installed. If necessary, we recommend that Unsecured floor mats can inter- you contact an authorized Kia dealer. fere with pedal operation.

4183 Features of your vehicle

Cargo security screen CAUTION (if equipped) To prevent damage to the vehicle, care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compartment.

WARNING - Luggage net OQL045458 Always keep your face and body out of the luggage net recoil path and avoid using the luggage net when the straps have visible signs of wear or OQL045461 damage. The luggage net can snap and cause injuries. Use the cargo security screen to hide items stored in the cargo area. OQL045459 To use the cargo security screen, pull the handle backward and insert the edges into the slots.

OQL045460 When not in use cargo security screen, follow below steps.

4 184 Features of your vehicle

1. Pull up the luggage cover using the handle(1). 2. Pull up a triangle-shaped cover (2). 3. Place the cargo security screen on the lower portion of the cargo area.

WARNING - Cargo Security Screen Do not place objects on the cargo security screen. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or when braking.

CAUTION Do not place luggage on the cargo security screen. This may cause the security screen to become damaged or malformed.

4185 Features of your vehicle

EXTERIOR FEATURES Roof rack (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE CAUTION - Loading Roof • The crossbars (if equipped) should Rack be placed in the proper load carrying positions prior to placing items • When carrying cargo on the onto the roof rack. roof rack, take the necessary • If the vehicle is equipped with a precautions to make sure the sunroof, be sure not to position cargo does not damage the cargo onto the roof rack in such a roof of the vehicle. way that it could interfere with • When carrying large objects sunroof operation. on the roof rack, make sure • When the roof rack is not being they do not exceed the overall used to carry cargo, the crossbars roof length or width. may need to be repositioned if OQL045462 • When you are carrying cargo wind noise is detected. on the roof rack, do not oper- If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can ate the sunroof (if equipped). load cargo on top of your vehicle. This can damage the sunroof. Crossbars and fixing components needed to install the roof rack on your vehicle may be obtained from an authorized Kia.

4 186 Features of your vehicle

• The following specification is the • Always drive slowly and turn corners maximum weight that can be loaded carefully when carrying items on the onto the roof rack. Distribute the roof rack. Severe wind updrafts, load as evenly as possible across caused by passing vehicles or natu- the crossbars (if equipped) and roof ral causes, can cause sudden rack and secure the load firmly. upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack. This is especially true ROOF 100 kg (220 lbs.) RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED when carrying large, flat items such as wood panels or mattresses. This Loading cargo or luggage in excess could cause the items to fall off the of the specified weight limit on the roof rack and cause damage to your roof rack may damage your vehicle. vehicle or others around you. • The vehicle center of gravity will be • To prevent damage or loss of cargo higher when items are loaded onto while driving, check frequently the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts, before or while driving to make sure braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneu- the items on the roof rack are vers or high speeds that may result securely fastened. in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an accident. WARNING - Driving with roof load Always drive slow and turn corners carefully when carrying items on the roof rack.The vehicle center of gravity will be higher when items are loaded onto the roof rack.

4187 Features of your vehicle

AUDIO SYSTEM ✽ NOTICE Antenna Steering Wheel Audio Controls If you install an after market HID Shark fin antenna (If equipped) head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and electronic device may malfunction.

OQL045447 OQL048613N The shark fin antenna will receive the The steering wheel may incorporate AM, FM broadcast signals and audio control buttons. transmit data. CAUTION To avoid damaging the audio controls, do not operate the steering wheel control buttons simultaneously.

4 188 Features of your vehicle

VOLUME ( / ) (1) RADIO mode MUTE (4) • Press the lever upward ( ) to It will function as the PRESET STA- • Press the button to mute the increase the volume. TION buttons. sound. • Press the lever downward ( ) to • Press the button to turn off the decrease the volume. USB/iPod® mode microphone during a telephone call. It will function as TRACK UP/DOWN SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) button. Detailed information for audio control The SEEK/PRESET button has dif- buttons are described in the following pages in this section. ferent functions based on the system MODE (3) mode. Press and hold the button for Press the button to change audio 1 second or more within the following source. WARNING - Distracted functions in order to. FM(1~2) ➟ AM ➟ SAT(1~3) ➟ USB driving (iPod®) ➟ BT Audio ➟ FM... Driving while distracted can RADIO mode In addition to mode change, Power result in a loss of vehicle con- It will function as the AUTO SEEK on/off can be made by pressing this trol that may lead to an acci- select button. button when the ignition switch is on dent, severe personal injury, ACC or ON. and death. The driver’s primary responsibility is in the safe and USB/iPod® mode - Power ON: Press the button when legal operation of a vehicle, and It will function as the FF/REW button. the audio is off use of any handheld devices, - Power OFF: Press the button for other equipment, or vehicle sys- more than 1 second when the tems which take the driver’s Press the SEEK/PRESET button for audio is on. eyes, attention and focus away less than 1 second to. from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.

4189 Features of your vehicle

USB port Always use the USB charging cable How Vehicle Radio Works that has been certified by the phone FM reception manufacturer. Use of aftermarket cables is not recommended.

OQL048449N You can use the USB port to plug in OJF045308L a USB device or iPod®. AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located ✽ NOTICE around your city. They are intercept- ed by the radio antenna on your vehi- When using a portable audio device cle. This signal is then processed by connected to the power outlet, noise the radio and sent to your vehicle may occur during playback. If this speakers. happens, use the power source of the portable audio device. However, in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be * iPod® is a Registered trademark of Apple strong and clear. Inc.

4 190 Features of your vehicle

This can be due to factors, such as AM reception FM radio station the distance from the radio station, closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings, bridges or other large obstructions in the area.

OJF045309L OJF045310L AM broadcasts can be received at FM broadcasts are transmitted at greater distances than FM broad- high frequencies and do not bend to casts. This is because AM radio follow the earth's surface. Because waves are transmitted at low fre- of this, FM broadcasts generally quencies. These long distance,low begin to fade within short distances frequency radio waves can follow the from the station. Also, FM signals are curvature of the earth rather than easily affected by buildings, moun- travelling straight. In addition, they tains, and obstructions. This can lead curve around obstructions resulting to undesirable or unpleasant listen- in better signal coverage. ing conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio. The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble:

4191 Features of your vehicle

Using a cellular phone or a two- way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle, noise may be produced from the audio system. This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment. In such a case, try to operate mobile devices as far from the audio equipment as possible. When using a communication system such as a cellular phone or a JBM004 OJF045311L radio set inside the vehicle, a sepa- • Fading - As your vehicle moves • Station Swapping - As an FM sig- rate external antenna must be fitted. away from the radio station, the nal weakens, another more power- When a cellular phone or a radio set signal will weaken and sound will ful signal near the same frequency is used with an internal antenna begin to fade. When this occurs, may begin to play. This is because alone, it may interfere with the vehi- we suggest that you select another your radio is designed to lock onto cle's electrical system and adversely station with a stronger signal. the clearest signal. If this occurs, affect safe operation of the vehicle. • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or select another station with a large obstructions between the stronger signal. transmitter and your radio can dis- • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio sig- WARNING - Cell phone use turb the signal causing static or nals being received from several Do not use a cellular phone fluttering noises to occur. Reducing directions can cause distortion or while driving. Stop at a safe and the treble level may lessen this fluttering. This can be caused by a legal location to use a cellular effect until the disturbance clears. direct and reflected signal from the phone. same station, or by signals from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select another station until the condition has passed.

4 192 Features of your vehicle

Declaration of Conformity

This device complies with Industry Canada’s licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions : (1) This device may not cause interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.

4193 Driving your vehicle

Before driving ...... 5-5 • Warning messages ...... 5-43 • Before entering vehicle ...... 5-5 • Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)...... 5-45 • Necessary inspections ...... 5-5 • Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ...... 5-47 • Before starting ...... 5-5 • Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)...... 5-51 Key positions...... 5-7 • Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ...... 5-52 • Illuminated ignition switch...... 5-7 • Good braking practices...... 5-53 • Ignition switch position...... 5-7 Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) system • Starting the engine ...... 5-9 - camera type ...... 5-54 Engine start/stop button ...... 5-11 • System setting and activation...... 5-54 • Illuminated engine start/stop button ...... 5-11 • FCA warning message and system control...... 5-56 • Engine start/stop button position...... 5-11 • Brake operation...... 5-58 • Starting the engine with a smart key ...... 5-13 • FCA sensor (Front view camera)...... 5-58 Automatic transmission ...... 5-15 • System malfunction...... 5-60 5 • Automatic transmission operation...... 5-15 • Limitation of the system ...... 5-61 • Good driving practices ...... 5-22 Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) system All Wheel Drive (AWD) ...... 5-23 - sensor fusion type • Tight corner brake effect ...... 5-24 (front radar+front view camera) ...... 5-67 • All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection . . . 5-25 • System setting and activation...... 5-67 • For safe all wheel drive operation ...... 5-26 • FCA warning message and system control...... 5-69 • Reducing the risk of a rollover...... 5-29 • Brake operation...... 5-71 Brake system...... 5-31 • FCA sensor (front radar + front view Ccamera). . . 5-71 • System malfunction...... 5-74 • Power brakes ...... 5-31 • Limitation of the system ...... 5-75 • Parking brake – Foot type ...... 5-33 • Downhill Brake Control (DBC) ...... 5-81 • Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ...... 5-34 • Good braking practices...... 5-83 • Auto hold ...... 5-41 Cruise Control system ...... 5-84 Blind spot Collision Warning (BCW)/ • To set cruise control speed ...... 5-85 Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) . 5-120 • To increase cruise control set speed...... 5-85 • Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) ...... 5-120 • To decrease the cruising speed...... 5-86 • System setting and activation...... 5-121 • To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on . 5-86 • Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) . . . 5-124 • To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . . 5-86 • System setting and activation...... 5-124 • To resume cruising speed at more than • Rear/side detecting sensors...... 5-127 approximately 30 km/h (20 mph) ...... 5-87 • Limitations of the system ...... 5-129 • To turn cruise control off, do one of the following. . 5-87 Driver Attention Warning (DAW)...... 5-136 Smart cruise control with Stop & Go system . . . 5-88 • System setting and activation...... 5-136 • Smart cruise control switch ...... 5-90 • Resetting the system ...... 5-138 • Smart Cruise Control speed...... 5-90 • System standby ...... 5-138 5 • Smart Cruise Control cancelled...... 5-94 • System malfunction...... 5-138 • Vehicle to vehicle distance setting ...... 5-95 Economical operation ...... 5-141 • When the lane ahead is clear ...... 5-96 Special driving conditions ...... 5-143 • When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane. . 5-97 • Hazardous driving conditions ...... 5-143 • To adjust the sensitivity of smart cruise control . . 5-101 • Reducing the risk of a rollover...... 5-143 • To convert to cruise control mode ...... 5-102 • Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-145 • Limitations of the system ...... 5-102 • Smooth cornering ...... 5-145 Drive mode integrated control system ...... 5-109 • Driving at night ...... 5-146 • Drive mode ...... 5-109 • Driving in the rain...... 5-146 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...... 5-111 • Driving in flooded areas ...... 5-147 • LKA operation...... 5-113 • Driving off-road...... 5-147 • LKA malfunction...... 5-116 • Highway driving ...... 5-147 • LKA system function change ...... 5-117 Winter driving ...... 5-149 • Snowy or icy conditions ...... 5-149 • Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant ...... 5-150 • Check battery and cables ...... 5-150 • Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ...... 5-150 • Check spark plugs and ignition system...... 5-150 • To keep locks from freezing ...... 5-151 • Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system . 5-151 • Don’t let your parking brake freeze ...... 5-151 • Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . 5-151 • Carry emergency equipment ...... 5-151 Trailer Towing ...... 5-152 • Hitches ...... 5-153 5 • Safety chains ...... 5-153 • Trailer brakes ...... 5-153 • Driving with a trailer ...... 5-154 • Maintenance when trailer towing ...... 5-157 • If you do decide to pull a trailer ...... 5-158 Vehicle load limit ...... 5-160 • Tire and loading information label ...... 5-160 • Certification label ...... 5-164 Vehicle weight ...... 5-165 Driving your vehicle

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. WARNING - Engine WARNING - Open liftgate The exhaust system should be exhaust Do not drive with the liftgate checked whenever the vehicle is Do not inhale exhaust fumes or open. Poisonous exhaust gases raised to change the oil or for any leave your engine running in a can enter the passenger com- other purpose. If you hear a change in enclosed area for a prolonged partment. If you must drive with the sound of the exhaust or if you drive time. Exhaust fumes contain the liftgate open proceed as fol- over something that strikes the under- carbon monoxide, a colorless, lows: neath side of the vehicle, have the odorless gas that can cause 1. Close all windows. exhaust system checked as soon as unconsciousness and death by 2. Open side vents. possible by an authorized Kia dealer. asphyxiation. 3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at the highest speed.

45 Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections Before starting • Be sure that all windows, outside Fluid levels, such as engine oil, • Close and lock all doors. mirror(s), and outside lights are engine coolant, brake fluid, and • Position the seat so that all con- clean. washer fluid should be checked on a trols are easily reached. • Check the condition of the tires. regular basis, at the exact interval depending on the fluid. Further • Buckle your seat belt. • Check under the vehicle for any details are provided in chapter 8, • Adjust the inside and outside sign of leaks. “Maintenance”. rearview mirrors. • Be sure there are no obstacles • Be sure that all lights work. behind you if you intend to back up. WARNING - Distracted • Check all gauges. driving • Check the operation of warning Focus on the road while driving. lights when the ignition switch is The driver's primary responsi- turned to the ON position. bility is in the safe and legal • Release the parking brake and operation of the vehicle. Use of make sure the brake warning light any handled devices, other goes out. equipment or vehicle systems For safe operation, be sure you are that distract the drive should familiar with your vehicle and its not be used during vehicle equipment. operation.

55 Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Fire risk WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driving while When you intend to park or stop objects intoxicated the vehicle with the engine on, Securely store items in your Do not drive while intoxicated. be careful not to depress the vehicle. When you make a sud- Drinking and driving is danger- accelerator pedal for a long den stop or turn the steering ous. Even a small amount of period of time. It may overheat wheel rapidly, loose objects alcohol will affect your reflexes, the engine or exhaust system may drop on the floor and it perceptions and judgment. and cause fire. could interfere with the opera- Driving while under the influ- tion of the foot pedals, possibly ence of drugs is as dangerous causing an accident. as or more dangerous than driv- WARNING - Check sur- ing drunk. roundings Always check the surrounding WARNING - Proper areas near your vehicle for peo- footwear ple, especially children, before Always wear appropriate shoes putting a vehicle into D (Drive) when operating your vehicle. or R (Reverse). Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski boots, sandals, etc.) may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals.

65 Driving your vehicle

KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED) Illuminated ignition switch Ignition switch position ON LOCK The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started. This is the normal running position after the engine is started. Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge.

START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine. The OQL055065 engine will crank until you release Whenever a front door is opened, the OQL055066 the key; then it returns to the ON ignition switch will illuminate for your The ignition key can be removed only position. The brake warning light can convenience, provided the ignition in the LOCK position. be checked in this position. switch is not in the ON position. The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on. It will ACC (Accessory) also go off after about 30 seconds The electrical accessories are opera- when the door is closed. tive. If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position, turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension.

57 Driving your vehicle

WARNING WARNING - Ignition switch WARNING - Leaving the The anti-theft steering column Never turn the ignition switch to Vehicle lock (if equipped) is not a sub- LOCK or ACC while the vehicle To avoid unexpected or sudden stitute for the parking brake. is moving. This would result in vehicle movement, never leave Before leaving the driver’s seat, loss of directional control and your vehicle if the transmission always make sure the shift lever braking function, which could is not locked in the P (Park) is engaged in P (Park) for auto- cause an accident. position and the parking brake matic transmission, set the is fully engaged. Before leaving parking brake fully and shut the the driver's seat, always make engine off. Unexpected and WARNING - Key holder sure the shift lever is engaged in sudden vehicle movement may Do not place small purses, mul- P (Park), set the parking brake occur if these precautions are tiple keys, or other heavy acces- fully and shut the engine off. not taken. sories on your vehicle key ring. The driver can accidently push these objects causing the ACC position to change while in motion and disrupt the proper operation of some of the vehicle's safety features.

85 Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine 3.Turn the ignition switch to START If the engine stalls while you are in 1.Make sure the parking brake is and hold it there until the engine motion, do not attempt to move the applied. starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), shift lever to the P (Park) position. If then release the key. traffic and road conditions permit, 2.Place the transmission shift lever in you may put the shift lever in the N P (Park). Depress the brake pedal It should be started without depressing the accelerator. (Neutral) position while the vehicle is fully. still moving and turn the ignition You can also start the engine when 4.Do not wait for the engine to warm switch to the START position in an the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) up while the vehicle remains sta- attempt to restart the engine. position. tionary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Steep accelerating and CAUTION - Starter decelerating should be avoided.) Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds. If the engine stalls or fails to start, WARNING - Steering wait 5 to 10 seconds before re- wheel engaging the starter. Improper Never reach for any controls use of the starter may damage through the steering wheel it. while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area could cause a loss of vehicle control.

59 Driving your vehicle

Starting and stopping the engine for turbocharger intercooler 1. Do not race or accelerate the engine immediately after starting. If the engine is cold, idle for several seconds before sufficient lubrication is ensured in the turbocharger unit. 2. After high speed or extended driving, requiring a heavy engine load, run the engine on idle condition about 1 minute before turning it off. This idle time will allow the turbocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off.

CAUTION Do not turn off the engine immediately after it has been subjected to a heavy load. Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or turbo charger unit.

5 10 Driving your vehicle

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED) Illuminated ENGINE ENGINE START/STOP button In an emergency situation while the START/STOP button position vehicle is in motion, you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC OFF position by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine Not illuminated without depressing the brake pedal To turn off the engine (START/RUN by pressing the ENGINE position) or vehicle power (ON posi- START/STOP button with the shift tion), press the ENGINE lever in the N (Neutral) position. START/STOP button with the shift lever in the P (Park) position. When OQL055003 you press the ENGINE Whenever the front door is opened, START/STOP button without the shift the ENGINE START/STOP button lever in the P (Park) position, the will illuminate for your convenience. ENGINE START/STOP button will The light will go off after about 30 not change to the OFF position but to seconds when the door is closed. the ACC position. When all entrances are closed, if you lock the vehicle by using the transmitter or the smart key, the light will go off immediately.

511 Driving your vehicle

ACC (Accessory) ON START/RUN

Amber Super red Not illuminated Press the ENGINE START/STOP Press the ENGINE START/STOP To start the engine, depress the button while it is in the OFF position button while it is in the ACC position brake pedal and press the ENGINE without depressing the brake pedal. without depressing the brake pedal. START/ STOP button with the shift If the ENGINE START/STOP button The warning lights can be checked lever in the P (Park) or the N is in the ACC position for more than before the engine is started. Do not (Neutral) position. For your safety, 1 hour, the button is turned off auto- leave the ENGINE START/STOP start the engine with the shift lever in matically to prevent battery dis- button in the ON position for a long the P (Park) position. charge. time. The battery may discharge, If you press the ENGINE because the engine is not running. START/STOP button without depressing the brake pedal for automatic transmission vehicles, the engine will not start and the ENGINE START/STOP button changes as follow: OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC

5 12 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Starting the engine with a Starting and stopping the engine for If you leave the ENGINE START/ smart key turbocharger intercooler STOP button in the ACC or ON 1.Carry the smart key or place it 1. Do not race or accelerate the position for a long time, the battery inside the vehicle. engine immediately after starting. will discharge. 2.Make sure the parking brake is If the engine is cold, idle for sever- firmly applied al seconds before sufficient lubrication is ensured in the tur- WARNING - Starting 3.Place the transmission shift lever in bocharger unit. vehicle P (Park). Depress the brake pedal fully. 2. After high speed or extended driv- Never press the ENGINE ing, requiring a heavy engine load, START/STOP button while the You can also start the engine when idle the engine about 1 minute vehicle is in motion except in an the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) before turning it off. emergency. This would result in position. This idle time will allow the tur- loss of directional control and 4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP braking function, which could bocharger to cool prior to shutting button while depressing the brake the engine off. cause an accident. pedal. It should be started without depressing the accelerator. CAUTION 5.Do not wait for the engine to warm Do not turn the engine off imme- up while the vehicle remains sta- diately after it has been subject- tionary. ed to a heavy load. Doing so Start driving at moderate engine may cause severe damage to speeds. (Steep accelerating and the engine or turbocharger unit. decelerating should be avoided.)

513 Driving your vehicle

• Even if the smart key is in the vehi- • When the stop lamp fuse is blown, cle, if it is far away from you, the you can't start the engine normally. engine may not start. Replace the fuse with a new one. If • When the ENGINE START/STOP it is not possible, you can start the button is in the ACC position or engine by pressing the ENGINE above, if any door is opened, the START/STOP button for 10 sec- system checks for the smart key. If onds while it is in the ACC posi- the smart key is not in the vehicle, tion. The engine can start without a message "key is not in the vehi- depressing the brake pedal. But for cle" will appear on the LCD display. your safety always depress the And if all doors are closed, the brake pedal before starting the chime will sound for 5 seconds. The OQL055004 engine. indicator or warning will turn off • If the battery is weak or the smart Do not press the ENGINE START/ while the vehicle is moving. Always key does not work correctly, you STOP button for more than 10 sec- have the smart key with you. can start the engine by pressing onds except when the stop lamp fuse the engine start/stop button with is blown. WARNING - Unintended the smart key. vehicle movement The side with the lock button Never leave the smart key in the should contact the engine vehicle with children or vehicle start/stop button directly. occupants who are unfamiliar When you press the engine with the vehicle operation. start/stop button directly with the Pushing the ENGINE smart key, the smart key should START/STOP button while the contact the button at a right angle. smart key is in the vehicle may result in unintended engine activation and/or unintended vehicle movement.

5 14 Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Automatic transmission operation The automatic transmission has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically, depending on the position of the shift lever.

✽ NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if the battery has been disconnected, + (UP) may be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condition, and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM (Transmission Control Module) or PCM (Powertrain Control Module). - (DOWN)

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting. Press the lock release button when shifting. The shift lever can be shifted freely. OQL055007

515 Driving your vehicle

For smooth operation, depress the Transmission ranges brake pedal and the lock release but- CAUTION - Transmission The indicator in the instrument clus- ton when shifting from N (Neutral) to To avoid damage to your trans- ter displays the shift lever position a forward or reverse gear. mission, do not accelerate the when the ignition switch is in the ON engine in R (Reverse) or any for- position. ward gear position with the WARNING - Leaving brakes on. The transmission may Vehicle be damaged if you shift into P P (Park) Before leaving the driver’s seat, (Park) while the vehicle is in Always come to a complete stop always make sure the shift lever motion. before shifting into P (Park). This is in the P (Park) position; then position locks the transmission and set the parking brake fully and prevents the drive wheels from rotat- When stopped on an incline, do not ing. shut the engine off. Do not use hold the vehicle with the engine the P position in place of the power. Use the service brake or the Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi- parking brake. Always make parking brake. cle is in motion will cause the drive sure the shift lever is locked in wheels to lock which will cause you the P position and set the park- to lose control of the vehicle. ing brake fully. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can R (Reverse) occur if these precautions are not followed. Use this position to drive the vehicle backward.

5 16 Driving your vehicle

N (Neutral) - Parking in N (Neutral) gear CAUTION - Shifting The wheels and transmission are not Follow below steps when parking Always come to a complete stop engaged. The vehicle will roll freely and you want the vehicle to move before shifting into or out of R even on the slightest incline unless when pushed. (Reverse); you may damage the the parking brake or service brakes 1. After parking your vehicle, transmission if you shift into R are applied. depress the brake pedal and move (Reverse) while the vehicle is in the shift lever to [P] with the igni- motion, except when “Rocking tion button in [ON] or while the the vehicle” explained in this engine is running. chapter. 2. If the parking brake is applied unlock the parking brake. - For EPB (Electronic Parking WARNING Brake) equipped vehicles, push ALWAYS check the surrounding the brake pedal with the ignition areas near your vehicle for peo- button in [ON] or while the engine ple, especially children, before is running to disengage the park- shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) ing brake. If [AUTO HOLD] func- or R (Reverse). tion is used while driving (If [AUTO HOLD] indicator is on in the cluster), press [AUTO HOLD] switch and [AUTO HOLD] function should be turn off. 3. While pressing the brake pedal, turn the ignition button [OFF]. - For smart key equipped vehicles, the ignition switch can be moved to [OFF] only when the shift lever is in [P].

517 Driving your vehicle

4. Change the gear shift lever to [N] D (Drive) (Neutral) while pressing the brake This is the normal forward driving pedal and pushing [SHIFT LOCK position. The transmission will auto- RELEASE] button or inserting, matically shift through a 6-gear pressing down a tool (e.g. flathead sequence, providing the best fuel + (UP) screw-driver) into the [SHIFT economy and power. LOCK RELEASE] access hole at the same time. Then, the vehicle For extra power when passing anoth- Manual will move when external force is mode applied. er vehicle or climbing grades, depress the accelerator fully, at - (DOWN) which time the transmission will WARNING - Parking In automatically downshift to the next OQL055009 Neutral lower gear. Manual mode • With the exception of parking Whether the vehicle is stationary or in neutral gear, always park in motion, manual mode is selected the vehicle in [P] (Park) for by pushing the shift lever from the D safety and apply the parking (Drive) position into the manual gate. brake. To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the • Before parking in [N] (Neutral) main gate. gear, make sure the parking ground is level and flat. Do not park in [N] gear on any slopes or gradients. If parked and left in [N], the vehicle may move and cause serious damage or injury.

5 18 Driving your vehicle

In manual mode, moving the shift • In manual mode, downshifts are Paddle shifter (if equipped) lever backwards and forwards will made automatically when the vehi- allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. cle slows down. When the vehicle Up (+) : Push the lever forward once stops, 1st gear is automatically to shift up one gear. selected. Down (-) :Pull the lever backwards • In manual mode, when the engine once to shift down one rpm approaches the red zone shift gear. points are varied to upshift automatically. • In manual mode, the driver must • To maintain the required levels of execute upshifts in accordance vehicle performance and safety, with road conditions, taking care to the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever keep the engine speed below the OQL058010 is operated. red zone. The paddle shifter is available when • In manual mode, only the 6 forward • When driving on a slippery road, the shift lever is in the D position or gears can be selected. To reverse push the shift lever forward into the the manual mode. or park the vehicle, move the shift +(up) position. This causes the lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) transmission to shift into the 2nd position as required. gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road. Push the shift lever to the -(down) side to shift back to the 1st gear.

519 Driving your vehicle

With the shift lever in the D position Shift lock system The paddle shifter will operate when For your safety, the automatic trans- WARNING - Shifting from the vehicle speed is more than mission has a shift lock system park 6.2mph(10km/h). which prevents shifting the transmis- Always fully depress the brake Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse) pedal before and while shifting to shift up or down one gear and the unless the brake pedal is depressed. out of the P (Park) position into system changes from automatic To shift the transmission from P another position to avoid inad- mode to manual mode. (Park) into R (Reverse): vertent motion of the vehicle which could injure persons in When the vehicle speed is lower than 1.Depress and hold the brake pedal. or around the vehicle. 6.2mph(10km/h), if you depress the 2.Start the engine or turn the ignition accelerator pedal for more than 5 switch to the ON position. seconds or if you shift the shift lever from D (Drive) to manual mode and 3.Move the shift lever. shift it from manual mode to D (Drive) If the brake pedal is repeatedly again, the system changes from depressed and released with the manual mode to automatic mode. shift lever in the P (Park) position, a chattering noise & vibration near the shift lever may be heard. It is a nor- With the shift lever in the manual mode mal condition. Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear.

✽ NOTICE If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle shifters at the same time, you cannot shift the gear.

5 20 Driving your vehicle

5. Move the shift lever. Ignition key interlock system 6. Remove the tool from the shiftlock The ignition key cannot be removed override access hole then install unless the shift lever is in the P the cap. (Park) position. Even if the ignition 7. We recommend that the system be switch is in the LOCK position, the inspected by an authorized Kia key cannot be removed. dealer. If your vehicle is equipped with ENGINE START/STOP button, the button will not change to the OFF position unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) position. OQLE055008 Shift-lock override If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) position with the brake pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, then do the following: 1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering the shift-lock release access hole. 4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver) into the access hole and press down on the tool.

521 Driving your vehicle

Good driving practices Driving up a steep grade from a • Never move the gear shift lever standing start from P (Park) to any other position To drive up a steep grade from a with the accelerator pedal standing start, depress the brake depressed. pedal, shift the shift lever to D • Never move the gear shift lever into (Drive). Select the appropriate gear P (Park) when the vehicle is in depending on load weight and steep- motion. ness of the grade, and release the parking brake. Depress the accelera- • Slow down before shifting to a tor gradually while releasing the lower gear. Otherwise, the lower service brakes. gear may not be engaged. When accelerating from a stop on • Always use the parking brake. Do a steep hill, the vehicle may have a not depend on placing the trans- tendency to roll backwards. mission in P (Park) to keep the Shifting the shift lever into 2 vehicle from moving. (Second Gear) will help prevent • Optimum vehicle performance and the vehicle from rolling back- economy is obtained by smoothly wards. depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal.

✽ NOTICE - Kickdown Mechanism Use the kickdown mechanism for maximum acceleration. Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point. The automatic transmission will shift to a lower gear depending on the engine speed.

5 22 Driving your vehicle

ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED) ■ Type A These vehicles are not designed for The driver must be especially alert to challenging off-road use. avoid driving on slopes which tilt the It is always important when traveling vehicle to either side. on unpaved roads that the driver carefully reduces the speed to a level WARNING - Off road that does not exceed the safe operating speed for those conditions. In driving general, unpaved roads provide less Do not attempt to operate your traction and braking effectiveness vehicle under extreme or chal- than normal road conditions. lenging off road driving condi- OQL055060L tions. This vehicle was not ■ Type B designed to be driven off road. * AWD : All Wheel Drive FWD : Front Wheel Drive ✽ NOTICE If the AWD system warning light ( ) illuminates, this indicates that there is a malfunction in the AWD system. If this occurs, we recommend that the system be checked by an author- OQL055060 ized Kia dealer. The All Wheel Drive (AWD) system delivers engine power to the front and rear wheels for maximum traction. AWD is useful when extra traction is required on road, such as, when driving on slippery, muddy such as wet, or snow-covered roads.

523 Driving your vehicle

Tight corner brake effect ✽ NOTICE - AWD When turning sharply on a paved road at low speed while in all wheel drive, steering control will be difficult.

Tight corner brake effect is a unique characteristic of all wheel drive vehicles caused by the difference in tire rotation at the four wheels and the zero-degree alignment of the front wheels and suspension. Sharp turns at low speeds should be carried out with caution.

5 24 Driving your vehicle

All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description • When driving in AWD AUTO mode, the vehicle operates similar to conventional FWD vehicles under normal operating conditions. However, if the system determines that there is a AWD AUTO need for the AWD mode, the engine’s driving power is dis- (AWD LOCK is tributed to all four wheels automatically without driver inter- deactivated) vention. (Indicator light is not illuminated) • When driving on normal roads and pavement, the vehicle moves similar to conventional FWD vehicles.

• This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades, off-road driving, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc., to maximize traction. AWD LOCK • This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speeds above 60 km/h (38 mph) and is shifted to AWD AUTO mode (Indicator light is at speed above 60 km/h (38 mph). If the vehicle decelerates illuminated) to speeds below 60 km/h (38 mph), however, the transfer mode is shifted into AWD LOCK mode again.

✽ NOTICE • When driving on normal roads, deactivate the AWD LOCK mode by pushing the AWD LOCK button (the indicator light goes off). Driving on normal roads with AWD LOCK mode(especially, when cornering) may cause mechanical noise or vibration. The noise and vibration will disappear when the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated. Some parts of the power train may be damaged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration. • When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels. This shock is not a mechanical failure.

525 Driving your vehicle

For safe all wheel drive operation ✽ NOTICE - All wheel drive The road conditions that demand all wheel drive mean all functions of your vehicle are exposed to extreme stress than under normal road conditions. Slow down and be ready for changes in the composition and traction of the surface under your tires. If you have any doubt about the safety of the conditions you are fac- HILL1 HILL2 ing, stop and consider the best way • When you are driving up or down to proceed. Do not exceed the ability hills drive as straight as possible. WARNING - Hills Use extreme caution in going up or of yourself or your vehicle to operate Driving across the contour of down steep hills, since you may flip safely. steep hills can be extremely your vehicle over depending on the dangerous. This danger can grade, terrain and water/mud con- come from slight changes in the • Do not try to drive in deep standing ditions. water or mud since such conditions wheel angle which can destabi- can stall your engine and clog your lize the vehicle or, even if the exhaust pipes. Do not drive down vehicle is maintaining stability steep hills since it requires extreme under power, it can lose that skill to maintain control of the vehicle. stability if the vehicle stops its forward motion. Your vehicle may roll over without warning and without time for you to correct a mistake that could cause serious injury or death.

5 26 Driving your vehicle

• You must consciously take the • Always hold the steering wheel firm- effort to learn how to corner in a ly when you are driving off-road. AWD vehicle. Do not rely on your • Make sure all passengers are experience in conventional FWD wearing seat belts. vehicles in choosing safe cornering speed in AWD mode. For starters, you must drive more slowly in WARNING - Wind danger AWD. If you are driving in heavy wind, • Drive carefully when driving on the vehicle's higher center of unpaved roads because your vehi- gravity decreases your steering cle may be damaged by rocks or control capacity and requires roots of trees. OQL058127L you to drive more slowly.

WARNING - AWD WARNING - Steering Reduce speed when you turn wheel corners. The center of gravity of Do not grab the inside of the AWD vehicles is higher than steering wheel when you are that of conventional FWD vehi- driving off-road. You may hurt cles, making them more likely to your arm by a sudden steering roll over when you turn corners maneuver or from steering too fast. wheel rebound due to impact with objects on the ground. You could also lose control of your steering wheel while driving on rough terrain.

527 Driving your vehicle

• If you need to drive in the water, ✽ NOTICE stop your vehicle, set your transfer • Do not drive in water if the level is WARNING - AWD driving to the AWD LOCK mode and drive higher than the bottom of the vehi- • Avoid high cornering speed. at less than 8 km/h (5 mph). cle. • Do not make quick steering • Check your brake condition once wheel movements, such as you are out of mud or water. Press sharp lane changes or fast, WARNING - Driving the brake pedal several times as through water sharp turns. you move slowly until you feel nor- • The risk of rollover is greatly Drive slowly. If you are driving mal braking forces return. too fast in water, the water can increased if you lose control • Shorten your scheduled mainte- of your vehicle at high speed. get into the engine compart- nance interval if you drive in off- ment and wet the ignition sys- road conditions such as sand, mud • Loss of control often occurs if tem, causing your vehicle to or water (see “Maintenance under two or more wheels drop off suddenly stop. If this happens severe usage conditions” in section the roadway and the driver and your vehicle is in a tilted 8). Always wash your vehicle thor- over-steers to re-enter the position, your vehicle may roll oughly after off-road use, especially roadway. In the event your over. cleaning the bottom of the vehicle. vehicle leaves the roadway, do • Since the driving torque is always not steer sharply. Instead, applied to the 4 wheels the per- slow down before pulling formance of the AWD vehicle is back into the travel lanes. greatly affected by the condition of the tires. Be sure to equip the vehicle with four tires of the same size and type. • A full time all wheel drive vehicle cannot be towed by an ordinary tow truck. Make sure that the vehicle is placed on a flat bed truck for moving.

5 28 Driving your vehicle

Reducing the risk of a rollover CAUTION - Mud or snow - Replacement This multi-purpose passenger vehi- WARNING If one of the front or rear wheels cle is defined as a Sports Utility tires begins to spin in mud, snow, Vehicle (SUV). SUV’s have higher Always use the size and type of etc. the vehicle can sometimes ground clearance and a narrower tires recommended in the tire be driven out by depressing the track to make them capable of per- section of the manual. accelerator pedal further; how- forming in a wide variety of off-road Installation of variant tires can ever, do not run the engine con- applications. Specific design charac- affect the safety and perform- tinuously at high rpms to free teristics give them a higher center of ance of your vehicle. the vehicle from snow or mud gravity than ordinary vehicles. An because doing so could dam- advantage of the higher ground age the AWD system clearance is a better view of the road, which allows you to anticipate problems. They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger vehicles, any more than low-slung sports vehicles are designed to perform satisfactorily in off-road conditions. There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, do not load your roof rack with heavy cargo, and never modify your vehicle in any way.

529 Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Jacked WARNING - Dynamometer vehicle testing While the full-time AWD vehicle Keep away from the front of the is being raised on a jack, never vehicle while the vehicle is in start the engine or cause the gear on the dynamometer. This tires to rotate. is very dangerous as the vehi- There is the danger that rotating cle can jump forward and cause tires touching the ground could serious injury or death. cause the vehicle to go off the jack and to jump forward. OQL055051 ✽ NOTICE 1. Check the tire pressures recom- When lifting up the vehicle, do not • Full-time AWD vehicles must be mended for your vehicle. operate front and rear wheel sepa- tested on a special four wheel 2. Place the front wheels on the roll rately. All four wheels should be chassis dynamometer. tester for a speedometer test as operated. shown in the illustration. ✽ NOTICE 3. Release the parking brake. ✽ NOTICE Never engage the parking brake 4. Place the rear wheels on the tem- If you need to operate the front while performing these tests. porary free roller as shown in the wheel and rear wheel when lifting illustration. up the vehicle, you should release • A full-time AWD vehicle should not the parking brake. be tested on a FWD roll tester. If a FWD roll tester must be used, perform the following:

5 30 Driving your vehicle

BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s CAUTION - Brake Pedal Your vehicle has power-assisted ability to safely slow down; the vehi- brakes that adjust automatically Do not drive with your foot rest- cle may also pull to one side when through normal usage. ing on the brake pedal. This will the brakes are applied. Applying the create abnormally high brake brakes lightly will indicate whether In the event that the power-assisted temperatures which can cause they have been affected in this way. brakes lose power because of a excessive brake lining and pad Always test your brakes in this fash- stalled engine or some other reason, wear. ion after driving through deep water. you can still stop your vehicle by To dry the brakes, apply them lightly applying greater force to the brake while maintaining a safe forward pedal than you normally would. The WARNING - Steep hill speed until brake performance stopping distance, however, will be returns to normal. longer. braking When the engine is not running, the Avoid continuous application of reserve brake power is partially the brakes when descending a depleted each time the brake pedal long or steep hill by shifting to a is applied. Do not pump the brake lower gear. Continuous brake pedal when the power assist has application will cause the brakes been interrupted. to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per- Pump the brake pedal only when formance. necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.

531 Driving your vehicle

In the event of brake failure Disc brakes wear indicator If service brakes fail to operate while When your brake pads are worn and WARNING - Brake wear the vehicle is in motion, you can new pads are required, you will hear Do not ignore high pitched wear make an emergency stop with the a high-pitched warning sound from sounds from your brakes. If you parking brake. The stopping dis- your front brakes or rear brakes. You ignore this audible warning, you tance, however, will be much greater may hear this sound come and go or will eventually lose braking per- than normal. it may occur whenever you depress formance, which could lead to a the brake pedal. serious accident. WARNING - Parking Please remember that some driving brake conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or Avoid applying the parking lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor- brake to stop the vehicle while it mal and does not indicate a problem is moving except in an emer- with your brakes. gency situation. Applying the parking brake while the vehicle Always replace the front or rear is moving at normal speeds can brake pads as pairs. cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle. If you must use CAUTION - Replace brake the parking brake to stop the pads vehicle, use great caution in applying the brake. Do not continue to drive with worn brake pads. Continuing to drive with worn brake pads can damage the braking system and result in costly brake repairs.

5 32 Driving your vehicle

Parking brake – Foot type Releasing the parking brake (if equipped) WARNING - Parking brake use Applying the parking brake All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parked to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicles which can injure occupants or pedestrians.

OQL055015 To release the parking brake, OQL055013 depress the parking brake pedal a To engage the parking brake, first second time while applying the foot apply the foot brake and then brake. The pedal will automatically depress the parking brake pedal extend to the fully released position. down as far as possible.

CAUTION - Parking brake Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad (or lining) and brake rotor wear.

533 Driving your vehicle

If at all possible, cease driving the Electronic parking brake (EPB) vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- (if equipped) sible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only con- Applying the parking brake tinue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop.

W-75 Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON (do not start the engine). This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is OQLA055016 applied with the ignition switch in the To apply the EPB (electronic parking START or ON position. brake): Before driving, be sure the parking 1. Depress the brake pedal. brake is fully released and the brake 2. Pull up the EPB switch. warning light is off. Make sure the warning light comes If the brake warning light remains on on. after the parking brake is released while the engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

5 34 Driving your vehicle

Also, the EPB is applied automatical- Do not operate the parking brake/ Releasing the parking brake ly if the Auto Hold button is on when EPB while the vehicle is moving the engine is turned off. However, if except in an emergency situation. you press the EPB switch after the engine is turned off, the EPB will not ✽ NOTICE be Applied. A click or electric brake motor whine sound may be heard while ✽ NOTICE operating or releasing the EPB, but On a steep incline or when pulling a these conditions are normal and trailer, if the vehicle does not remain indicate that the EPB is functioning at a standstill, do as follows: properly. 1. Apply the EPB. 2. Pull up the EPB switch for more OQL058017L than 3 seconds. To release the EPB (electronic parking brake), press the EPB switch while doing the following: • Have the ignition switch or engine start/stop button in the ON position. • Depress the brake pedal. • The shift lever must be in P (Park). Make sure the brake warning light goes off.

535 Driving your vehicle

To release EPB (electronic parking ✽ NOTICE EPB (electronic parking brake) may brake) automatically: • For your safety, you can engage be automatically applied when: • Shift lever in P (Park) the EPB even though the ignition • The EPB is overheated With the engine running depress switch or engine stop/start button • Requested by other systems the brake pedal and shift out of P is in the OFF position, but you cannot release it. (Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive). ✽ NOTICE • Shift lever in N (Neutral) • For your safety, depress the brake pedal and release the parking For EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) With the engine running depress brake manually with the EPB equipped vehicles with AUTO the brake pedal and shift out of N switch when you drive downhill or HOLD function used while driving, (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D when backing up the vehicle. if the ignition button has been (Drive). Do not follow the above procedure turned OFF, the EPB will be • Automatic Transmission when driving on a flat level ground. engaged automatically. Therefore, 1. Start the engine. The vehicle may suddenly move for- the AUTO HOLD function should 2. Fasten the driver's seat belt. ward. be turned off before the ignition button is turned off. 3. Close the driver's door, engine ✽ NOTICE hood and tailgate. If the parking brake warning light is 4. Depress the accelerator pedal still on even though the EPB has while the shift lever is in R (Rear), been released, have the system D (Drive) or manual mode. checked by an authorized Kia dealer. Make sure the brake warning light goes off. CAUTION Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied. It may cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear.

5 36 Driving your vehicle

System warning If the above situation occurs, depress • A click or electric brake motor the brake pedal and release EPB by whine sound may be heard while pressing the EPB switch. operating or releasing the EPB, but these conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning WARNING - Parking properly. Brake Use • When leaving your keys with a All vehicles should always have parking lot attendant or valet, make the parking brake fully engaged sure to inform him/her how to oper- when parked to avoid inadver- ate the EPB. tent movement of the car which • The EPB may malfunction if you can injure occupants or pedes- drive with the EPB applied. trians. OJF058249L • When you automatically release • If you try to drive off depressing the EPB by depressing the accelerator accelerator pedal with the EPB pedal, depress it slowly. applied, but the EPB doesn't release automatically, a warning will sound and a message will appear. • If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and the engine hood, driver's door or trunk is opened, a warning will sound and a message will appear. • If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a message may appear.

537 Driving your vehicle

System warning ✽ NOTICE System warning ■ Type A Depress the brake pedal when the ■ Type A above message appears for the Auto Hold and EPB may not activate.

OJF058374L OJF058376L ■ Type B ■ Type B

OJF058375L OJF058377L When the conversion from Auto Hold If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a is activated because of ESC warning will sound and a message (Electronic Stability Control) signal, a will appear. warning will sound and a message will appear.

5 38 Driving your vehicle

EPB malfunction indicator If this occurs, have your vehicle • The EPB warning light may illumi- (if equipped) checked by an authorized Kia dealer nate if the EPB switch operates as soon as possible. abnormally. Shut the engine off The EPB malfunction indicator may and turn it on again after a few min- illuminate when the ESC indicator utes. The warning light will go off comes on to indicate that the ESC is and the EPB switch will operate not working properly, but it does not normally. However, if the EPB indicate a malfunction of the EPB. warning light is still on, have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer. • If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up, the EPB is not applied. OQL055059 • If the parking brake warning light This warning light illuminates if the blinks when the EPB warning light engine start/stop button is changed is on, press the switch, then pull it to the ON position and goes off in up. Once more press it back to its approximately 3 seconds if the sys- original position and pull it back up. tem is operation normally. If the EPB warning does not go off, If the EPB malfunction indicator have the system checked by an remains on, comes on while driving, authorized Kia dealer. or does not come on when the ignition switch or the engine start/stop button is changed to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned.

539 Driving your vehicle

Emergency braking ✽ NOTICE When the EPB (electronic parking If there is a problem with the brake During emergency braking by the brake) is not released pedal while driving, emergency brak- EPB, the parking brake warning If the EPB does not release normal- ing is possible by pulling up and light will illuminate to indicate that ly, take your vehicle to an authorized holding the EPB switch. Braking is the system is operating. Kia dealer by loading the vehicle on possible only while you are holding a flatbed tow truck and have the sys- the EPB switch. If you notice a continuous noise or tem checked. burning smell when the EPB is used WARNING for emergency braking, have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia Do not operate the electronic dealer. parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. Applying the electronic parking brake while the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle. If you must use the electronic parking brake to stop the vehicle, use great caution in applying the brake.

5 40 Driving your vehicle

AUTO HOLD (if equipped) Whiite Whiite The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a standstill even though the brake pedal is not depressed after the driver brings the vehicle to a complete stop by depressing the brake pedal.

Green

OQL055018 OQL058019L 1.Depress the brake pedal, start the 2.When coming to a complete stop engine and then press the Auto by depressing the brake pedal, the Hold button. The white AUTO AUTO HOLD indicator changes HOLD indicator will come on indi- from white to green indicating the cating the system is in standby. AUTO HOLD is engaged and EPB Before the Auto Hold will engage, is applied. The vehicle will remain the driver's door, engine hood must at a standstill even if you release be closed and the driver's seat belt the brake pedal. must be fastened. 3.If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released.

541 Driving your vehicle

4. If you press the accelerator pedal Cancel ✽ NOTICE with the shift lever in D (Drive) or • The following are conditions when manual mode, the Auto Hold will Liight off the Auto Hold will not engage be released automatically and the (Auto Hold light will not turn vehicle will start to move. The indi- green and the Auto Hold system cator changes from green to white remains in stand by): indicating the Auto Hold is in - The driver's seat belt is unfas- standby and the EPB is released. tened and driver's door is opened When driving off from Auto Hold by - The engine hood is opened depressing the accelerator pedal, - The shift lever is in P (Park) or R always check the surrounding area (Reverse) near your vehicle. - The EPB is applied Slowly depress the accelerator pedal • For your safety, the Auto Hold OQL055018 for a smooth launch. automatically switches to EPB To cancel the Auto Hold operation, under any of the following condi- press the Auto Hold switch. The tions (Auto Hold light remains AUTO HOLD indicator will go out. white and the EPB automatically To cancel the Auto Hold operation applies): when the vehicle is at a standstill, - The driver's seat belt is unfas- press the Auto Hold switch while tened and driver's door is opened depressing the brake pedal. - The engine hood is opened - The vehicle is in a standstill for more than 10 minutes - The vehicle is standing on a steep slope - The vehicle moved several times (Continued)

5 42 Driving your vehicle

(Continued) If there is a malfunction with the dri- Warning messages In these cases, the brake warning ver’s door, engine hood open detec- ■ light comes on, the AUTO HOLD tion system, the Auto Hold may not Type A indicator changes from green to work properly. white, and a warning sounds and a Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia message will appear to inform you dealer and have the system checked. that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving off again, press foot brake pedal, check the ✽ NOTICE surrounding area near your vehi- A click or electric brake motor cle and release parking brake whine sound may be heard while OJF058376L manually with the EPB switch. operating or releasing the EPB, but ■ Type B • If the AUTO HOLD indicator these conditions are normal and lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is indicate that the EPB is functioning not working properly. Take your properly. vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.

WARNING To reduce the risk of an acci- OJF058377L dent, do not activate Auto Hold Parking brake automatically locked while driving downhill, backing When the EPB is applied from Auto up or parking your vehicle. Hold, a warning will sound and a message will appear.

543 Driving your vehicle

■ Type A ✽ NOTICE ■ Type A When this message is displayed, the Auto Hold and EPB may not operate. For your safety, depress the brake pedal.

OJF058374L OJF058380L ■ Type B ■ Type B

OJF058375L OJF058381L When the conversion from Auto Hold If you do not apply the brake pedal to EPB is not working properly a when you release the Auto Hold by warning will sound and a message pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a will appear. warning will sound and a message will appear.

5 44 Driving your vehicle

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) When you apply your brakes under ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci- conditions which may lock the dents due to improper or dangerous wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ driving maneuvers. Even though sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- vehicle control is improved during responding sensation in the brake emergency braking, always maintain pedal. This is normal and it means a safe distance between you and your ABS is active. objects ahead. Vehicle speeds In order to obtain the maximum benefit should always be reduced during from your ABS in an emergency situa- extreme road conditions. The vehicle tion, do not attempt to modulate your should be driven at reduced speeds brake pressure and do not try to pump OQL058371N in the following circumstances: your brakes. Press your brake pedal as AUTO HOLD conditions not met. • When driving on rough, gravel or hard as possible or as hard as the sit- Close door, hood, and liftgate snow-covered roads uation allows the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes. When you press the [AUTO HOLD] • When driving on roads where the switch, if the driver’s door, engine road surface is pitted or has differ- hood are not closed or the driver’s ent surface heights. ✽ NOTICE seat belt is unfastened, a warning Driving in these conditions increases A click/clunk type sound may be will sound and a message will the stopping distance for your vehicle. heard once per ignition cycle in the appear on the LCD display. At this engine compartment when the vehi- moment, press the [AUTO HOLD] The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels. If the wheels cle begins to move after the engine is button after closing the driver’s door, started. These conditions are normal engine hood and liftgate. are going to lock, the ABS system repeatedly modulates the hydraulic and indicate that the anti-lock brake brake pressure to the wheels. system is functioning properly.

545 Driving your vehicle

• Even with the anti-lock brake sys- • When you drive on a road having tem, your vehicle still requires suf- poor traction, such as an icy road, ficient stopping distance. Always and have operated your brakes maintain a safe distance from the continuously, the ABS will be active vehicle in front of you. continuously and the ABS warning • Always slow down when cornering. light may illuminate. Pull your vehi- The anti-lock brake system cannot cle over to a safe place and stop prevent accidents resulting from the engine. excessive speeds. • Restart the engine. If the ABS • On loose or uneven road surfaces, warning light goes off, then your operation of the anti-lock brake ABS system is normal. Otherwise, system may result in a longer stop- W-78 you may have a problem with the ping distance than for vehicles The ABS warning light will stay on for ABS. Contact an authorized Kia equipped with a conventional approximately 3 seconds after the dealer as soon as possible. brake system. ignition switch is ON. During that time, the ABS will go through self- ✽ NOTICE diagnosis and the light will go off if When you jump start your vehicle everything is normal. If the light stays because of a drained battery, the on, you may have a problem with engine may not run as smoothly and your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia the ABS warning light may turn on at dealer as soon as possible. the same time. This happens because of low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned. • Do not pump your brakes! • Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.

5 46 Driving your vehicle

Electronic stability control The Electronic stability control (ESC) (ESC) WARNING system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain The Electronic Stability Control Never drive too fast for the road vehicle control under adverse condi- (ESC) system is designed to stabi- conditions or too quickly when tions. It is not a substitute for safe lize the vehicle during cornering cornering. Electronic stability driving practices. Factors including maneuvers. ESC checks where you control (ESC) will not prevent speed, road conditions and driver are steering and where the vehicle is accidents. Excessive speed in steering input can all affect whether actually going. ESC applies the turns, abrupt maneuvers and ESC will be effective in preventing a brakes at individual wheels and inter- hydroplaning on wet surfaces loss of control. It is still your respon- venes with engine management sys- can still result in serious acci- sibility to drive and corner at reason- tem to stabilize the vehicle. dents. Only a safe and attentive driver can prevent accidents by able speeds and to leave a sufficient avoiding maneuvers that cause margin of safety. the vehicle to lose traction. When you apply your brakes under Even with ESC installed, always conditions which may lock the follow all the normal precautions wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ for driving - including driving at sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- safe speeds for the conditions. responding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active.

✽ NOTICE A click/clunk type sound may be heard once per ignition cycle in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is started. These conditions are normal and indicate that Electronic stability control (ESC) System is functioning properly. 547 Driving your vehicle

ESC operation When operating ESC operation off ESC ON condition When the ESC is in opera- ESC OFF state • When the ignition is turned tion, ESC indicator light This car has 2 kinds of ESC - ON, ESC and ESC OFF blinks. off states. indicator lights illuminate for • When the Electronic If the engine stops when approximately 3 seconds, Stability Control is operat- ESC is off, ESC remains off. then ESC is turned on. ing properly, you can feel a Upon restarting the engine, • Select the LCD display → slight pulsation in the vehi- the ESC will automatically ESC → ESC OFF/ESC cle. This is only the effect turn on again. OFF (TCS OFF) ESC OFF of brake control and indi- indicator will illuminate. cates nothing unusual. Select the ESC ON, ESC • When moving out of the OFF indicator light will go mud or slippery road, the off. engine rpm (revolution per • When starting the engine, minute) may not increase you may hear a slight tick- even if you press the ing sound. This is the ESC accelerator pedal deeply. performing an automatic This is to maintain the sta- system self-check and bility and traction of the does not indicate a prob- vehicle and does not indi- lem. cate a problem.

5 48 Driving your vehicle

Indicator light

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

OQL058251L OQL058252L • ESC off state 1 • ESC off state 2 When ignition switch is turned to ON, To cancel ESC operation, Select the To cancel ESC operation, Select the the indicator light illuminates, then ESC OFF (TCS OFF) in the ESC. ESC OFF in the ESC (ESC OFF indi- goes off if the ESC system is operat- ESC OFF indicator light (ESC OFF cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates. ing normally. ) illuminates). At this state, the engine At this state, the engine control func- The ESC indicator light blinks when- control function does not operate. It tion and brake control function do not ever ESC is operating or illuminates means the traction control function operate. It means the car stability when ESC fails to operate. does not operate. Brake control func- control function does not operate any ESC OFF indicator light comes on tion only operates. more. when the select the ESC OFF/ESC OFF (TCS OFF) in the LCD display.

549 Driving your vehicle

ESC OFF usage ✽ NOTICE CAUTION When driving • When operating the vehicle on a Driving with varying tire or wheel • ESC should be turned on for daily dynamometer, ensure that you sizes may cause the ESC system driving whenever possible. select the LCD display → ESC → to malfunction. When replacing • To turn ESC off while driving, ESC OFF/ESC OFF (TCS OFF) tires, make sure they are the (ESC OFF light illuminated). If same size as your original tires. select the ESC OFF/ESC OFF(TCS OFF) in the LCD display the ESC is left on, it may prevent while driving on a flat road surface. the vehicle speed from increasing, and result in false diagnosis. WARNING • Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or brake system opera- The Electronic Stability Control WARNING system is only a driving aid that tion. can only assist you in maintain- Never select the ESC OFF/ ESC ing control under certain cir- OFF(TCS OFF) in the LCD dis- cumstances. Use precautions play while ESC is operating for safe driving by slowing (ESC indicator light blinks). down on curved, snowy, or icy roads. Drive slowly and don’t attempt to accelerate whenever the ESC indicator light is blinking, or when the road surface is slippery.

5 50 Driving your vehicle

Vehicle stability management VSM operation VSM operation off (VSM) When the VSM is in operation, ESC If you select the LCD display → ESC This system provides further indicator light ( ) blinks. → ESC OFF/ESC OFF (TCS OFF) enhancements to vehicle stability When the vehicle stability manage- the VSM will also cancel and the and steering responses when a vehi- ment is operating properly, you can ESC OFF indicator light ( ) illumi- cle is driving on a slippery road or a feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle nates. vehicle detects changes in coeffi- and/or abnormal steering responses To turn on the VSM, select the ESC cient of friction between right wheels (EPS- Electronic Power Steering). OFF/ESC OFF (TCS OFF). The ESC and left wheels when braking. This is only the effect of brake and OFF indicator light goes out. EPS control and indicates nothing unusual. WARNING - Tire/ WARNING Wheel size The VSM does not operate when: - Vehicle stability manage- When replacing tires and wheels, ment make sure they are the same size • Driving on a sloping road such as a gradient or incline Drive carefully even though your as the original tires and wheels vehicle has Vehicle stability man- installed. Driving with varying • Driving in reverse agement. It can only assist you in tire or wheel sizes may diminish • ESC OFF indicator light ( ) maintaining control under cer- any supplemental safety benefits remains on the instrument cluster tain circumstances. of the VSM system. • EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster

551 Driving your vehicle

Malfunction indicator • The Vehicle Stability Management Hill-start assist control (HAC) The VSM can be deactivated even if system is not a substitute for safe A vehicle has the tendency to roll you don’t cancel the VSM operation driving practices but a supplemen- back on a steep hill when it starts to by select the ESC OFF/ESC OFF tary function only. It is the respon- go after stopping. The Hill-start (TCS OFF). It indicates that a mal- sibility of the driver to always check Assist Control (HAC) prevents the function has been detected some- the speed and the distance to the vehicle from rolling back by applying where in the Electric Power Steering vehicle ahead. Always hold the the brakes automatically for about 2 system or VSM system. If the ESC steering wheel firmly while driving. seconds. The brakes are released indicator light ( ) or EPS warning • Your vehicle is designed to activate when the accelerator pedal is light remains on, take your vehicle to according to the driver’s intention, depressed or after about 2 seconds. an authorized Kia dealer and have even with installed VSM. Always fol- The HAC is activated only for about 2 the system checked. low all the normal precautions for seconds, so when the vehicle is driving at safe speeds for the condi- starting off always depress the accel- ✽ NOTICE tions – including driving in clement erator pedal. weather and on a slippery road. • The VSM is designed to function above approximately 22 km/h (13 - Maintaining mph) on curves. WARNING WARNING Brake Pressure on Incline • The VSM is designed to function For maximum protection, above approximately 10 km/h (6 always wear your seat belt. No HAC does not replace the need mph) when a vehicle is braking on system, no matter how to apply brakes while stopped on a split-mu surface. A split-mu sur- advanced, can compensate for an incline. While stopped, make face is made of two surfaces which all driver error and/or driving sure you maintain brake pres- have different friction forces. conditions. Always drive sure sufficient to prevent your responsibly. vehicle from rolling backward and causing an accident. Don’t release the brake pedal until you are ready to accelerate forward.

5 52 Driving your vehicle

Good braking practices • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn • Check to be sure the parking brake Resting your foot on the brake the front wheels away from the is not engaged and the parking pedal while driving can be danger- curb to help keep the vehicle from brake indicator light is out before ous because the brakes might rolling. If there is no curb or if it is driving away. overheat and lose their effective- required by other conditions to ness. It also increases the wear of keep the vehicle from rolling, block • Driving through water may get the the brake components. the wheels. brakes wet. They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed. Wet • If a tire goes flat while you are driv- • Under some conditions your park- brakes can be dangerous! Your ing, apply the brakes gently and ing brake can freeze in the vehicle will not stop as quickly if the keep the vehicle pointed straight engaged position. This is most like- brakes are wet. Wet brakes may ahead while you slow down. When ly to happen when there is an cause the vehicle to pull to one side. you are moving slowly enough for it accumulation of snow or ice to be safe to do so, pull off the road around or near the rear brakes or if To dry the brakes, apply the brakes and stop in a safe place. the brakes are wet. If there is a risk lightly until the braking action • If your vehicle is equipped with an that the parking brake may freeze, returns to normal, taking care to apply it only temporarily while you keep the vehicle under control at all Automatic Transmission, don't let your vehicle creep forward. To put the shift lever in P (automatic times. If the braking action does not transmission) and block the rear return to normal, stop as soon as it avoid creeping forward, keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. is safe to do so and call an author- Then release the parking brake. ized Kia dealer for assistance. the vehicle is stopped. • Do not hold the vehicle on an • Don't coast down hills with the • Be cautious when parking on a hill. Firmly engage the parking brake incline with the accelerator pedal. vehicle out of gear. This is extreme- This can cause the transmission to ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in and place the shift lever in P (automatic transmission). If your vehicle overheat. Always use the brake gear at all times, use the brakes to pedal or parking brake. slow down, then shift to a lower is facing downhill, turn the front gear so that engine braking will wheels into the curb to help keep help you maintain a safe speed. the vehicle from rolling.

553 Driving your vehicle

FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM - CAMERA TYPE (IF EQUIPPED) The Forward Collision-Avoidance System setting and activation Assist (FCA) system is designed to WARNING System setting help detect and monitor the vehicle Take the following precaution- or pedestrians ahead in the roadway swhen using the Forward • The driver can activate the FCA by through camera recognition to warn Collision-Avoidance Assist placing the ignition switch to the the driver that a collision is imminent, (FCA) system: ON position and by selecting: and if necessary, apply emergency → • This system is only a supple- 'User Settings Driver Assistance braking. → mental system and it is not Forward Collision-Avoidance intended to, nor does it replace Assist.' The FCA system deactivates, the need for extreme care and when the driver cancels the system attention of the driver. The setting. sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times. • Never drive too fast in accordance with the road conditions or while cornering. • Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. FCA does not stop the vehicle completely and is not a collision avoidance system.

5 54 Driving your vehicle

The warning light illumi- • EARLY - When this condition is Prerequisite for activation nates on the LCD display, selected, the initial The FCA gets ready to be activated, when you cancel the FCA Forward Collision Warning when the FCA is selected on the system. The driver can is activated earlier than LCD display, and when the following monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on normal. If the ‘EARLY’ con- prerequisites are satisfied. the LCD display. Also, the warning dition feels too sensitive, light illuminates when the ESC change it into ‘NORMAL’. - The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is activated. (Electronic Stability Control) is • NORMAL - When this condition is turned off. When the warning light selected, the initial - Vehicle speed is over 8 km/h remains ON with the FCA activated, Forward Collision (5mph). (The FCA is only activated have the system checked by an Warning is activated nor- within a certain speed range.) authorized Kia dealer. mally. - The system detects a vehicle or • The driver can select the initial • LATE - When this condition is pedestrian in front, which may col- warning activation time on the LCD selected, the initial Forward lide with your vehicle. (The FCA display. Go to the 'User Settings → Collision Warning is activat- may not be activated or may sound Driver Assistance → Forward ed later than normal. This a warning alarm in accordance Collision Warning → setting reduces the amount with the driving situation or vehicle Early/Normal/Late'. of distance between the condition.) The options for the initial Forward vehicle or pedestrians Collision Warning includes the fol- ahead before the initial ❈The FCA may not operate properly lowing: warning occurs. Select this according to the frontal situation, condition only when traffic the direction and speed of pedes- is light, and you are driving trian. slowly.

555 Driving your vehicle

FCA warning message and Collision Warning (1st warning) WARNING system control • Completely stop the vehicle The FCA system produces warning on a safe location before messages, warning alarms, and operating the switch on the emergency braking based on the steering wheel to activate/ level of risk of a frontal collision, such deactivate the FCA system. as when a vehicle ahead suddenly • The FCA automatically acti- brakes. vates upon placing the Engine The driver can select the initial warn- Start/Stop button to the ON ing activation time in the User position. The driver can deac- Settings in the LCD display. The tivate the FCA by canceling options for the initial Forward the system setting on the LCD Collision Warning include Early, OQL058200L display. To avoid driver dis- Normal or Late initial warning time. tractions, do not attempt to This warning message appears on set or cancel the FCA while the LCD display with a warning driving the vehicle. chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the • The FCA automatically deac- engine management system to help tivates upon canceling the decelerate the vehicle. ESC (Electronic Stability Control). When the ESC is - Your vehicle speed may decelerate canceled, the FCA cannot be moderately. activated on the LCD display. - The FCA system limitedly controls The FCA warning light will the brakes to preemptively mitigate illuminate, but it does not impact in a collision. indicate a malfunction of the system.

5 56 Driving your vehicle

- It will operate if the vehicle speed is Emergency braking (2nd warning) - It will operate if the vehicle speed is greater than 8 km/h (5 mph) and greater than 8 km/h (5 mph) and less than or equal to 60 km/h (38 less than or equal to 60 km/h (38 mph) on a forward vehicle. mph) on a forward vehicle. (Depending on the condition of the (Depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and the environment vehicle ahead and the environment surrounding it, the possible maxi- surrounding it, the possible maximum operating speed may be mum operating speed may be reduced.) reduced.)

OQL058201L This warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime. Additionally, some vehicle system intervention occurs by the engine management system to help decelerate the vehicle. - The FCA system limitedly controls the brakes to preemptively mitigate impact in a collision. The brake control is maximized just before a collision.

557 Driving your vehicle

Brake operation FCA sensor • In an urgent situation, the braking WARNING (Front View Camera) system enters into the ready status The FCA cannot avoid all colli- for prompt reaction against the dri- sions. The braking control can- ver’s depressing the brake pedal. not completely stop the vehicle. The driver is responsible to • The FCA provides additional brak- safely drive and control the ing power for optimum braking per- vehicle. formance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal. • The braking control is automatical- WARNING ly deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator The FCA system logic operates pedal, or when the driver abruptly within certain parameters, such operates the steering wheel. as the distance from the vehicle OQL058203L ahead, the speed of the vehicle • The FCA brake control is automat- ahead, and the driver's vehicle In order for the FCA system to oper- ically canceled, when risk factors speed. Certain conditions such ate properly, always make sure the disappear. as inclement weather and road sensor are clean and free of dirt, conditions may affect the oper- snow, and debris. CAUTION ation of the FCA system. Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on The driver should always pay the lens may adversely affect the great caution to vehicle opera- sensing performance of the sensor. tion, even though there is no WARNING warning message or warning Never deliberately drive danger- alarm. The warning of the FCA ously to activate the system. system may not sound while other system warning sounds.

5 58 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE Warning message and warning • Never install any accessories or We recommend you to have the sys- light stickers on the front windshield, tem checked by an authorized Kia or tint the front windshield. dealer when the windshield glass is • Never place any reflective objects replaced. (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the dashboard. Any light reflection may cause a malfunction of the system. • Make sure the frontal camera does not get wet. • Never disassemble the camera assembly, or apply any impact on the camera assembly. • Playing the vehicle audio system OQL058372N at high volume may prevent occu- When the sensor is covered with dirt, pants from hearing the FCA warn- snow, or debris, the FCA system ings. operation may not be able to detect • Be careful not to apply unneces- vehicles. sary force on the sensor. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper If this occurs, a warning message will alignment, the system may not appear on the LCD display. operate correctly. In this case, a Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and warning message may not be dis- clean the sensor before operating played. In this case, we recom- the FCA system. mend you have the vehicle inspect- The system will operate normally ed by an authorized Kia dealer. when such dirt, snow or debris is removed.

559 Driving your vehicle

However, the FCA system may not System malfunction properly operate in an area (e.g. WARNING open terrain), where any objects are • The FCA is only a supplemen- not detected after turning ON the tal system for the driver's con- engine. venience. It is the driver's Although a warning message will not responsibility to control the appear on the LCD display, the FCA vehicle operation. Do not may not properly operate. solely depend on the FCA system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed or stop the vehicle. OJF058394L • In certain instances and • When the FCA is not working prop- under certain driving condi- erly, the FCA warning light ( ) will tions, the FCA system may illuminate and the warning mes- activate unintentionally. sage will appear for a few seconds. Also, due to sensing limita- After the message disappears, the tions, in certain situations, the master warning light ( ) will illu- front view camera recognition minate. In this case, have the vehi- system may not detect the cle inspected by an authorized Kia vehicle or pedestrians ahead. dealer. The FCA system may not acti- • The FCA warning message may vate and the warning mes- appear along with the illumination sage may not be displayed. of the ESC warning light. (Continued)

5 60 Driving your vehicle

(Continued) Limitation of the system WARNING The Forward Collision-Avoidance • The FCA system may not acti- • The FCA system does not vate if the driver applies the Assist (FCA) system is designed to operate when the vehicle is in monitor the vehicle or pedestrians brake pedal to avoid the risk reverse. of a collision. ahead in the roadway through cam- • The FCA system is not era recognition to warn the driver • The brake control may be designed to detect other that a collision is imminent, and if insufficient, possibly causing objects on the road such as necessary, apply emergency brak- a collision, if a vehicle in front animals. ing. abruptly stops. Always pay extreme caution. • The FCA system does not In certain situations, the camera may detect vehicles in the opposite not be able to detect the vehicle or • The FCA system may not acti- lane. pedestrians ahead. In these cases, vate depending on road condi- • The FCA system does not the FCA system may not operate tions, inclement whether, driv- normally. The driver must pay careful ing conditions or traffic condi- detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching. attention in the following situations tions. Therefore, the driver where the FCA operation may be should always pay attention to • The FCA system cannot detect limited. the road and be prepared the the driver approaching the side apply the brakes at all times. view of a parked vehicle (for • The FCA system operates example on a dead end street.) only to detect vehicles in front In these cases, you must main- of the vehicle. tain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

561 Driving your vehicle

Detecting vehicles • The vehicle in front does not have • The brightness outside is too low The sensor may be limited when: their rear lights properly turned ON such as when the headlamps are or their rear lights are located not on at night or the vehicle is • The camera is covered with a for- unusually. going through a tunnel. eign object or debris • The outside brightness changes • Adverse road conditions cause • The camera lens is contaminated suddenly, for example when enter- excessive vehicle vibrations while due to tinted, filmed or coated ing or exiting a tunnel driving windshield, damaged glass, or stuck of foreign matter (sticker, • When light coming from a street • The sensor recognition changes bug, etc.) on the glass light or an oncoming vehicle is suddenly when passing over a reflected on a wet road surface speed bump • Inclement weather such as heavy such as a puddle in the road. rain or snow obscures the field of • The shadow is on the road by a view of the camera • The field of view in front is median strip, trees, etc. obstructed by sun glare or head- • The camera recognition is limited • The vehicle drives through a toll- light of oncoming vehicle. gate. • The vehicle in front is too small to • The windshield glass is fogged up. be detected (for example a motor- • The rear part of the vehicle in front cycle or a bicycle, etc.) • The vehicle in front is driving errat- is not fully visible. ically. • The vehicle in front is an oversize • The vehicle in front is moving verti- vehicle or trailer that is too big to • The vehicle is on unpaved or cally to the driving direction be detected by the camera recog- uneven rough surfaces, or roads • The vehicle in front is stopped ver- nition system. (for example a trac- with sudden gradient changes. tically tor, trailer, etc.) • The vehicle is drives inside a build- • The vehicle in front is driving • The camera's field of view is not well ing, such as a basement parking lot towards your vehicle or reversing illuminated (either too dark or too • The camera does not recognize • You are on a roundabout and the much reflection or too much back- the entire vehicle in front. vehicle in front circles light that obscures the field of view) • The camera is damaged.

5 62 Driving your vehicle

When driving on a curve, the driver must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

OUM054040L OUM054041L - Driving on a curve The FCA system may recognize a The performance of the FCA system vehicle in the next lane when driving may be limited when driving on a on a curved road. curved road. In this case, the system may alarm On curved roads, the other vehicle in the driver and apply the brake. Always the same lane may not be recog- pay attention to road and driving con- nized. The FCA system may produce ditions while driving. If necessary, the warning message and the warn- depress the brake pedal to reduce ing alarm, or apply the braking con- your driving speed in order to main- trols, prematurely, or it may not pro- tain a safe distance. duce the warning message or the Also, when necessary depress the warning alarm, or apply the braking accelerator pedal to prevent the sys- controls, at all. tem from unnecessarily decelerating your vehicle. Always check the traffic conditions around the vehicle.

563 Driving your vehicle

Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance. .

OQL058208N OUM054043L - Driving on a slope - Changing lanes The FCA performance may be limit- When a vehicle changes lanes in ed while driving upward or downward front of you, the FCA system may not on a slope, and may not recognize immediately detect the vehicle, espe- the vehicle in front in the same lane. cially if the vehicle changes lanes It may produce the warning message abruptly. In this case, you must main- and the warning alarm, or it may not tain a safe braking distance, and if produce the warning message and necessary, depress the brake pedal the warning alarm prematurely at all. to reduce your driving speed in order When the FCA suddenly recognizes to maintain a safe distance. the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration.

5 64 Driving your vehicle

Detecting pedestrians The sensor may be limited when: • The pedestrian is not fully detected by the camera recognition system, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright • The pedestrian is moving very quickly or appears abruptly in the camera detection area

OUM054046L OQL058204N • The pedestrian is wearing clothing that easily blends into the back- When driving in stop-and-go traffic, - Detecting the vehicle in front of you ground, making it difficult to be and a stopped vehicle in front of you If the vehicle in front of you has cargo detected by the camera recogni- merges out of the lane, the FCA sys- that extends rearward from the cab, tion system tem may not immediately detect the or when the vehicle in front of you • The outside lighting is too bright new vehicle that is now in front of has higher ground clearance, addi- you. In this case, you must maintain (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight tional special attention is required. or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. a safe braking distance, and if nec- The FCA system may not be able to essary, depress the brake pedal to when driving on a dark rural road detect the cargo extending from the at night) reduce your driving speed in order to vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe distance. maintain a safe braking distance • It is difficult to detect and distin- from the rearmost object, and if nec- guish the pedestrian from other essary, depress the brake pedal to objects in the surroundings, for reduce your driving speed in order to example, when there is a group of maintain distance. pedestrians, or a large crowd.

565 Driving your vehicle

• There is an item similar to a person's body structure WARNING (Continued) • Never try to test the operation • The pedestrian is small • Do not use the Forward Collision -Avoidance Assist of the FCA system. Doing so • The pedestrian has impaired may cause severe injury or mobility (FCA) system when towing a vehicle. Application of the death. • The sensor recognition is limited FCA system while towing may • When front bumper or wind- • The camera is blocked with a for- adversely affect the safety of shield glass is replaced or eign object or debris your vehicle or the towing repaired, have the vehicle • Inclement weather such as heavy vehicle. inspected by an authorized rain or snow obscures the field of • Use extreme caution when the Kia dealer. view of the radar sensor or camera vehicle in front of you has • When light coming from a street cargo that extends rearward ✽ NOTICE light or an oncoming vehicle is from the cab, or when the reflected on a wet road surface vehicle in front of you has In some instances, the FCA system such as a puddle in the road higher ground clearance. may be cancelled when subjected to electromagnetic interference. • The field of view in front is • The FCA system is designed obstructed by sun glare to detect and monitor the • The windshield glass is fogged up. vehicle ahead in the roadway through camera recognition. It • Adverse road conditions cause is not designed to detect bicy- excessive vehicle vibrations while cles, motorcycles, or smaller driving wheeled objects such as lug- • When the pedestrian suddenly gage bags, shopping carts, or appears in front of the vehicle strollers. • When there is any other electro- (Continued) magnetic interference • When a construction area, rail or other metal object is near the pedestrian. 5 66 Driving your vehicle

FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM - SENSOR FUSION TYPE (FRONT RADAR+FRONT VIEW CAMERA) (IF EQUIPPED) The Forward Collision-Avoidance System setting and activation Assist (FCA) system is designed to WARNING System setting help detect and monitor the vehicle Take the following precaution- • The driver can activate the FCA by or pedestrians ahead in the roadway swhen using the Forward placing the ignition switch to the through camera recognition to warn Collision-Avoidance Assist ON position and by selecting: the driver that a collision is imminent, (FCA) system: → and if necessary, apply emergency 'User Settings Driver Assistance • This system is only a supple- → braking. Forward Collision-Avoidance mental system and it is not Assist.' The FCA system deactivates, intended to, nor does it replace when the driver cancels the system the need for extreme care and setting. attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times. • Never drive too fast in accordance with the road conditions or while cornering. • Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. FCA does not avoid all collisions because of system limitations.

567 Driving your vehicle

The warning light illumi- • EARLY - When this condition is Prerequisite for activation nates on the LCD display, selected, the initial The FCA gets ready to be activated, when you cancel the FCA Forward Collision Warning when the FCA is selected on the system. The driver can is activated earlier than LCD display, and when the following monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on normal. If the ‘EARLY’ con- prerequisites are satisfied. the LCD display. Also, the warning dition feels too sensitive, light illuminates when the ESC change it into ‘NORMAL’. - The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is activated. (Electronic Stability Control) is • NORMAL - When this condition is turned off. When the warning light selected, the initial - Vehicle speed is over 8 km/h (5 remains ON with the FCA activated, Forward Collision mph). (The FCA is only activated have the system checked by an Warning is activated nor- within a certain speed range.) authorized Kia dealer. mally. - The system detects a vehicle or a • The driver can select the initial • LATE - When this condition is pedestrian in front, which may col- warning activation time on the LCD selected, the initial Forward lide with your vehicle. (The FCA display. Go to the 'User Settings → Collision Warning is activat- may not be activated or may sound Driver Assistance → Forward ed later than normal. This a warning alarm in accordance Collision Warning → setting reduces the amount with the driving situation or vehicle Early/Normal/Late'. of distance between the condition.) The options for the initial Forward vehicle or pedestrians Collision Warning includes the fol- ahead before the initial ❈The FCA may not operate properly lowing: warning occurs. Select this according to the frontal situation, condition only when traffic the direction and speed of pedes- is light, and you are driving trian. slowly.

5 68 Driving your vehicle

569 Driving your vehicle

- It will operate if the vehicle speed is Emergency braking (2nd warning) - It will operate if the vehicle speed is greater than 8 km/h (5 mph) and greater than 8 km/h (5 mph) and less than or equal to 80 km/h (50 less than or equal to 180 km/h (110 mph) on a forward vehicle. mph) on a forward vehicle. (Depending on the condition of the (Depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and the environment vehicle ahead and the environment surrounding it, the possible maxi- surrounding it, the possible maximum operating speed may be mum operating speed may be reduced.) reduced.)

5 70 Driving your vehicle

Brake operation FCA sensor (Front Radar + • In an urgent situation, the braking WARNING Front View Camera) system enters into the ready status The FCA cannot avoid all colli- for prompt reaction against the dri- sions. The braking control can- ver’s depressing the brake pedal. not completely stop the vehicle. The driver is responsible to • The FCA provides additional brak- safely drive and control the ing power for optimum braking per- vehicle. formance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal. • The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver WARNING sharply depresses the accelerator The FCA system logic operates pedal, or when the driver abruptly within certain parameters, such OQL058202L operates the steering wheel. as the distance from the vehicle or pedestrians ahead, the speed • The FCA brake control is automat- of the vehicle ahead, and the ically canceled, when risk factors driver's vehicle speed. Certain disappear. conditions such as inclement weather and road conditions CAUTION may affect the operation of the The driver should always pay FCA system. great caution to vehicle operation, even though there is no OQL058203L warning message or warning WARNING In order for the FCA system to oper- alarm. The warning of the FCA Never deliberately drive danger- ate properly, always make sure the system may not sound if other ously to activate the system. warning sounds are activated. sensor or sensor cover are clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris.

571 Driving your vehicle

Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on ✽ NOTICE (Continued) the lens may adversely affect the • Do not apply license plate molding • If the front bumper becomes dam- sensing performance of the sensor. or foreign objects such as a aged in the area around the radar bumper sticker or a bumper guard sensor, the FCA system may not licence plate molding near the operate properly. In this case, we radar sensor. Doing so may recommend you have the vehicle adversely affect the sensing per- inspected by an authorized Kia formance of the radar. dealer. • Always keep the radar sensor and • Use only genuine parts to repair or the radar cover clean and free of replace a damaged sensor or sen- dirt and debris. sor cover. Do not paint to the sen- • Use only a soft cloth to wash the sor cover. vehicle. Do not spray pressurized • Never install any accessories or water directly on the sensor or stickers on the front windshield, sensor cover. or tint the front windshield. • Be careful not to apply unneces- • Never place any reflective objects sary force on the radar sensor or (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the sensor cover. If the sensor is dashboard. Any light reflection forcibly moved out of proper may cause a malfunction of the alignment, the FCA system may system. not operate correctly. In this case, • Make sure the frontal camera does a warning message may not be dis- not get wet. played. In this case, we recom- • Never disassemble the camera mend you have the vehicle inspect- assembly, or apply any impact on ed by an authorized Kia dealer. the camera assembly. (Continued) • Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the FCA warnings. (Continued)

5 72 Driving your vehicle

(Continued) Warning message and warning The system will operate normally • Be careful not to apply unneces- light when such dirt, snow or debris is sary force on the sensor. If the sen- removed. sor is forcibly moved out of proper However, the FCA system may not alignment, the system may not properly operate in an area (e.g. operate correctly. In this case, a open terrain), where any objects are warning message may not be dis- not detected after turning ON the played. In this case, we recom- engine. mend you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Although a warning message will not appear on the LCD display, the FCA may not properly operate.

OJF058392L When the cover is covered with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA system operation may not be able to detect vehicles. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the sensor before operating the FCA system.

573 Driving your vehicle

System malfunction WARNING (Continued) • The FCA is only a supplemen- • The FCA system may not acti- tal system for the driver's con- vate if the driver applies the venience. It is the driver's brake pedal to avoid the risk responsibility to control the of a collision. vehicle operation. Do not • The brake control may be solely depend on the FCA insufficient, possibly causing system. Rather, maintain a a collision, if a vehicle in front safe braking distance, and, if abruptly stops. Always pay necessary, depress the brake extreme caution. pedal to reduce the driving • The FCA system may not acti- speed or stop the vehicle. vate according to the road con- OJF058394L • In certain instances and ditions, inclement whether, • When the FCA is not working prop- under certain driving condi- driving conditions or traffic erly, the FCA warning light ( ) will tions, the FCA system may conditions. illuminate and the warning mes- activate unintentionally. • The FCA system operates only sage will appear for a few seconds. Also, due to sensing limita- to detect vehicles and pedestri- After the message disappears, the tions, in certain situations, ans in front of the vehicle. master warning light ( ) will illu- the front radar sensor or front minate. In this case, have the vehi- view camera recognition sys- cle inspected by an authorized Kia tem may not detect the vehi- dealer. cle or pedestrians ahead. The • The FCA warning message may FCA system may not activate appear along with the illumination and the warning message of the ESC warning light. may not be displayed. (Continued)

5 74 Driving your vehicle

Limitation of the system Detecting vehicles WARNING The Forward Collision-Avoidance The sensor may be limited when: • The FCA system does not Assist (FCA) system is designed to • The radar sensor or camera is cov- operate when the vehicle is in monitor the vehicle or a pedestrian ered with a foreign object or debris reverse. ahead in the roadway through radar • The camera lens is contaminated • The FCA system is not signals and camera recognition to due to tinted, filmed or coated designed to detect other warn the driver that a collision is windshield, damaged glass, or objects on the road such as imminent, and if necessary, apply stuck of foreign matter (sticker, animals. emergency braking. bug, etc.) on the glass • The FCA system does not In certain situations, the radar sen- • Inclement weather such as heavy detect vehicles in the opposite sor or the camera may not be able to rain or snow obscures the field of lane. detect the vehicle ahead. In these view of the radar sensor or camera • The FCA system does not cases, the FCA system may not operate normally. The driver must • There is interference by electro- detect cross traffic vehicles magnetic waves that are approaching. pay careful attention in the following situations where the FCA operation • Something in the path of travel • The FCA system cannot detect may be limited. deflects the radar waves. the driver approaching the side view of a parked vehicle (for • The radar/camera recognition is example on a dead end street.) limited • The vehicle in front is too small to In these cases, you must main- be detected (for example a motor- tain a safe braking distance, cycle or a bicycle, etc.) and if necessary, depress the • The vehicle in front is an oversize brake pedal to reduce the driv- vehicle or trailer that is too big to ing speed in order to maintain a be detected by the camera recog- safe distance. nition system. (for example a trac- tor, trailer, etc.)

575 Driving your vehicle

• The camera's field of view is not well • The vehicle is driven near areas • The vehicle in front is moving verti- illuminated (either too dark or too containing metal substances as a cally to the driving direction much reflection or too much back- construction zone, railroad, etc. • The vehicle in front is stopped ver- light that obscures the field of view) • The vehicle is drives inside a build- tically • The vehicle in front does not have ing, such as a basement parking lot • The vehicle in front is driving their rear lights properly turned ON • The camera does not recognize towards your vehicle or reversing or their rear lights are located the entire vehicle in front. unusually. • You are on a roundabout and the • The camera is damaged. vehicle in front circles • The outside brightness changes suddenly, for example when enter- • The brightness outside is too low ing or exiting a tunnel such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is • When light coming from a street going through a tunnel. light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface • Adverse road conditions cause such as a puddle in the road excessive vehicle vibrations while driving • The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare or head- • The sensor recognition changes light of oncoming vehicle. suddenly when passing over a speed bump • The windshield glass is fogged up • The shadow is on the road by a • The vehicle in front is driving errat- median strip, trees, etc. ically • The vehicle drives through a toll- • The vehicle is on unpaved or gate. uneven rough surfaces, or roads with sudden gradient changes • The rear part of the vehicle in front is not fully visible.

5 76 Driving your vehicle

When driving on a curve, the driver must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

577 Driving your vehicle

Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

OQL058208L OUM054043L - Driving on a slope - Changing lanes The FCA performance may be limit- When a vehicle changes lanes in ed while driving upward or downward front of you, the FCA system may not on a slope and may not recognize immediately detect the vehicle, espe- the vehicle in front in the same lane. cially if the vehicle changes lanes It may produce the warning message abruptly. In this case, you must main- and the warning alarm prematurely tain a safe braking distance, and if or it may not produce the warning necessary, depress the brake pedal message and the warning alarm pre- to reduce your driving speed in order maturely at all. to maintain a safe distance. When the FCA suddenly recognizes the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration.

5 78 Driving your vehicle

OUM054046L OQL058204L • The pedestrian is wearing clothing that easily blends into the back- When driving in stop-and-go traffic, - Detecting the vehicle in front of you ground, making it difficult to be and a stopped vehicle in front of you If the vehicle in front of you has cargo detected by the camera recogni- merges out of the lane, the FCA sys- that extends rearward from the cab, tion system tem may not immediately detect the or when the vehicle in front of you • The outside lighting is too bright new vehicle that is now in front of has higher ground clearance, addi- you. In this case, you must maintain (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight tional special attention is required. or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. a safe braking distance, and if nec- The FCA system may not be able to essary, depress the brake pedal to when driving on a dark rural road detect the cargo extending from the at night) reduce your driving speed in order to vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe distance. maintain a safe braking distance • It is difficult to detect and distin- from the rearmost object, and if nec- guish the pedestrian from other essary, depress the brake pedal to objects in the surroundings, for reduce your driving speed in order to example, when there is a group of maintain distance. pedestrians, or a large crowd.

579 Driving your vehicle

• There is an item similar to a per- • When a construction area, rail or son's body structure other metal object is near the (Continued) • The pedestrian is small pedestrian. wheeled objects such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or • The pedestrian has impaired strollers. mobility WARNING • Never try to test the operation • The sensor recognition is limited • Do not use the Forward of the FCA system. Doing so • The radar sensor or camera is cov- Collision -Avoidance Assist may cause severe injury or ered with a foreign object or debris (FCA) system when towing a death. • Inclement weather such as heavy vehicle. Application of the • When front bumper or wind- rain or snow obscures the field of FCA system while towing may shield glass is replaced or view of the radar sensor or camera adversely affect the safety of repaired, have the vehicle your vehicle or the towing inspected by an authorized • When light coming from a street vehicle. light or an oncoming vehicle is Kia dealer. reflected on a wet road surface • Use extreme caution when the such as a puddle in the road vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward ✽ • The field of view in front is NOTICE from the cab, or when the In some instances, the FCA system obstructed by sun glare vehicle in front of you has • The windshield glass is fogged up. may be cancelled when subjected to higher ground clearance. electromagnetic interference. • Adverse road conditions cause • The FCA system is designed excessive vehicle vibrations while to detect and monitor the driving vehicle ahead in the roadway • When the pedestrian suddenly through radar signals and appears in front of the vehicle camera recognition. It is not • When there is any other electro- designed to detect bicycles, magnetic interference motorcycles, or smaller (Continued)

5 80 Driving your vehicle

Downhill Brake Control (DBC) ✽ NOTICE WARNING • The DBC defaults to the OFF posi- Always turn off the DBC on nor- tion whenever the ignition switch mal roads. The DBC might acti- is placed in the ON position. vate inadvertently from the • Noise or vibration may occur from standby mode when driving the brakes when the DBC is acti- through speed bumps or mak- vated. ing sharp curves increasing the • The rear stop light comes on when risk of a crash. DBC is activated.

OQL055117 WARNING The DBC is a supplemental system only and is not a substitute for safe driving practices. A driver should not solely rely on this system when descending from a hill and should always be ready to apply the brakes depending on road and traffic conditions.

OQL055116 The Downhill Brake Control (DBC) allows the vehicle to descend from a steep hill without depressing the brake pedal. It slows down the vehicle under 8 km/h (5 mph) and allows the driver concentrate on steering the vehicle.

581 Driving your vehicle

DBC operation ✽ NOTICE If the DBC red indicator light illu- Mode Indicator light Description minates, the system may have over- Press the DBC button when vehicle speed is under 40 heated or have malfunctioned. km/h (25 mph). The DBC system will turn ON and enter When the warning light illuminates Standby the standby mode. even though the DBC system has The system does not turn ON if vehicle speed is over 40 cooled off, we recommend that the illuminated km/h (25 mph). vehicle be checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible. In the standby mode, if vehicle speed is under 35 km/h ✽ NOTICE Activated (22 mph) while driving down a steep hill, the DBC will activate automatically. • The DBC may not deactivate on blinks steep inclines even though the brake or accelerator pedal is In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deactivate under the following conditions: depressed. • The DBC does not operate when: Temporarily • The hill is not steep enough. deactivated - The shift lever is in P (Park). • The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed. - The ESC is activated. illuminated If the above conditions are gone, the DBC will automatically activate again.

The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions: OFF • The DBC button is pressed again. not • Vehicle speed is over 60 km/h (38 mph). illuminated

5 82 Driving your vehicle

Good braking practices To dry the brakes, apply the brakes Wet brakes can be dangerous! The lightly until the braking action returns brakes may get wet if the vehicle is to normal, taking care to keep the driven through standing water or if it vehicle under control at all times. If is washed. Your vehicle will not stop the braking action does not return to as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet normal, stop as soon as it is safe to brakes may cause the vehicle to pull do so and we recommend that you to one side. call an authorized Kia dealer for assistance. DO NOT drive with your foot resting WARNING on the brake pedal. Even light, but Whenever leaving the vehicle or constant pedal pressure can result in parking, always come to a com- the brakes overheating, brake wear, plete stop and continue to and possibly even brake failure. depress the brake pedal. Move If a tire goes flat while you are driv- the shift lever into the P (Park) ing, apply the brakes gently and position, then apply the parking keep the vehicle pointed straight brake, and place the Engine ahead while you slow down. When Start/Stop button in the OFF you are moving slowly enough for it position. to be safe to do so, pull off the road Vehicles with the parking brake and stop in a safe location. not fully engaged are at risk for Keep your foot firmly on the brake moving inadvertently and caus- pedal when the vehicle is stopped to ing injury to yourself or others. prevent the vehicle from rolling forward.

583 Driving your vehicle

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM If the cruise control is left on, ✽ NOTICE (CRUISE indicator light in the instru- • During normal cruise control oper- ment cluster illuminated) the cruise ation, when the SET switch is acti- control can be switched on acciden- vated or reactivated after applying tally. Keep the cruise control system the brakes, the cruise control will off (CRUISE indicator light OFF) energize after approximately 3 sec- when the cruise control is not in use, onds. This delay is normal. to avoid inadvertently setting a speed. • To activate cruise control, depress Use the cruise control system only the brake pedal at least once after when traveling on open highways in turning the ignition switch to the good weather. ON position or starting the engine. OQL058025L Do not use the cruise control when 1. Cruise indicator driving in heavy or varying traffic, or 2. Speed set indicator on slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov- WARNING - Misuse of ered) or winding roads or over 6% Cruise Control The cruise control system allows you up-hill or down-hill roads. to program the vehicle to maintain a Do not use cruise control if the constant speed without depressing traffic situation does not allow the accelerator pedal. you to drive safely at a constant speed and with sufficient dis- This system is designed to function tance to the vehicle in front. above approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).

5 84 Driving your vehicle

To set cruise control speed: To increase cruise control set speed:

OQL058230L

OQLE058143 3. Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it at the desired OQL058231L 1. Press the CRUISE button on the speed. The SET indicator light in steering wheel to turn the system the instrument cluster will illumi- Follow either of these procedures: on. The CRUISE indicator light in nate. Release the accelerator at • Move the lever up (to RES+) and the instrument cluster will illumi- the same time. The desired speed hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. nate. will automatically be maintained. Release the lever at the speed you 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, On a steep grade, the vehicle may want. which must be more than 30 km/h slow down or speed up slightly while • Move the lever up (to RES+) and (20 mph). going uphill or downhill. release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 2 km/h (1.0 mph) each time the lever is operated in this manner.

585 Driving your vehicle

To decrease the cruising To temporarily accelerate with To cancel cruise control, do speed: the cruise control on: one of the following: If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with the cruise control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator.

OQL058230L OQLE058146 Follow either of these procedures: • Depress the brake pedal. • Move the lever down (to SET-) and • Shift into N (Neutral) with an hold it. Your vehicle will gradually Automatic Transmission. slow down. Release the lever at the • Press the CANCEL switch. speed you want to maintain. • Decrease the vehicle speed lower • Move the lever down (to SET-) and than the memory speed by 20 release it immediately.The cruising km/h (12 mph). speed will decrease by 2 km/h (1.0 mph) each time the lever is operat- • Decrease the vehicle speed to less ed in this manner. than approximately 25 km/h (15 mph).

5 86 Driving your vehicle

Each of these actions will cancel To resume cruising speed at To turn cruise control off, do cruise control operation (the SET more than approximately 30 one of the following: indicator light in the instrument clus- km/h (20 mph): ter will go off), but it will not turn the system off. If you wish to resume cruise control operation, move the lever up (to RES+). You will return to your previously preset speed.

OQLE058143 OQL058231L • Press the CRUISE button (the If any method other than the CRUISE indicator light in the CRUISE ON-OFF switch was used instrument cluster will go off). to cancel cruising speed and the sys- • Turn the ignition off. tem is still activated, the most recent Both of these actions will cancel the set speed will automatically resume cruise control operation. If you want when you move the lever up. It will to resume the cruise control opera- not resume, however, if the vehicle tion, repeat the steps provided in “To speed has dropped below approxi- set cruise control speed” on the pre- mately 30 km/h (20 mph). vious page. ✽ NOTICE Always check the road conditions before you move the lever up (to RES+) to resume the speed.

587 Driving your vehicle

SMART CRUISE CONTROL WITH STOP & GO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING WARNING For your safety, please read the Take the following precautions : owner's manual before using the • Always set the vehicle speed smart cruise control system. under the speed limit in your country • If the smart cruise control is WARNING left on, (cruise indicator in the The smart cruise control system instrument cluster illuminat- is a supplemental system and is ed) the smart cruise control not a substitute for safe driving can be activated unintention- OQL058234L practices. It is the responsibility ally. Keep the smart cruise 1 Cruise indicator ( CRUISE) of the driver to always check the control system off (cruise 2 Set speed speed and distance to the vehi- indicator off) when the smart cle ahead. cruise control is not being 3 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance used. To see the SCC screen on the LCD • Use the smart cruise control display on the cluster, select Assist system only when traveling mode ( ). on open highways in good For more information, refer to “LCD weather. Display Modes” in chapter 4. • Do not use the smart cruise The Smart Cruise Control System control when it may not be allows you to program the vehicle to safe to keep the car at a con- maintain a constant speed and a stant speed. For instance: predetermined distance to the vehi- (Continued) cle ahead without having to depress the accelerator or brake pedal.

5 88 Driving your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued) - Highway interchange and - When the vehicle sensing • The smart cruise control sys- tollgate ability decreases due to tem is not a substitute for safe - Road surrounded by multi- vehicle modification result- driving. It is the responsibility ple steel constructions (sub- ing in a level difference of the driver to always check way construction, steel tun- between the vehicle's front the speed and distance of the nel, etc) and rear vehicle ahead. - Parking lot - When driving in heavy traffic • Unexpected situations may or when traffic conditions lead to possible accidents. - Lanes beside guard rail on a make it difficult to drive at a Pay attention to road and driv- road constant speed ing conditions even when the - Slippery road with rain, ice, - Limited visibility (rain, snow, smart cruise control system is or snow smog, etc.) being operated. - Abrupt curved road • Pay particular attention to the - Steep hills driving conditions whenever - Windy roads using the smart cruise control - Off roads system. - Roads under construction • Be careful when driving downhill using the SCC. - Rumble strip • Cruise function should not be - When driving near crash used when the vehicle is barriers being towed to prevent any - When driving on a sharp damage. curve (Continued) (Continued)

589 Driving your vehicle

Smart cruise control switch Smart Cruise Control speed CANCEL : Cancels cruise control To set Smart Cruise Control operation. Speed : CRUISE :Turns cruise control system on or off. RES + : Resumes or increases cruise control speed. SET - :Sets or decreases cruise control speed. : Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance OQL058230L 3. Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it at the desired speed. The set speed and vehicle OQLE058143 to vehicle distance on the LCD 1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn screen will illuminate. the system on. The CRUISE indi- 4. Release the accelerator pedal. cator in the instrument cluster will The desired speed will automati- illuminate. cally be maintained. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed. The smart cruise control speed can be set as follows: • 30 km/h (20 mph) ~ 177 km/h (110 mph) : when there is no vehicle in front • 0 km/h (0 mph) ~ 110 mph 177 km/h (110 mph) : when there is a vehicle in front

5 90 Driving your vehicle

If there is a vehicle in front of you, the To increase cruise control set speed may decrease to maintain the speed: CAUTION distance to the vehicle ahead. Check the driving condition On a steep grade, the vehicle may before using the toggle switch. slow down or speed up slightly while Driving speed sharply increas- going uphill or downhill. es, when you push up and hold the toggle switch. ✽ NOTICE Vehicle speed may decrease on an upward slope and increase on a ownward slope. The speed will be set to 30 km/h (20 mph) when there is a vehicle ahead and your vehicle speed is 0 km/h (0 OQL058231L mph) ~ 30 km/h (20 mph). Follow either of these procedures: • Move the lever up (to RES+), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 10 km/h (5 mph). Release the lever at the speed you want. • Move the lever up (to RES+), and release it immediately.The cruising speed will increase by 1.0 km/h (1.0 mph) each time you move the lever up (to RES+) in this manner. • You can set the speed up to 177 km/h (110 mph).

591 Driving your vehicle

To decrease the cruise control To temporarily accelerate with the Smart cruise control will be tem- set speed: cruise control on: porarily canceled when: If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator. If you move the lever down (to SET-) at increased speed, the cruising speed will be set again. OQL058230L OJF058439L Follow either of these procedures: ✽ NOTICE Cancelled manually • Move the lever down (to SET-), and Be careful when accelerating tem- • Depressing the brake pedal. hold it. Your vehicle set speed will porarily, because the speed is not con- • Pressing the button located on the decrease by 10 km/h (5 mph). trolled automatically at this time even steering wheel. Release the lever at the speed you if there is a vehicle in front of you. • Depress the brake pedal and press want. the button at the same time when • Move the lever down (to SET-), and the vehicle is at a standstill. release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1.0 km/h The Smart Cruise Control turns off (1.0 mph) each time you move the temporarily when the Set Speed and lever down (to SET-) in this manner. Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator • You can set the speed down to 30 on the LCD display turns off. The km/h (20 mph). CRUISE indicator is illuminated continuously.

5 92 Driving your vehicle

Cancelled automatically • When the braking control is operat- Each of these actions will cancel the • The driver's door is opened. ed for Forward Collision-Avoidance smart cruise control operation. (the Assist(FCA). set speed and vehicle to vehicle dis- • The shift lever is shifted to N tance on the LCD display will go off.) (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Paking). • The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down If the smart cruise control is can- • The EPB (electronic parking brake) (SET-) or depressing the accelera- celled automatically, the smart cruise is applied. tor pedal, after the vehicle is control will not resume even though • The vehicle speed is over 190 stopped by the Smart Cruise the RES+ or SET-lever is moved. km/h (120 mph). Control system with no other vehi- • The ESC, ABS or TCS is operating. cle ahead. ✽ NOTICE • The ESC is turned off. • The vehicle stops and goes repeat- If the smart cruise control is can- • The sensor or the cover is dirty or edly for a long period of time. celled, take your vehicle to an covered with foreign matter. • The engine performance is abnor- authorized Kia dealer and have the • The vehicle is stopped for a certain mal. system checked. period of time. • The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after stopping the vehicle with a vehicle stopped far away in front. • The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for long time. • When engine is stopped by ISG (Idle Stop and Go) mode. • The engine speed is in dangerous range.

593 Driving your vehicle

Smart Cruise Control can- To resume cruise control set ✽ NOTICE celled speed: Always check the road conditions when you push the lever up (RES +) to resume speed.

OJF058397L OQL058231L If the system is automatically can- Reset celled, the warning chime will sound If any method other than the “RES+” and a message will appear for a few or “SET-“ lever was used to cancel seconds. cruising speed and the system is still You must adjust the vehicle speed by activated, the cruising speed will depressing the accelerator or brake automatically resume when you pedal according to the road and driv- push the lever up (RES+) or down ing conditions ahead. (SET-). Always check the road conditions. If you push the lever up (RES+), the Do not rely on the warning chime. speed will resume to the recently set speed. However, if vehicle speed drops below 30 km/h (20 mph), it will resume when there is a vehicle in front of your vehicle.

5 94 Driving your vehicle

To turn cruise control off: Vehicle to vehicle distance For example, if you drive at 90 km/h setting (56 mph), the distance maintain as follows; To set vehicle to vehicle distance:

Distance 4 - approximately 52.5 m (172 ft) Distance 3 - approximately 40 m (131 ft) Distance 2 - approximately 32.5 m (107 ft) Distance 1 - approximately 25 m (82 ft) OQLE058143 When the Smart Cruise Control ✽ System is not needed, press the OQL058233L NOTICE [CRUISE] switch and deactivate the The distance is set to the last set dis- system. When the Smart Cruise Control tance when the system is used for the System is ON, you can set and main- first time after starting the engine. tain the distance to the vehicle ahead without pressing the accelerator or brake pedal. Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows: Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2

Distance 1

595 Driving your vehicle

When the lane ahead is clear : WARNING - Following Distance • To avoid collisions, always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance settings when activat- ing your smart cruise control system. • Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying OQLE058283 the brakes if necessary. The vehicle speed will maintain the set speed.

5 96 Driving your vehicle

When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane : • The vehicle will maintain the set speed, when the lane ahead is clear. • The vehicle will slow down or speed up to maintain the selected distance, when there is a vehicle ahead of you in the lane. (A vehicle will appear in front of your vehicle in the LCD display only when there is an actual vehicle in front of you) • If the vehicle ahead speeds up, OQLE058235 OQLE058236 your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the selected speed.

OQLE058237 OQLE058238

597 Driving your vehicle

(Continued) CAUTION • If the warning message appears and warning chime sounds, depress the brake pedal to actively adjust the vehicle speed, and the distance to the vehicle ahead. • Even if the warning message does not appear and warning chime is does not sound, OQL058200L always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent OJF058401L dangerous situations from If the vehicle ahead (vehicle WARNING occurring. speed: less than 30 km/h (20 When using the Smart Cruise • Playing the vehicle audio sys- mph) moves to the next lane, the Control System: tem at high volume may cause warning chime will sound and a the vehicle occupants not to message will appear. Adjust • The warning message appears your vehicle speed for vehicles and warning chime sounds, if hear the system warning sounds. or objects that can suddenly the vehicle is unable to main- appear in front of you by tain the selected distance depressing the brake pedal from the vehicle ahead. according to the road condition (Continued) ahead and driving condition.

5 98 Driving your vehicle

In traffic situation • If you push the smart cruise control Sensor to detect distance to the toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while vehicle ahead Auto Hold and smart cruise control is operating, the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white. (if equipped with EPB (Electronic Parking Brake))

OJF058402L Use switch or pedal to accelerate OQL058202L • In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the The sensor detects the distance to vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead. the vehicle ahead of you starts If the sensor is covered with dirt or moving, your vehicle will start as other foreign matter, the vehicle to well. However, if the vehicle stops vehicle distance control may not you must depress the accelerator operate correctly. pedal or push up the toggle switch Always keep the area in front of the (RES+) to start driving. sensor clean.

599 Driving your vehicle

The Smart Cruise Control system Warning message (Continued) may not properly activate if the radar is totally contaminated, or if any sub- • Be careful not to apply unnec- stance is not detected after turning essary force on the radar sen- ON the engine (e.g. in an open ter- sor or sensor cover. If the sen- rain). sor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the Smart Cruise Control System may CAUTION not operate correctly. In this • Do not apply license plate case, a warning message may frame or foreign objects such not be displayed. as a bumper sticker or a Have the vehicle inspected by bumper guard near the radar an authorized Kia dealer. sensor. Doing so may OJF058404L • Use only a genuine Kia sensor adversely affect the sensing Smart Cruise Control disabled. Radar cover for your vehicle. Do not performance of the radar. blocked paint anything on the sensor • Always keep the sensor and When the sensor lens cover is cov- cover. bumper clean. ered with dirt, snow, or debris, the • If the front bumper becomes Smart Cruise Control System opera- • Use only a soft cloth to wash damaged in the area around tion may stop temporarily. the vehicle. Do not spray pres- the radar sensor, the Smart surized water directly on the If this occurs, a warning message will Cruise Control System may sensor or sensor cover. appear on the LCD display. not operate properly. (Continued) Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover before operating the Smart Cruise Control System.

5 100 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE To adjust the sensitivity of For the SCC operation is temporar- smart cruise control ily stopped if the radar is blocked, The sensitivity of vehicle speed but you wish to use cruise control when following the front vehicle to mode (speed control function), you maintain the set distance can be must convert to the cruise control adjusted. Go to User Settings (Driver mode (refer to “To convert to Cruise Assistance) and select (SCC Control mode” in following page. Reaction). You may select one of the three stages you prefer. • Slow:

OJF058405L Vehicle speed to the vehicle ahead to maintain the set distance is SCC (smart cruise control) malfunc- slower than normal speed. tion message • Normal: The message will appear when the vehicle to vehicle distance control Vehicle speed to the vehicle ahead system is not functioning normally. to maintain the set distance is normal In this case, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the • Fast: system checked. Vehicle speed to the vehicle ahead to maintain the set distance is faster than normal speed.

✽ NOTICE The last selected mode remains in the system.

5101 Driving your vehicle

To convert to cruise control 1. Turn the smart cruise control sys- Limitations of the system mode: tem on (the cruise indicator light The smart cruise control system may will be on but the system will not have limits to its ability to detect dis- be activated). tance to the vehicle ahead due to 2. Push the distance to distance road and traffic conditions. switch for more than 2 seconds. 3. Choose between "Smart Cruise Control" and "Cruise Control". When the system is canceled using the CRUISE button or the CRUISE button is used after the engine is turned on, the Smart Cruise Control OJF058400L mode will turn on.

WARNING When using the cruise control mode, you must manually assess the distance to other vehicles as the system will not automatically brake to slow down for other vehicles.

OJF058399L The driver may choose to only use the cruise control mode (speed control function) by doing as follows:

5 102 Driving your vehicle

On curves On inclines

OYG056043

OYG056042 • Your vehicle speed can be reduced OQL058208L due to a vehicle in the adjacent • The Smart Cruise Control system lane. Adjust your speed by depress- • During uphill or downhill driving, may not immediately detect a moving the brake pedal or applying the the smart cruise control system ing vehicle in your lane, and then accelerator pedal according to road may not immediately detect a mov- your vehicle could accelerate to and driving conditions ahead. ing vehicle in your lane, and may the set speed. Also, the vehicle Check to be sure that the road con- cause your vehicle to accelerate to speed will rapidly decrease when ditions permit safe operation of the the set speed. Also, the vehicle the vehicle ahead is recognized smart cruise control. speed will rapidly down when the suddenly. vehicle ahead is recognized sud- • Select the appropriate set speed denly. on curves and adjust your vehicle • Select the appropriate set speed speed by depressing the accelera- on inclines and adjust your vehicle tor or brake pedal according to the speed by depressing the accelera- road and driving conditions ahead. tor or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition.

5103 Driving your vehicle

Lane changing • If a vehicle which moves into your Vehicle recognition lane is faster than your vehicle, your vehicle will accelerate to the selected speed.

OYG056045 OYG056046 • A vehicle which moves into your Some vehicles ahead in your lane lane from an adjacent lane cannot cannot be recognized by the sensor be recognized by the sensor until it as follows: is in the sensor's detection range. - Narrow vehicles such as motorcy- • The sensor may not detect imme- cles or bicycles diately when a vehicle cuts in sud- - Vehicles offset to one side denly. Always pay attention to the traffic, road and driving conditions. - Slow-moving vehicles or sudden- decelerating vehicles • If a vehicle which moves into your lane is slower than your vehicle, - Stopped vehicles your speed may decrease to main- - Vehicles with small rear profiles tain the distance to the vehicle such as trailers with no loads ahead.

5 104 Driving your vehicle

A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs: - When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the trunk(tailgate) - While making turns by steering - When driving to one side of the lane - When driving on narrow lanes or on curves Adjust your vehicle speed by OYG056047 OYG056048 depressing the brake pedal accord- • Your vehicle may accelerate when • When vehicles are at a standstill ing to the road and driving conditions a vehicle ahead of you disappears. and the vehicle in front of you ahead. • When you are warned that the changes to the next lane, be care- vehicle ahead of you is not detect- ful when your vehicle starts to ed, drive with caution. move because it may not immediately recognize the stopped vehicle in front of you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.

5105 Driving your vehicle

WARNING When using the Smart Cruise Control take the following precautions: • If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes. The Smart Cruise Control system may not be able to completely stop the vehicle or avoid a collision in OYG056049 OQL058204L every situation. • Always look out for pedestrians • Always be cautious when • Keep a safe distance accord- when your vehicle is maintaining a approaching vehicles that are taller ing to road conditions and distance with the vehicle ahead. with higher clearance, or vehicles vehicle speed. If the vehicle to carrying loads that stick out of the vehicle distance is too close back of the vehicle. during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result. • Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary. (Continued)

5 106 Driving your vehicle

✽ (Continued) (Continued) NOTICE • The Smart Cruise Control sys- • Always be aware of the select- The Smart Cruise Control System tem cannot recognize a ed speed and distance to the may not operate temporarily due to: stopped vehicle, pedestrians vehicle ahead. - Electrical interference or an oncoming vehicle. - Modified suspension • The Smart Cruise Control - Differences in tire abrasion or tire Always look ahead cautiously System may not recognize pressure to prevent unexpected and complex driving situations, - Installation of different type of sudden situations from occur- always pay attention to driv- tires ring. ing conditions and control • When other vehicles are your vehicle speed. changing lanes in front of you • After an engine start, please WARNING frequently, the Smart Cruise stop for several seconds. If For safe operation, carefully Control system may not oper- system initialization is not read and follow the instructions ate appropriately. completed, the SCC does not in this manual before use. Always drive cautiously to normally operate. prevent unexpected and sud- • After starting the engine, if den situations from occurring. objects are not detected or • The smart cruise control sys- the sensor cover is covered tem is not a substitute for with foreign substances, the safe driving practices but a SCC system may not work. convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check to the vehicle ahead. (Continued)

5107 Driving your vehicle

5 108 Driving your vehicle

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE mode The mode changes whenever the ECO mode (Active ECO) DRIVE MODE button is pressed. ■ Type A Active ECO helps improve ECO fuel efficiency by control- COMFORT(NORMAL) ling certain engine and transmission system SPORT ECO operating parameters. Fuel efficiency depends ❈ When normal mode is selected, it on the driver's driving is not displayed on the cluster. habits and road condition. • When the DRIVE MODE button is pressed and the ECO mode is OQL055032 selected, the ECO indicator ■ Type B (green) will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating. • When the Active ECO is activated, it does not turn off even though the engine is restarted again. To turn off the system, press the DRIVE MODE button again.

OQL055033 The drive mode may be selected according to the driver’s preference or road condition.

5109 Driving your vehicle

When Active ECO is activated: Limitation of Active ECO opera- SPORT mode • The acceleration may slightly be tion: SPORT mode focuses on reduced even though you depress If the following conditions occur while SPORT dynamic driving by auto- the accelerator fully. Active ECO is operating, the system matically adjusting the • The air conditioner performance operation is limited even though steering wheel, engine may be limited there is no change in the ECO indi- and transmission system. cator. • The shift pattern of the automatic • When the DRIVE MODE button is transmission may change. • When the coolant temperature is pressed and the SPORT mode is low: selected, the SPORT indicator • The engine noise may get louder. The system will be limited until (yellow) will illuminate. engine performance becomes nor- • When the SPORT mode is activat- The above situations are normal mal. ed, and the engine start/stop but- conditions when the Active Eco • When driving up a hill: ton is turned off and on it will System is activated to improve fuel change to NORMAL mode. To turn efficiency. The system will be limited to gain on the SPORT mode press DRIVE power when driving uphill because MODE button again. the engine torque is restricted. • If the system is activated: • When using manual mode: - It maintains the gear and RPM for The system will be limited accord- some time even though the accel- ing to the shift location. erator pedal is not depressed. • When the accelerator pedal is - Up-shifting is delayed. deeply depressed for a few seconds: The system will be limited, judging ✽ NOTICE that the driver wants to speed up. In Sport drive mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.

5 110 Driving your vehicle

LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane, it alerts the WARNING driver with a visual and audible warn- • Driver is responsible for being ing, while applying a slight counter- aware of surroundings and steering torque, trying to prevent the steering the vehicle for safe vehicle from moving out of its lane. driving practices. • Do not turn the steering wheel WARNING suddenly when the steering The Lane Keeping Assist System wheel is being assisted by the OQL058203L is a supplemental system and is system. not a substitute for safe driving practices. It is the responsibility of the driver to always pay attention and drive safely.

OQL048057L The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is designed to detect the lane markers on the road with a front view camera at the front windshield, and assists the driver’s steering to help keep the vehicle in the lanes.

5111 Driving your vehicle

WARNING (Continued) (Continued) • The operation of the LKA can • The system is designed to • If you drive with your hands be canceled or not work prop- detect lane markers using a off the steering wheel, the erly according to road condi- front view camera. If the lane LKA will stop controlling the tion and surroundings. markers are hard to detect, steering wheel after the hands Always be cautious when then the system may be limit- off alarm. If you drive with driving. ed. Always be cautious when your hands on the steering using the system. wheel again, the control will • Do not disassemble the front be activated again. view camera temporarily for • When the lane markers are tinting windows or attaching hard to detect, please refer to • If the vehicle speed is high, any types of coatings and “Driver’s Attention”. steering torque for assistance accessories. • Do not remove or damage the will not be enough to keep related parts of LKA. your vehicle within the lane. If Do not disassemble the cam- so, the vehicle may move out era. take your vehicle to an • Do not place objects on the of its lane. Obey speed limit authorized Kia dealer and dashboard that reflects light when using LKA. have the system checked to such as mirrors, white paper, need a calibration. etc. it may cause malfunction • If you attach objects to the of This may prevent the LKA steering wheel, the system • When you replace the wind- may not assist steering. shield glass, front view cam- system from functioning era or parts of the steering, properly. • If you attach objects to the take your vehicle to an author- • You may not hear warning steering wheel, hands off ized Kia dealer and have the sound of LKA if the audio vol- alarm may not work properly. system checked to need a cal- ume is high. ibration. (Continued) (Continued)

5 112 Driving your vehicle

LKA operation The color of indicator will change LKA activation depend on the condition of LKA. • To see the LKA screen on the LCD - White :Sensor does not detect display in the cluster, Tab to the the lane marker or vehicle ASSIST mode ( ). speed is less than 60 • For further details, refer to [menu km/h (37mph ). settings] in chapter 4. - Green : Sensor detects the lane • After LKA is activated, if a lane marker and system is able maker is detected, vehicle speed is to control the steering. over 64 km/h (40 mph) and all the activation conditions are satisfied, a green indicator will illuminate and the system will provide steering OQL048473L inputs. To activate/deactivate the LKA: With the ignition switch in the ON position, press the LKA button located on the instrument panel on the lower left hand side of the driver. The indicator in the cluster display will initially illuminate white. If the indicated (white) was activated in the previous ignition cycle, the system will remain activated. If you press the LKA button again, the indicator on the cluster display will go off.

5113 Driving your vehicle

■ Lane marker ■ Lane marker Warning WARNING undetected detected ■ Left marker lane ■ Right marker lane The Lane Keeping Assist system is a system to help prevent the driver from leaving the lane. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always check the road conditions when driving.

OQL058242L/OQL058243L

If the speed of the vehicle is over 60 OQL058244L/OQL058245L km/h (37 mph) and the system detects the lane markers, the color If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane changes from gray to white marker you cross will blink on the LCD display. When the conditions below are met, LKA will be enable to assist steering. If the vehicle moves out its lane because steering torque for assis- • Vehicle speed is above 64 km/h tance is not enough, the line indica- (40 mph). tor will blink. • Lane marker (one or both side) is detected by LKA. If LKA can assist steering, a green steering wheel indicator will illuminate.

5 114 Driving your vehicle

• If all the conditions to activate LKA are not satisfied, the system will convert to the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers. In this scenario, the LDW system does not provide any steering inputs into the vehicle for you. Accordingly, you must take the necessary steps to maintain control of the vehicle and keep it within the lanes. OJF058416L OJF058417L If the driver takes hands off the steer- If the driver still does not have their ing wheel for several seconds while hands on the steering wheel after the LKA is activated, the system will several seconds, the system will not warn the driver. control the steering wheel and warn the driver only when the driver cross- WARNING es the lane markers. • Always have your hands on the However, if the driver has their hands steering wheel while driving. on the steering wheel again, the system will start providing steering • If you hold the steering wheel inputs. with a light grip, the system may generate a hands off warning.

5115 Driving your vehicle

LKA malfunction LKA fail indicator WARNING The LKA fail indicator • It is the responsibility of the (yellow) will illuminate driver to safely steer the vehi- with an audible warning if cle and to maintain it in its the LKA is not working lane. properly. In this case, • Even though the steering is have the system checked assisted by the system, the by an authorized Kia driver may control the steer- dealer. ing wheel. • Turn off LKA system and drive without using the system in the following situations: OQL058246L - In bad weather • If there is a problem with the sys- - In bad road conditions tem a message will appear. If the - When the steering wheel problem continues the LKA fail needs to be controlled by the indicator will illuminate. driver frequently. • The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not.

5 116 Driving your vehicle

When there is a problem with the sys- LKA system Function Change Standard LKA tem do one of the following: The driver can change LKA to Lane The Standard LKA mode guides the • Turn the system on after turning Departure Warning System (LDW driver to keep the vehicle within the the engine off and on again. system) or change the LKA system lanes. It provides steering inputs • Check if the ignition switch is in the mode between Standard LKA and when the vehicle is about to deviate ON position. Active LKA from the User Settings from the lanes. • Check if the system is affected by Mode on the LCD display. the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, The driver can choose them by plac- Active LKA etc.) ing the ignition switch to the ON posi- The active LKA mode provides more • Check if there is foreign matter tion and by selecting ‘User Settings’, frequent steering inputs in compari- covering the camera lens ‘Driver Assistance’, and ‘Lane son with the Standard LKA mode. Keeping Assist’. The system is automatically set to If the problem is not solved, take your Standard LKA. vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked. Lane Departure LDW alerts the driver with a visual and acoustic warning when the system detects the vehicle leaving the lane. In this mode, the system will not provide steering inputs. When the vehicle’s front wheel contacts the inside edge of lane line, LKA issues the lane departure warning.

5117 Driving your vehicle

The system will be cancelled when: • The steering will not be assisted DRIVER’S ATTENTION • You change lanes with the turn sig- when vehicle speed is below 64 The driver must be cautious in the nal. km/h (40 mph) and over 177 km/h following situations because the sys- (110 mph). Always obey all traffic - Using the turn signal to change tem may be limited when recogni- laws and drive safely. lanes. tion of the lane marker is poor or • The steering will not be assisted - If you change lanes without the limited : when you change lanes quickly. turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled. • The steering will not be assisted When lane and road condition is when you brake suddenly. poor • LKA can transit to steering assist • The steering will not be assisted • It is difficult to distinguish the lane mode when the car is near to mid- marker from road when the lane dle of the lane after system on or when the lane is very wide or narrow. marker is covered with dust or the lane was changed. LKA cannot sand. assist steering if the vehicle follows • The steering will not be assisted • It is difficult to distinguish the a lane marker too closely. when only one side lane marker is color of the lane marker from • The control of ESC (Electronic detected. road. Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle • There are more than two lane • There is something that resembles Stability Management) is activated. markers such as a construction a lane marker. • The steering will not be assisted area. • The lane marker is indistinct or when you drive fast on a sharp • Radius of a curve is too small. damaged. curve. • When you turn steering wheel sud- • The number of lanes increases/ denly, the LKA will be disabled decreases or the lane lines are temporarily. crossing (Driving through a toll plaza/toll gate, merged/divided • Driving on a steep slope or hill. lane). • There are more than two lane markers. • The lane marker is very thick or thin. (Continued)

5 118 Driving your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) • The lane marker is not visible due • The light of reflects from the WARNING to snow, rain, stain, a puddle or water on the road. The Lane Keeping Assist sys- other factors. • When light shines brightly from tem is a system to help prevent • A shadow is on the lane marker behind the vehicle. the driver from leaving the lane. because of a median strip, • The distance from the vehicle However, the driver should not guardrail, noise barriers or other ahead is very short or the vehicle solely rely on the system but objects. ahead covers up the lane marker. always take the necessary • When the lane markers are com- • You drive on a steep grade or a actions for safe driving prac- plicated or a structure substitutes sharp curve. tices. for the lines such as a construc- • The vehicle vibrates heavily. tion area. • The temperature near inside mir- • There are crosswalk signs or other ror is very high due to direct sun symbols on the road. light and etc. • The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection. When front visibility is poor • The lane marker in a tunnel is cov- • The lens or windshield is covered ered with dirt or oil and etc. by foreign materials. • The lane is very wide or narrow. • The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog, heavy rain or snow. When external conditions inter- • The windshield is fogged by vene humid air in the vehicle. • The brightness outside changes • Putting something on the crash suddenly when entering/exiting a pad and etc. tunnel or passing under a bridge. • The headlamps are not on at night or in a tunnel, or light level is low. • There is a boundary structure in the roadway. (Continued)

5119 Driving your vehicle

BLIND SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) / REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING (RCCW) (IF EQUIPPED) Blind-Spot Collision Warning - Blind-Spot Area - Lane Change Assist (BCW) The BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) system uses radar sensors in the rear bumper. The sensors monitor a closing any approaching vehicles from behind or a vehicles in driver’s blind spot area and alert the driver of while driving.

OQLE058284 OQLE058285 The warning range is dependent on When vehicles are approaching to your vehicle speed. your vehicle at high speed, the warn- Note that if your vehicle is traveling ing message will occur. much faster than other nearby vehicles, the warning will not occur.

5 120 Driving your vehicle

System setting and activation To cancel: WARNING System setting Press the BCW switch again. The • Unexpected situations may indicator on the switch will go off. lead to possible accidents. When the system is not used, turn Always pay attention to road the system off by turning off the conditions and driving even switch. when the Blind-Spot Collision Warning is being operated. ✽ • The Blind-Spot Collision NOTICE Warning system is a supple- • If the vehicle is turned off then on mental convenience system to again, the BCW system returns to assist driving. The system is the previous state. not a substitute for proper and • When the system is turned on, the safe driving. It is the responsi- warning light will illuminate for 3 bility of the driver to always OQL058034L seconds on the outside rearview check to the vehicle around. To operate: mirror. Do not solely rely on the system, but always pay attention Press the BCW switch with the to drive safely. Ignition switch in the ON position. The indicator on the BCW switch will • The Blind-Spot Collision illuminate. Warning (BCW) system may not detect every object around your vehicle.

5121 Driving your vehicle

The system will activate when: Warning indicator and sound 2nd stage

1. The BCW system is on. 1st stage 2. The vehicle speed is above about 30 km/h (20 mph). 3. Other vehicles are detected in blind spot.

OUM054029

OUM054028 Second stage alert First stage alert A warning alarm to alert the driver will activate when: If a vehicle is detected within the boundary of the system, a yellow 1. A vehicle has been detected in the warning light will illuminate on the blind spot area by the radar sys- outside rearview mirror. tem (the warning light will illuminate on the outside rearview mir- If the detected vehicle is not in detec- ror (i.e., in the first stage alert) tion range, the warning will be turned AND off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle. 2. The turn signal is on to change a lane (same side as where the vehicle is being detected)

5 122 Driving your vehicle

When the second stage alert is activated, the warning light on the out- CAUTION WARNING side rearview mirror will also blink. • The driver should always use • The warning light on the out- If you turn off the turn signal switch, extreme caution while operat- side rearview mirror will illu- the second stage alert (the warning ing the vehicle, whether or not minate whenever a vehicle is chime and the blinking warning light the warning light on the out- detected at the rear side by on the outside rearview mirror) will side rearview mirror illumi- the system. To avoid acci- be deactivated. nates or there is a warning dents, do not focus only on If the detected vehicle is not in detec- alarm. the warning light and neglect tion range, the warning will be turned • Playing the vehicle audio sys- to see the surrounding of the off according to the driving condi- tem at high volume may pre- vehicle. tions of the vehicle. vent occupants from hearing • Drive safely even though the the Blind-Spot Collision vehicle is equipped with a Warning System warning Blind-Spot Collision Warning sounds. System (BCW). Do not solely • The warning of the Blind-Spot rely on the system but check Collision Warning System may your surroundings before not sound if warning sounds changing lanes or backing the from other systems are acti- vehicle up. The Blind-Spot vated. Collision Warning system (BCW) may not detect every object alongside the vehicle. • The system may not alert the driver in some situations due to system limitations so always check your surroundings while driving.

5123 Driving your vehicle

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision System setting and activation WARNING Warning (RCCW) System setting • Always be aware of road conditions while driving and be To operate: alert for unexpected situa- Go to the 'User Settings → Driver tions even though the Rear Assistance and select Rear Cross- Cross-Traffic Collision Traffic Collision Warning ' on the LCD Warning System is operating. display. • The Rear Cross-Traffic The system will turn on and standby Collision Warning System is a to activate. If you turn deselect the supplemental system to assist RCCW system, it stops operating you. Do not solely rely on the (For more information, refer to"LCD System. Always pay attention, Display" in chapter 4.) while driving, for your safety. OQLE058286 • The Rear Cross-Traffic To cancel: When your vehicle moves backwards Collision Warning System is from a parking position, the RCCW Select Driver Assistance in User not a substitute for proper and Settings and select Rear Cross- system detects approaching cross safe driving. Always drive safe- traffic from the left and right side of Traffic Collision Warning ' again, to ly and use caution when back- turn the system off. the vehicle and warns to driver. ing up the vehicle. The blind spot detection range varies relative to the approaching vehicle speed.

5 124 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE The system will activate when: Warning indicator and sound • If the vehicle is turned off then on 1. The RCCW system is on. again, the RCCW system returns 2. The vehicle speed is below 10 to the previous state. km/h (6 mph) with the shift lever in • When the system is turned on, the R (Reverse). warning light will illuminate for 3 3. Other vehicles are detected in seconds on the outside rearview Rear Cross-Traffic Collision mirror. Warning Range.

OQLE058287

OQLE058288

5125 Driving your vehicle

If the vehicle detected by the sensors approaches from the rear left/right CAUTION WARNING side of your vehicle, the warning • If the operating conditions of • Drive safely even though the chime will sound, the warning light RCCW are satisfied, a warning vehicle is equipped with a on the outside rearview mirror will is issued every time a vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision blink and a message will appear on comes to the rear side, even if Warning (RCCW) System. Do the LCD display. your vehicle is stopped (vehi- not solely rely on the system cle speed 0 km/h (0 mph)). but check your surrounding The warning will stop when: • The system's warning may not when backing the vehicle up. The RCCW system may not - The vehicle moving at the rear operate properly if the left/right of your vehicle's rear detect every object alongside left/right side of your vehicle is not the vehicle. in the detection range. bumper is blocked by a vehicle or obstacle. • The driver is responsible for - The vehicle is right behind your accurate brake control. vehicle. • The driver should always use extreme caution while operat- • Always pay extreme caution - The vehicle is not driving towards ing the vehicle, whether or not while driving. The Rear Cross- your vehicle. the warning light on the out- Traffic Collision Warning - The vehicle’s approaching speed is side rearview mirror illumi- System may not operate prop- decreased. nates or there is a warning erly or unnecessarily operate alarm. in accordance with your driv- • Playing the vehicle audio sys- ing situations. tem at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system's warning sounds. • The warning of the Rear Cross- Traffic Collision Warning System may not sound if warning sounds from other systems are activated.

5 126 Driving your vehicle

Rear/side detecting sensors CAUTION (Continued) • The system may not work • Never disassemble the sensor properly when the bumper has component nor apply any been damaged, or if the rear impact on the sensor compo- bumper has been replaced or nent. repaired. • Be careful not to apply unnec- • The sensing range differs essary force on the radar sen- somewhat according to the sors or bumpers near the sen- width of the road. When the sor. If the sensor is forcibly road is narrow, the system moved out of proper align- may detect and alert to other ment, the system may not vehicles in the next lane. operate correctly. In this case, OQL058209L have the system checked by • On the contrary, on wide an authorized Kia dealer. The sensors are located inside the roads, the system may not be rear bumper for detecting rear/side able to detect an automobile • Do not apply foreign objects areas. that is driving on surrounding such as a bumper sticker or a Always keep the rear bumper clean lanes and may not be able to bumper guard near the radar for proper operation of the system. alert. sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may • The system may turn off due if adversely affect the perform- interfered by electromagnetic ance of the sensor. interference. • Always keep the sensors and bumpers near the sensor clean. (Continued)

5127 Driving your vehicle

Warning message - A trailer or carrier is installed. If the system still does not operate (To use the BCW system, remove normally, have the system checked the trailer or carrier from your vehi- by an authorized Kia dealer. cle.) When using the luggage compartment and other equipment, turn off If any of these conditions occur, the all functions of BCW and light on the BCW switch and the sys- RCCW.(BCW button OFF or 'User tem will turn off automatically. When Settings → Driver assistance and the BCW canceled warning mes- select Rear Cross-Traffic Collision sage is displayed in the cluster, Warning ' OFF) check to make sure that the rear To use the BCW and RCCW system, bumper is free from any dirt or snow remove the luggage compartment in the areas where the sensor is and other equipment. OJF058433L located. Remove any dirt, snow, or Blind-Spot Collision Warning dis- foreign material that could interfere abled. Radar blocked. with the radar sensors. After any dirt • This warning message may appear or debris is removed, the BCW & when: RCCW system should operate nor- - One or both of the sensors on the mally after about 10 minutes of driv- rear bumper is blocked by dirt or ing the vehicle. snow or a foreign object. - Driving in rural areas where the sensors does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time. - When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.

5 128 Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the system • When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot The driver must be cautious in the pillars. below situations, because the system may not detect other vehicles or • The vehicle drives on a curved road. objects in certain circumstances. • The vehicle drives through a toll- • When a trailer or carrier is gate. installed. • The road pavement (or the periph- • The vehicle drives in inclement eral ground) abnormally contains weather such as heavy rain or metallic components (i.e. possibly snow. due to subway construction). OJF058435L • The sensor is covered with rain, • There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail. Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning snow, mud, etc. (BCW) system • The rear bumper where the sensor • While going down or up a steep is located is covered with a foreign road where the height of the lane is If there is a problem with the BCW different. system, a warning message will object such as a bumper sticker, a appear and the light on the switch bumper guard, a bike rack, etc. • Driving on a narrow road where will turn off. The system will turn off • The rear bumper is damaged, or trees or grass or overgrown. automatically. BCW and RCCW will the sensor is out of the original • Driving in rural areas where the operate also if the BCW system default position. sensor does not detect another turns off due to malfunction. We rec- • The vehicle height gets lower or vehicle or structure for an extended ommend that the system be checked higher due to heavy loading in a period of time. by an authorized Kia dealer. trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc. • Driving on a wet road. • When the temperature of the rear • Driving on a road where the bumper is high. guardrail or wall is in double structure.

5129 Driving your vehicle

• A big vehicle is near such as a bus • The vehicle makes sharp lane The BCW indicator on the outer side or truck. changes. view mirror may not illuminate prop- • When the other vehicle approach- • The vehicle sharply stops. erly when: es very close. • Temperature is extremely low • The outside rearview mirror hous- • When the other vehicle passes at a around the vehicle. ing is damaged very fast speed. • The vehicle severely vibrates while • The mirror is covered with dirt, • While changing lanes. driving over a an uneven/bumpy snow, or debris. • If the vehicle has started at the road, or concrete patch. • The window is covered with dirt, same time as the vehicle next to • The vehicle drives on a slippery snow, or debris. you and has accelerated. surface due to snow, water puddle, • The window is tinted. • When the vehicle in the next lane or ice. moves two lanes away from you OR • The vehicle is driven near areas when the vehicle two lanes away containing metal substances such moves to the next lane from you. as a construction zone, railroad, etc. • A motorcycle or bicycle is near. • When the surrounding vehicle or • A flat trailer is near. structure is driving in a wide area (desert, field, suburb etc.) • If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller. • If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car. • The vehicle abruptly changes driving direction.

5 130 Driving your vehicle

• Driving where the road is merging/dividing The BCW system may not operate properly when driving where the road is merging/dividing. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.

OQLE058289 OQLE058290 • Driving on a curve The BCW systems may not operate The BCW system may not operate properly when driving on a curved properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances the system road. In certain instances the system may recognize a vehicle in the same may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. lane. Always pay attention to road and Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. driving conditions, while driving.

5131 Driving your vehicle

OQLE058294 OQLE058298 OQLE058299 • Driving on a slope • Driving where the heights of the [A] : noise barrier, [B] : guardrail The BCW system may not operate lanes are different • Driving where there is a structure properly when driving on a slope. In The BCW system may not operate beside the road certain instances the system may not properly when driving where the The BCW system may not operate detect the vehicle in the next lane. heights of the lanes are different. properly when driving where there is Also, in certain instances the system In certain instances, the system may structure beside the road. may wrongly recognize the ground or not detect the vehicle on a road with In certain instances, the system may structures. different lane heights (underpass wrongly recognize the structures Always pay attention to road and joining section, grade separated (noise barriers, guardrail, double driving conditions while driving. intersections, etc.). guardrail, median strip, bollard, Always pay attention to road and street light, road sign, tunnel wall, driving conditions, while driving. etc.) beside the road. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.

5 132 Driving your vehicle

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. OQLE058291 OQLE058292 (3) Changes or modifications not [A] : Structure expressly approved by the party • When the vehicle is in a complex responsible for compliance could • Driving where there is a vehicle or parking environment void the user's authority to oper- structure near The system may not operate prop- ate the device. The system may not operate proper- erly when the vehicle is in a com- ly when driving where there is a vehi- plex parking environment. cle or structure near. In certain instances, the system In certain instances, the system may may not be able to exactly deter- not detect the vehicle approaching mine the risk of collision for the from behind and the warning or vehicles which are parking or brake may not operate properly. pulling out near your vehicle (e.g. a Always pay attention to your sur- vehicle escaping beside your vehi- roundings while backing up. cle, a vehicle parking or pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a turn, etc.). In this case, the warning or brake may not operate properly.

5133 Driving your vehicle

OQLE058293 OQLE058300 OQLE058295 [A] : Vehicle • When the vehicle is on/near a [A] : Structure, [B] : Wall • When the vehicle is parked diago- slope • Pulling into the parking space nally The system may not operate proper- where there is a structure The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is on/near a The system may not operate properly ly when the vehicle is parked diago- slope. when pulling in the vehicle to the park- nally. In certain instances, the system may ing space where there is a structure at In certain instances, when the diago- not detect the vehicle approaching the back or side of your vehicle. nally parked vehicle is pulled out of from the rear left/right and the warning In certain instances, when backing the parking space, the system may or brake may not operate properly. into the parking space, the system not detect the vehicle approaching Always pay attention to Your sur- may not detect the vehicle moving in from the rear left/right of your vehi- roundings while backing up. front of your vehicle. In this case, the cle. In this case, the warning or brake warning or brake may not operate may not operate properly. properly. Always pay attention to Your sur- Always pay attention to Your surroundings while backing up. roundings while backing up.

5 134 Driving your vehicle

5135 Driving your vehicle

DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW, IF EQUIPPED) The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System setting and activation Display of the driver's attention system is designed to warn the driv- System setting level er of potentially hazardous driving situations if it detects inattentive • To turn ON the Driver Attention ■ Type A driving practices. Warning system, turn on the engine, and then select 'User Settings → Driver Assistance → Driver Attention Warning → High sensitivity/Normal sensitivity/Off' on the LCD display. • The driver can select the Driver Attention Warning system mode.

- Off : The Driver Attention Warning OJF058423L system is deactivated. ■ Type B - Normal sensitivity : The Driver Attention Warning system alerts the driver of his/her or inattentive driving practices. - High sensitivity : The Driver Attention Warning system alerts the driver of his/her or inattentive driving practices faster than Normal mode. OJF058424L • The set-up of the Driver Attention Warning system will be maintained, when the engine is re-started.

5 136 Driving your vehicle

• The driver can monitor their driving Take a break • The Driver Attention Warning sys- conditions on the LCD display. tem will not suggest a break when ■ Type A - Select 'User Settings Mode' and the total driving time is shorter than then 'Driver Assistance' on the 10 minutes. LCD display. (For more information, refer to “LCD Display” in CAUTION chapter 4.) While other warning systems • The driver's attention level is dis- such as the seat belt warning played on the scale of 1 to 5. The sound are in operation and lower the number is, the more inat- override the DAW alarming sys- tentive the driver is. tem, DAW sounds may not • The number decreases when the OJF058425L occur. driver does not take a break for a ■ Type B certain period of time. • The number increases when the driver attentively drives for a certain period of time. • When the driver turns on the system while driving, it displays ‘Last Break time’.

OJF058426L • The “Consider taking a break” message appears on the LCD display and a warning sounds to suggest that the driver take a break, when the driver's attention level is below 1.

5137 Driving your vehicle

Resetting the system System standby System malfunction • The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention Warning system. • The driver attention warning system resets in the following situations. - The engine is turned OFF. - The driver unfastens the seat belt and then opens the driver’s door in stop. OJF058427L OJF058429L - The driver takes a break from The Driver Attention Warning system When the "Check Driver Attention driving that lasts more than 10 enters the ready status and displays Warning (DAW) system” warning mes- minutes. the 'Disabled' screen in the following sage appears, the system is not work- • The driver attention warning sys- situations. ing properly. In this case, have the tem operates again, when the driv- - The camera sensor is unable to vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia er restarts driving. detect the lanes. dealer. - Driving speed remains under 64 km/h (40 mph) or over 177 km/h (110 mph).

5 138 Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE CAUTION WARNING The Driver Attention Warning sys- • The Driver Attention Warning tem utilizes the camera sensor on the The Driver Attention Warning system is not a substitute for front windshield for its operation. system may not provide alerts safe driving practices. It is the To keep the camera sensor in the in the following situations: responsibility of the driver to best condition, you should observe • The lane detection perform- always drive cautiously to the followings: ance is limited. (For more prevent unexpected and sud- • Do not place any reflective objects information, refer to “Lane den situations from occur- (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the Keeping Assist (LKA) system” ring. Pay attention to the road dashboard. Any light reflection in this chapter.) conditions at all times. may prevent the Driver Attention • The vehicle is erratically driv- • The driver, who feels fatigued, Warning (DAW) system from en or is abruptly turned for should take a break, even functioning properly. obstacle avoidance (e.g. con- though there is no break sug- • Pay extreme caution to keep the struction area, other vehicles, gestion by the Driver camera sensor dry. fallen objects, bumpy road). Attention Warning system. • Do not disassemble the camera • Forward drivability of the vehi- assembly, or apply any impact on cle is severely undermined the camera assembly. ✽ (possibly due to wide varia- NOTICE • Playing the vehicle audio system tion in tire pressures, uneven It may suggest a break according to at high volume may prevent the tire wear-out, toe-in/toe-out the driver’s driving pattern or occupants from hearing the Driver alignment). Attention Warning system warn- habits even if the driver doesn’t feel (Continued) fatigued. ing sounds.

5139 Driving your vehicle

(Continued) • The vehicle drives on a curvy road. • The vehicle drives on a bumpy road. • The vehicle drives through a windy area. • The vehicle is controlled by the following driver assistance systems: - Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system - Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) System. - Smart Cruise Control (SCC) System

✽ NOTICE The Driver Attention Warning system does not detect actual driver fatigue or drowsiness. The system monitors driving and provides a warning if it detects inattentive driving practices.

5 140 Driving your vehicle

ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This • Keep your vehicle in good condi- mainly on your style of driving, where can increase fuel consumption and tion. For better fuel economy and you drive and when you drive. also increase wear on these com- reduced maintenance costs, main- Each of these factors affects how ponents. In addition, driving with tain your vehicle in accordance many miles (kilometers) you can get your foot resting on the brake pedal with the maintenance schedule in from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate may cause the brakes to overheat, chapter 8. If you drive your vehicle your vehicle as economically as pos- which reduces their effectiveness in severe conditions, more frequent sible, use the following driving sug- and may lead to more serious con- maintenance is required (see gestions to help save money in both sequences. chapter 8 for details). fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tires. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi- • Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should moderate rate. Don't make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important and maintain a steady cruising essary tire wear. Check the tire that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be speed. Don't race between stop- pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the lights. Try to adjust your speed to • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra the traffic so you don't have to aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel change speeds unnecessarily. ment can result from hitting curbs consumption and also contribute to Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- or driving too fast over irregular corrosion. sible. Always maintain a safe dis- surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces- tance from other vehicles so you faster tire wear and may also result sary weight in your vehicle. Weight can avoid unnecessary braking. in other problems as well as reduces fuel economy. This also reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. • Don't let the engine idle longer • Drive at a moderate speed. The than necessary. If you are waiting faster you drive, the more fuel your (and not in traffic), turn off your vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate engine and restart only when speed, especially on the highway, you're ready to go. is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption.

5141 Driving your vehicle

• Remember, your vehicle does not • Use your air conditioning sparingly. require extended warm-up. After The air conditioning system is WARNING - Engine off the engine has started, allow the operated by engine power so your during motion engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds fuel economy is reduced when you Never turn the engine off to prior to placing the vehicle in gear. use it. coast down hills or anytime the In very cold weather, however, give • Open windows at high speeds can vehicle is in motion. The power your engine a slightly longer warm- reduce fuel economy. steering and power brakes will up period. • Fuel economy is less in crosswinds not function properly without • Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. and headwinds. To help offset the engine running. In addition, Lugging is driving too slowly in a some of this loss, slow down when turning off the ignition while very high gear resulting in engine driving in these conditions. driving could engage the steer- bucking. If this happens, shift to a ing wheel lock resulting in loss lower gear. Over-revving is racing of vehicle steering. Keep the the engine beyond its safe limit. Keeping a vehicle in good operating engine on and downshift to an This can be avoided by shifting at condition is important both for econ- appropriate gear for an engine the recommended speed. omy and safety. Therefore, have an braking effect. authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance.

5 142 Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, Reducing the risk of a rollover When hazardous driving conditions use the second gear. Accelerate This multi-purpose passenger vehi- are encountered such as water, slowly to avoid spinning the drive cle is defined as a Sports Utility snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- wheels. Vehicle (SUV). Utility vehicles have a ards, follow these suggestions: • Use sand, rock salt, or other non- significantly higher rollover rate than • Drive cautiously and allow extra slip material under the drive other types of vehicles. SUV's have distance for braking. wheels to provide traction when higher ground clearance and a nar- stalled in ice, snow, or mud. rower track to make them capable of • Avoid sudden braking or steering. performing in a wide variety of off- • When braking with non-ABS road applications. Specific design brakes pump the brake pedal with WARNING - Downshifting characteristics give them a higher a light up-and-down motion until Do not downshift with an auto- center of gravity than ordinary vehi- the vehicle is stopped. matic transmission while driv- cles. An advantage of the higher Do not pump the brake pedal on a ing on slippery surfaces. The ground clearance is a better view of vehicle equipped with ABS. sudden change in tire speed the road, which allows you to antici- could cause the tires to skid pate problems. They are not and result in an accident. designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger vehicles, any more than low-slung sports vehicles are designed to perform satisfactorily in off-road conditions. Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover.

5143 Driving your vehicle

If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, do not load your (Continued) WARNING roof rack with heavy cargo, and • In a rollover crash, an unbelt- Your vehicle is equipped with never modify your vehicle in any way. ed person is significantly tires designed to provide safe more likely to die than a per- ride and handling capability. Do son wearing a seat belt. Make not use a size and type of tire WARNING - Rollover sure everyone in the vehicle is and wheel that is different from As with other Sports Utility properly buckled up. the one that is originally Vehicle (SUV), failure to operate installed on your vehicle. It can this vehicle correctly may result affect the safety and perform- in loss of control, an accident or ance of your vehicle, which vehicle rollover. could lead to steering failure or • Utility vehicles have a signifi- rollover and serious injury. cantly higher rollover rate When replacing the tires, be than other types of vehicles. sure to equip all four tires with • Specific design characteris- the tire and wheel of the same tics (higher ground clearance, size, type, tread, brand and narrower track, etc.) give this load-carrying capacity. If you vehicle a higher center of nevertheless decide to equip gravity than ordinary vehicles. your vehicle with any tire/wheel • A SUV is not designed for cor- combination not recommended nering at the same speeds as by Kia for off road driving, you conventional vehicles. should not use these tires for highway driving. • Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. (Continued)

5 144 Driving your vehicle

Rocking the vehicle Smooth cornering CAUTION - Vehicle rocking If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, Prolonged rocking may cause first turn the steering wheel right and engine overheating, transmis- left to clear the area around your sion damage or failure, and tire front wheels. Then, shift back and damage. forth between R (Reverse) and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an Automatic Transmission. Do CAUTION - Spinning tires not race the engine, and spin the Do not spin the wheels, espe- wheels as little as possible. If you are cially at speeds more than 35 still stuck after a few tries, have the mph (56 km/h). Spinning the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to wheels at high speeds when the OQLE055038 avoid engine overheating and possi- vehicle is stationary could ble damage to the transmission. cause a tire to overheat which Avoid braking or gear changing in could result in tire damage that corners, especially when roads are wet. Ideally, corners should always - Sudden may injure bystanders. WARNING be taken under gentle acceleration. If Vehicle Movement you follow these suggestions, tire Do not attempt to rock the vehi- The ESC system should be turned wear will be held to a minimum. cle if people or objects are near- OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. by. The vehicle may suddenly move forward or backwards as it becomes unstuck.

5145 Driving your vehicle

Driving at night • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the Driving in the rain glare from other driver's headlights. • Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed. (On vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature.) Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night. • Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it OQL058039 OQL058210L will take several seconds for your Because night driving presents more eyes to readjust to the darkness. Rain and wet roads can make driving hazards than driving in the daylight, dangerous, especially if you’re not here are some important tips to prepared for the slick pavement. remember: Here are a few things to consider • Slow down and keep more dis- when driving in the rain: tance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights.

5 146 Driving your vehicle

• A heavy rainfall will make it harder Driving in flooded areas Highway driving to see and will increase the dis- Avoid driving through flooded areas Tires tance needed to stop your vehicle, unless you are sure the water is no so slow down. Adjust the tire inflation pressures to higher than the bottom of the wheel specification. Low tire inflation pres- • Keep your windshield wiping hub. Drive through any water slowly. sures will result in overheating and equipment in good shape. Replace Allow adequate stopping distance possible failure of the tires. your windshield wiper blades when because brake performance may be they show signs of streaking or affected. Avoid using worn or damaged tires missing areas on the windshield. which may result in reduced traction After driving through water, dry the or tire failure. • If your tires are not in good condi- brakes by gently applying them sev- tion, making a quick stop on wet eral times while the vehicle is moving Never exceed the maximum tire pavement can cause a skid and slowly. inflation pressure shown on the tires. possibly lead to an accident. Be sure your tires are in good shape. Driving off-road WARNING - Under/over • Turn on your headlights to make it inflated tires easier for others to see you. Drive carefully off-road because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks or Always check the tires for proper • Driving too fast through large pud- inflation before driving. dles can affect your brakes. If you roots of trees. Become familiar with the off-road conditions where you Underinflated or overinflated must go through puddles, try to tires can cause poor handling, drive through them slowly. are going to drive before you begin driving. loss of vehicle control, and sud- • If you believe you may have gotten den tire failure leading to acci- your brakes wet, apply them lightly dents, injuries, and even death. while driving until normal braking For proper tire pressures, refer to operation returns. “Tires and wheels” in chapter 9.

5147 Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Tire tread Always check the tire tread before driving your vehicle. Worn-out tires can result in loss of vehicle control. Worn-out tires should be replaced as soon as possible. For further information and tread limits, refer to "Tires and wheels" in chapter 8.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring. Do not forget to check both the engine coolant and engine oil.

Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine.

5 148 Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING Severe weather conditions in the Snowy or icy conditions Snow tires winter result in greater wear and To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tires on your vehi- other problems. To minimize the may be necessary to use snow tires cle, make sure they are radial tires of problems of winter driving, you on your tires. If snow tires are need- the same size and load range as the should follow these suggestions: ed, it is necessary to select tires original tires. Mount snow tires on all equivalent in size and type of the four wheels to balance your vehicle’s original equipment tires. Failure to do handling in all weather conditions. so may adversely affect the safety Keep in mind that the traction provid- and handling of your vehicle. ed by snow tires on dry roads may Furthermore, speeding, rapid accel- not be as high as your vehicle's orig- eration, sudden brake applications, inal equipment tires.You should drive and sharp turns are potentially very cautiously even when the roads are hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations. braking to the fullest extent. Sudden Do not install studded tires without brake applications on snowy or icy first checking local, state and munic- roads may cause skids to occur. You ipal regulations for possible restric- need to keep sufficient distance tions against their use. between the vehicle in operation in front of your vehicle. Also, apply the brake gently.

5149 Driving your vehicle

Use high quality ethylene gly- Check battery and cables Change to "winter weight" oil col coolant Winter puts additional burdens on if necessary Your vehicle is delivered with high the battery system. Visually inspect In some climates it is recommended quality ethylene glycol coolant in the the battery and cables as described that a lower viscosity "winter weight" cooling system. It is the only type of in chapter 8. The level of charge in oil be used during cold weather. See coolant that should be used because your battery can be checked by an chapter 9 for recommendations. If it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- authorized Kia dealer or a service you aren't sure what weight oil you ing system, lubricates the water station. should use, consult an authorized pump and prevents freezing. Be sure Kia dealer. to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in chapter 8. Before winter, Check spark plugs and ignition have your coolant tested to assure system that its freezing point is sufficient for Inspect your spark plugs as the temperatures anticipated during described in chapter 8 and replace the winter. them if necessary. Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked, worn or damaged in any way.

5 150 Driving your vehicle

To keep locks from freezing Don’t let your parking brake Carry emergency equipment To keep the locks from freezing, freeze Depending on the severity of the squirt an approved de-icer fluid or Under some conditions your parking weather, you should carry appropri- glycerine into the key opening. If a brake can freeze in the engaged ate emergency equipment. Some of lock is covered with ice, squirt it with position. This is most likely to happen the items you may want to carry an approved de-icing fluid to remove when there is an accumulation of include tow straps or chains, flash- the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, snow or ice around or near the rear light, emergency flares, sand, shov- you may be able to thaw it out by brakes or if the brakes are wet. If el, jumper cables, window scraper, using a heated key. Handle the heat- there is a risk the parking brake may gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan- ed key with care to avoid injury. freeze, apply it only temporarily while ket, etc. you put the gear shift lever in P (Park, Automatic Transmission) and Use approved window washer block the rear wheels so the vehicle anti-freeze in system cannot roll. Then release the parking To keep the water in the window brake. washer system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance with instruc- Don't let ice and snow accu- tions on the container. Window wash- mulate underneath er anti-freeze is available from an Under some conditions, snow and authorized Kia dealer and most auto ice can build up under the fenders parts outlets. Do not use engine and interfere with the steering. When coolant or other types of anti-freeze driving in severe winter conditions as these may damage the paint fin- where this may happen, you should ish. periodically check underneath the vehicle to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components are not obstructed.

5151 Driving your vehicle

TRAILER TOWING If you are considering towing with Remember that trailering is different your vehicle, you should first check WARNING - Weight than just driving your vehicle by itself. with your state's Department of limits Trailering means changes in han- Motor Vehicles to determine the legal Before towing, make sure the dling, durability, and fuel economy. requirements. total trailer weight, GCW (gross Successful, safe trailering requires Since laws vary the requirements for combination weight), GVW correct equipment, and it has to be towing trailers, cars, or other types of (gross vehicle weight), GAW used properly. vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask (gross axle weight) and trailer an authorized Kia dealer for further tongue load are all within the This section contains many time- details before towing. limits. tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are WARNING - Towing a important for your safety and that of trailer CAUTION - Trailer your passengers. Please read this installation section carefully before you pull a Always check your towing trailer. equipment to confirm correct Follow instructions in this sec- equipment size and installation tion when pulling a trailer. before use. Using incompatible Pulling a trailer improperly can Load-pulling components such as or incorrectly installed trailer damage your vehicle and result the engine, transmission, wheel equipment can affect the vehi- in costly repairs not covered by assemblies, and tires are forced to cle operation and endanger you your warranty. work harder against the load of the and your passengers. added weight. The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To and under greater loads. This addi- You may require an additional wiring identify what the vehicle trailering harness connector to install a trailer tional burden generates extra heat. capacity is for your vehicle, you The trailer also adds considerably to hitch. Please contact an authorized should read the information in Kia dealer for more details. wind resistance, increasing the “Weight of the trailer” that appears pulling requirements. later in this section.

5 152 Driving your vehicle

Hitches Safety chains Trailer brakes It's important to have the correct You should always attach chains If your trailer is equipped with a brak- hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large between your vehicle and your trail- ing system, make sure it conforms to trucks going by, and rough roads are er. Cross the safety chains under the your state’s regulations and that it is a few reasons why you’ll need the tongue of the trailer so that the properly installed and operating cor- right hitch. Here are some rules to tongue will not drop to the road if it rectly. follow: becomes separated from the hitch. If your trailer weight exceeds the • Will you have to make any holes in Instructions about safety chains may maximum allowed weight without the body of your vehicle when you be provided by the hitch manufactur- trailer brakes, then the trailer will also install a trailer hitch? If you do, then er or by the trailer manufacturer. require its own brakes as well. Be be sure to seal the holes later Follow the manufacturer’s recom- sure to read and follow the instruc- when you remove the hitch. mendation for attaching safety tions for the trailer brakes so you’ll be If you don’t seal them, deadly car- chains. Always leave just enough able to install, adjust and maintain bon monoxide (CO) from your slack so you can turn with your trail- them properly. exhaust can get into your vehicle, er. And, never allow safety chains to • Don’t tap into or modify your vehi- as well as dirt and water. drag on the ground. cle's brake system. • The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches. Do not WARNING - Trailer brakes attach rental hitches or other Do not use a trailer with its own bumper-type hitches to them. Use brakes unless you are absolute- only a frame-mounted hitch that ly certain that you have proper- does not attach to the bumper. ly set up the brake system. This • Kia trailer hitch accessory is avail- is not a task for amateurs. Use able at an authorized Kia dealer. an experienced, competent trailer shop for this work.

5153 Driving your vehicle

Driving with a trailer Following distance Making turns Towing a trailer requires a certain Stay at least twice as far behind the When you’re turning with a trailer, amount of experience. Before setting vehicle ahead as you would when make wider turns than normal. Do out for the open road, you must get driving your vehicle without a trailer. this so your trailer won’t strike soft to know your trailer. Acquaint your- This can help you avoid situations shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, self with the feel of handling and that require heavy braking and sud- or other objects near the edge of the braking with the added weight of the den turns. road. Avoid jerky or sudden maneu- trailer. And always keep in mind that vers. Signal well in advance before turning or lane changes. the vehicle you are driving is now a Passing good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by You’ll need more passing distance itself. up ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And, because of the increased Before you start, check the trailer vehicle length, you’ll need to go hitch and platform, safety chains, much farther beyond the passed electrical connector(s), lights, tires vehicle before you can return to your and mirror adjustment. If the trailer lane. Due to the added load to the has electric brakes, start your vehicle engine when going uphill the vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the may also take longer to pass than it trailer brake controller by hand to be would on flat ground. sure the brakes are working. This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time. Backing up During your trip, check occasionally Hold the bottom of the steering to be sure that the load is secure, wheel with one hand. Then, to move and that the lights and any trailer the trailer to the left, just move your brakes are still working. hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you.

5 154 Driving your vehicle

Turn signals when towing a trailer Driving on grades When you tow a trailer, your vehicle CAUTION Reduce speed and shift to a lower has to have a different turn signal Always use an approved trailer gear before you start down a long or flasher and extra wiring. The green wiring harness. Failure to use steep downgrade. If you don’t shift arrows on your instrument panel will an approved trailer wiring har- down, you might have to use your flash whenever you signal a turn or ness could result in damage to brakes so much that they would get lane change. Properly connected, the vehicle electrical system. hot and no longer operate efficiently. the trailer lights will also flash to alert On a long uphill grade, shift down other drivers you’re about to turn, and reduce your speed to around 70 change lanes, or stop. km/h (45 mph) to reduce the possi- When towing a trailer, the green bility of engine and transmission arrows on your instrument panel will overheating. flash for turns even if the bulbs on If your trailer weighs more than the the trailer are burned out. Thus, you maximum trailer weight without trail- may think drivers behind you are er brakes and you have an automat- seeing your signals when, in fact, ic transmission, you should drive in D they are not. It’s important to check (Drive) when towing a trailer. occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working. You must also Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) check the lights every time you dis- when towing a trailer will minimize connect and then reconnect the heat build up and extend the life of wires. your transmission. Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle’s lighting system. Use only an approved trailer wiring harness. An authorized Kia dealer can assist you in installing the wiring harness.

5155 Driving your vehicle

Towing up hill Parking on hills 5.Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, • When towing a trailer on steep Generally, if you have a trailer shift to neutral, release the parking grades (in excess of 6%) pay close attached to your vehicle, you should brake and slowly release the attention to the engine coolant not park your vehicle on a hill. People brakes until the trailer chocks temperature gauge to ensure the can be seriously or fatally injured, absorb the load. engine does not overheat. and both your vehicle and the trailer 6.Reapply the brakes, reapply the If the needle of the coolant temper- can be damaged if they unexpected- parking brake and shift the vehicle ature gauge moves across the dial ly roll downhill. to P (Park) for automatic transmis- towards “H” (HOT), pull over and However, if you ever have to park sion. stop as soon as it is safe to do so, your trailer on a hill, here's how to do 7.Shut off the vehicle and release the and allow the engine to idle until it it: vehicle brakes but leave the park- cools down.You may proceed once 1.Pull the vehicle into the parking ing brake set. the engine has cooled sufficiently. space. Turn the steering wheel in • You must decide driving speed the direction of the curb (right if depending on trailer weight and headed downhill, left if headed up uphill grade to reduce the possibil- hill). ity of engine and transmission 2.If the vehicle has an automatic overheating. transmission, place the vehicle in P (Park). 3.Set the parking brake and shut off the engine. 4.Place chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels.

5 156 Driving your vehicle

When you are ready to leave after Maintenance when trailer tow- parking on a hill ing CAUTION - Air condition 1. With the automatic transmission in Your vehicle will need service more Do not use the A/C while using P (Park), apply your brakes and often when you regularly pull a trail- your vehicle to tow uphill. Due hold the brake pedal down while er. Important items to pay particular to higher load during trailer you: attention to include engine oil, auto- usage, overheating might occur • Start your engine; matic transmission fluid, axle lubri- on hot days or during uphill driving. • Shift into gear; and cant and cooling system fluid. Brake condition is another important item to • Release the parking brake. frequently check. Each item is cov- 2. Slowly remove your foot from the ered in this manual, and the Index • When towing check transmission brake pedal. will help you find them quickly. If fluid more frequently. 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to of the chocks. review these sections before you 4. Stop and have someone pick up start your trip. and store the chocks. Don’t forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch. Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically. Preferably, conduct the check at the start of each day’s driving. Most importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts should be tight.

5157 Driving your vehicle

If you do decide to pull a trailer For North America Here are some important points if Theta II 2.0L Theta II 2.4L you decide to pull a trailer: Item T-GDI GDI • Consider using a sway control. You can ask a hitch dealer about sway Without brake 748 kg 748 kg control. Maximum System (1,650 lbs) (1,650 lbs) • Do not do any towing with your trailer weight With brake 907 kg 907 kg vehicle during its first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) in order to allow the System (2,000 lbs) (2,000 lbs) engine to properly break in. Failure 100 kg 100 kg Maximum tongue weight to heed this caution may result in (220 lbs) (220 lbs) serious engine or transmission damage. To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should • When towing a trailer, be sure to read the information in “Weight of the Trailer” that appears later in this sec- consult an authorized Kia dealer tion. for further information on additional requirements such as a towing kit, etc. • Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 100 km/h (60 mph)). • On a long uphill grade, do not exceed 70 km/h (45 mph) or the posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower. • The chart contains important con- siderations that have to do with weight:

5 158 Driving your vehicle

Weight of the trailer Weight of the trailer tongue After you've loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they aren’t, you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer.

WARNING - Trailer Always follow the loading instructions provided with your Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight trailer. Improper loading can affect vehicle operation and C190E01JM C190E02JM result in an accident. What is the maximum safe weight of The tongue load of any trailer is an a trailer? It should never weigh more important weight to measure than the maximum trailer weight with because it affects the total gross trailer brakes. But even that can be vehicle weight (GVW) of your vehi- too heavy. cle. This weight includes the curb It depends on how you plan to use weight of the vehicle, any cargo you your trailer. For example, speed, alti- may carry in it, and the people who tude, road grades, outside tempera- will be riding in the vehicle. And if you ture and how often your vehicle is will tow a trailer, you must add the used to pull a trailer are all important. tongue load to the GVW because The ideal trailer weight can also your vehicle will also be carrying that depend on any special equipment weight. that you have on your vehicle.

5159 Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT Tire and loading information label

OQLA055174/OQLA055173/OQLA055172/OQLA055171/OQLA055170 The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

5 160 Driving your vehicle

Vehicle capacity weight: Seating capacity: Towing capacity: 440 kg (970 lbs) Total : 5 persons * 2.0L T-GDI Engine Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- (Front seat : 2 persons, Without trailer brakes Rear seat : 3 persons) mum combined weight of occupants : 748 kg (1,650 lbs) and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped Seating capacity is the maximum with a trailer, the combined weight number of occupants including a With trailer brakes includes the tongue load. driver, your vehicle may carry. : 907 kg (2,000 lbs) However, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of * 2.4L GDI Engine all of the occupants, and the weight Without trailer brakes of the cargo being carried or towed. : 748 kg (1,650 lbs) Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load With trailer brakes limit including occupants and cargo, : 907 kg (2,000 lbs) the vehicle can carry. Towing capacity is the maximum trailer weight including its cargo weight, your vehicle can tow.

5161 Driving your vehicle

Cargo capacity: Steps For Determining Correct 5. Determine the combined weight of The cargo capacity of your vehicle Load Limit - luggage and cargo being loaded will increase or decrease depending 1. Locate the statement "The com- on the vehicle. That weight may on the weight and the number of bined weight of occupants and not safely exceed the available occupants and the tongue load, if cargo should never exceed XXX cargo and luggage load capacity your vehicle is equipped with a trailer. kg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's calculated in Step 4. placard. 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail- 2. Determine the combined weight of er, load from your trailer will be the driver and passengers that will transferred to your vehicle. Consult be riding in your vehicle. this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and 3. Subtract the combined weight of luggage load capacity of your the driver and passengers from vehicle. XXX kg or XXX lbs. 4.The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug- WARNING - Loose cargo gage load capacity. For example, if Do not travel with unsecured the "XXX" amount equals 635 kg blunt objects in the passenger (1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68 compartment of your vehicle kg (150 lb) passengers in your (e.g. suit cases or unsecured vehicle, the amount of available child seats). These items may cargo and luggage load capacity is strike occupant during a sud- 295 kg (650 lbs). den stop or crash. (635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or 1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5 162 Driving your vehicle

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

ABC ABC ABC

C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM

Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity (635 kg) Vehicle Capacity (635 kg) Vehicle Capacity (635 kg) A A A Weight 1400 lbs Weight 1400 lbs Weight 1400 lbs Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant 136 kg 340 kg 390 kg B Weight B Weight B Weight (300 lbs) (750 lbs) (860 lbs) 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 78 kg (172 lbs) × 5 Available Cargo and 499 kg Available Cargo and 295 kg Available Cargo and 245 kg C C C Luggage weight (1100 lbs) Luggage weight (650 lbs) Luggage weight (540 lbs) Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight.

5163 Driving your vehicle

Certification label Over loading - Over loading The certification label is located on WARNING - WARNING the driver's door sill at the center pillar. Never exceed the GVWR for Do not overload your vehicle. your vehicle, the GAWR for Overloading your vehicle can This label shows the maximum allow- either the front or rear axle and cause heat buildup in your vehi- able weight of the fully loaded vehi- vehicle capacity weight. cle's tires and possible tire fail- cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Exceeding these ratings can ure, increased stopping dis- Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR affect your vehicle’s handling tances and poor vehicle han- includes the weight of the vehicle, all and braking ability. dling--all of which may result in occupants, fuel and cargo. a crash. This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported The label will help you decide how by the front and rear axles, called much cargo and installed equipment ✽ NOTICE Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). your vehicle can carry. Overloading your vehicle may cause To find out the actual loads on your If you carry items inside your vehicle damage. Repairs would not be cov- front and rear axles, you need to go to - like suitcases, tools, packages, or ered by your warranty. Do not over- a weigh station and weigh your vehi- anything else - they are moving as load your vehicle. cle.Your dealer can help you with this. fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop Be sure to spread out your load equal- or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, ly on both sides of the centerline. the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.

5 164 Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE WEIGHT This chapter will guide you in the Base curb weight GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) proper loading of your vehicle and/or This is the weight of the vehicle This is the maximum allowable trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all weight that can be carried by a single weight within its design rating capa- standard equipment. It does not axle (front or rear). These numbers bility, with or without a trailer. include passengers, cargo, or option- are shown on the compliance label. Properly loading your vehicle will al equipment. The total load on each axle must provide maximum return of the vehi- never exceed its GAWR. cle design performance. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself Vehicle curb weight with the following terms for determin- This is the weight of your new vehicle GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ing your vehicle's weight ratings, with when you picked it up from your deal- This is the Base Curb Weight plus or without a trailer, from the vehicle's er plus any aftermarket equipment. actual Cargo Weight plus passen- specifications and the compliance gers. label: Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) to the Base Curb Weight, including This is the maximum allowable cargo and optional equipment. weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR GAW (Gross axle weight) is shown on the certification label This is the total weight placed on located on the driver’s door sill. each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload.

5165 What to do in an emergency

Road warning ...... 6-2 If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit) . . 6-24 • Hazard warning flasher ...... 6-2 • Introduction ...... 6-25 In case of an emergency while driving...... 6-3 • Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . 6-25 • If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing...... 6-3 • Components of the Tire Mobility Kit (TMK)...... 6-27 • If you have a flat tire while driving...... 6-3 • Using the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 6-28 • If the engine stalls while driving ...... 6-3 • Distributing the sealant...... 6-31 If the engine will not start ...... 6-4 • Checking the tire inflation pressure ...... 6-31 • If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4 • Technical data ...... 6-32 • If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4 Towing ...... 6-33 Emergency starting ...... 6-5 • Towing service ...... 6-33 • Jump starting...... 6-5 • Removable towing hook ...... 6-34 • Push-starting ...... 6-6 • Emergency towing...... 6-35 If the engine overheats...... 6-7 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...... 6-8 • Check tire pressure ...... 6-8 • Low tire pressure telltale ...... 6-10 6 • Low tire pressure position telltale ...... 6-10 • Changing a tire with TPMS ...... 6-12 If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)...... 6-15 • Jack and tools ...... 6-15 • Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-16 • Changing tires ...... 6-17 What to do in an emergency

ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or ■ Type A when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position. The flasher switch is located in the center facia panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously. • The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is run- OQL066001 ning or not. ■ Type B • The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on. • Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehicle is being towed.

OQL066002 The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

26 What to do in an emergency

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a cross- If you have a flat tire while If the engine stalls while driv- road or crossing driving ing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or If a tire goes flat while you are driv- 1. Reduce your speed gradually, crossing, set the shift lever in the N ing: keeping a straight line. Move cau- (Neutral) position and then push the 1. Take your foot off the accelerator tiously off the road to a safe place. vehicle to a safe place. pedal and let the vehicle slow 2. Turn on your emergency flashers. down while driving straight ahead. 3. Try to start the engine again. If Do not apply the brakes immedi- your vehicle will not start, contact ately or attempt to pull off the road an authorized Kia dealer or seek as this may cause a loss of con- other qualified assistance. trol. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the ✽ NOTICE road. Drive off the road as far as If there was a check engine light and possible and park on firm level loss of power or stall and if safe to do ground. If you are on a divided so, wait at least 10 seconds to restart highway, do not park in the median the vehicle after it stalls. This may area between the two traffic lanes. reset the car so it will no longer run 2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn at low power (limp home) condition. on your emergency hazard flashers, set the parking brake and put the transmission in P. 3. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic. 4. When changing a flat tire, follow the instruction provided later in this section.

63 What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If engine doesn't turn over or If engine turns over normally turns over slowly WARNING - Push/ but does not start pull start 1. Be sure the shift lever is in N 1. Check the fuel level. Do not push or pull the vehicle (Neutral) or P (Park) and the 2. With the ignition switch in the to start it. Push or pull starting emergency brake is set. LOCK position, check all connec- may cause the catalytic con- 2. Check the battery connections to tors at the ignition coils and spark verter to overload and create a be sure they are clean and tight. plugs. Reconnect any that may be fire hazard. 3. Turn on the interior light. If the light disconnected or loose. dims or goes out when you oper- 3. Check the fuel line in the engine ate the starter, the battery is dis- compartment. charged. 4. If the engine still does not start, 4. Check the starter connections to call an authorized Kia dealer or be sure they are securely tight- seek other qualified assistance. ened. 5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. See instructions for "Jump starting".

46 What to do in an emergency

EMERGENCY STARTING Jump starting - Frozen Jump starting can be dangerous if WARNING done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid batteries harm to yourself or damage to your Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle or battery, follow these jump vehicle if the discharged battery starting procedures. If in doubt, we is frozen or if the electrolyte strongly recommend that you have a level is low as the battery may competent technician or towing serv- rupture or explode. ice jump start your vehicle.

WARNING - Battery OQL068043 CAUTION - Push/pull start to 12 Volt Battery Keep all flames or sparks away Connect cables in numerical order from the battery. The battery and disconnect in reverse order. Use only a 12-volt jumper system. You can damage a 12-volt produces hydrogen gas which starting motor, ignition system, will explode if exposed to flame and other electrical parts or sparks. beyond repair by use of a 24- volt power supply (either two 12-volt batteries in series or a WARNING - Sulfuric acid 24-volt motor generator set). risk When jump starting your vehicle, be careful not to get acid on WARNING - Battery yourself, your clothing or on the Never attempt to check the elec- vehicle. Automobile batteries trolyte level of the battery as contain sulfuric acid. This is poi- this may cause the battery to sonous and highly corrosive. rupture or explode.

65 What to do in an emergency

Jump starting procedure Do not allow the jumper cables to Push-starting 1. Make sure the booster battery is contact anything except the correct Vehicles equipped with automatic 12-volt and that its negative termi- battery terminals or the correct transmission lock system cannot be nal is grounded. ground. Do not lean over the bat- push-started. tery when making connections. 2. If the booster battery is in another Follow the directions in this section vehicle, do not allow the vehicles for jump-starting. to come in contact. WARNING - Battery 3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical cables loads. Do not connect the jumper cable WARNING - Tow starting vehicle 4. Connect the jumper cables in the from the negative terminal of the exact sequence shown in the illus- booster battery to the negative Never tow a vehicle to start it. tration. First connect one end of a terminal of the discharged bat- When the engine starts, the jumper cable to the positive termi- tery. This can cause the dis- vehicle can suddenly surge for- nal of the discharged battery (1), charged battery to overheat and ward and could cause a colli- then connect the other end to the crack, releasing battery acid. sion with the tow vehicle. positive terminal of the booster Make sure to connect one end of battery (2). the jumper cable to the negative Proceed to connect one end of the terminal of the booster battery, other jumper cable to the negative and the other end to a metalic terminal of the booster battery (3), point, far away from the battery. then the other end to a solid, stationary, metallic point (for example, 5. Start the engine of the vehicle with the engine lifting bracket) away the booster battery and let it run at from the battery (4). Do not con- 2,000 rpm, then start the engine of nect it to or near any part that the vehicle with the discharged moves when the engine is battery. cranked. If the cause of your battery discharg- ing is not apparent, you should have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer. 66 What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates 4. Check to see if the water pump overheating, you experience a loss drive belt is missing. If it is not WARNING - Radiator cap of power, or hear loud pinging or missing, check to see that it is Do not remove the knocking, the engine will probably be tight. If the drive belt seems to be radiator cap when the too hot. If this happens, you should: satisfactory, check for coolant engine is hot.This may leaking from the radiator, hoses or result in coolant being 1. Pull off the road and stop as soon under the vehicle. (If the air condi- blown out of the open- as it is safe to do so. tioning had been in use, it is nor- ing and cause serious mal for cold water to be draining burns. 2. Place the shift lever in P (for from it when you stop). Automatic transmission) and set the parking brake. If the air condi- 6. If you cannot find the cause of the tioning is on, turn it off. WARNING - Under the hood overheating, wait until the engine 3. If engine coolant is running out temperature has returned to nor- under the vehicle or steam is com- While the engine is mal. If coolant has been lost, care- ing out from underneath the hood, running, keep hair, fully add coolant to the reservoir to stop the engine. Do not open the hands and clothing bring the fluid level in the reservoir hood until the coolant has stopped away from moving up to the halfway mark. parts such as the fan running or the steaming has 7. Proceed with caution, keeping stopped. If there is no visible loss and drive belts to prevent injury. alert for further signs of overheat- of engine coolant and no steam, ing. If overheating happens again, leave the engine running and call an authorized Kia dealer for check to be sure the engine cool- 5. If the water pump drive belt is bro- assistance. ing fan is operating. If the fan is not ken or engine coolant is leaking running, turn the engine off. Serious loss of coolant indicates out, stop the engine immediately there is a leak in the cooling system and call the nearest authorized and this should be checked as soon Kia dealer for assistance. as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

67 What to do in an emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED) Check tire pressure ✽ NOTICE • You can check the tire pressure in • The tire pressure may change due the information mode on the clus- to factors such as parking condi- ter. tion, driving style, and altitude - Refer to “User settings mode” in above sea level. chapter 4. • Low tire pressure warning may sound when a tire’s pressure unit is • Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 min- equal or higher than nearby tires. utes later after driving. This is a normal occurrence, which • If tire pressure is not displayed is due to the change in tire pressure OQL068006L when the vehicle is stopped, “Drive along with tire temperature. to display” message displays. After • The tire pressure shown on the driving, check the tire pressure. dashboard may differ from the • You can change the tire pressure tire pressure measured by tire unit in the user settings mode on pressure gauge. the instrument cluster. - psi, kpa, bar (Refer to “User settings mode” in chapter 4).

OQL068028L (1) Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator (2) Low tire pressure position telltale (Shown on the LCD display)

86 What to do in an emergency

Each tire, including the spare (if pro- Please note that the TPMS is not a Always check the TPMS malfunction vided), should be checked monthly substitute for proper tire maintenance, telltale after replacing one or more when cold and inflated to the inflation and it is the driver’s responsibility to tires or wheels on your vehicle to pressure recommended by the vehi- maintain correct tire pressure, even if ensure that the replacement or alter- cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- under-inflation has not reached the nate tires and wheels allow the ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If level to trigger illumination of the TPMS to continue to function proper- your vehicle has tires of a different TPMS low tire pressure telltale. ly. size than the size indicated on the Your vehicle has also been equipped vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- with a TPMS malfunction indicator to sure label, you should determine the indicate when the system is not proper tire inflation pressure for operating properly. The TPMS mal- those tires.) function indicator is combined with As an added safety feature, your the low tire pressure telltale. When vehicle has been equipped with a tire the system detects a malfunction, pressure monitoring system (TPMS) the telltale will flash for approximate- that illuminates a low tire pressure ly one minute and then remain con- telltale when one or more of your tinuously illuminated. This sequence tires is significantly under-inflated. will continue upon subsequent vehi- Accordingly, when the low tire pres- cle start-ups as long as the malfunc- sure telltale illuminates, you should tion exists. When the malfunction stop and check your tires as soon as indicator is illuminated, the system possible, and inflate them to the may not be able to detect or signal proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- low tire pressure as intended. TPMS cantly under-inflated tire causes the malfunctions may occur for a variety tire to overheat and can lead to tire of reasons, including the installation failure. Under inflation also reduces of replacement or alternate tires or fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and wheels on the vehicle that prevent may affect the vehicle’s handling and the TPMS from functioning properly. stopping ability.

69 What to do in an emergency

✽ NOTICE Low tire pressure Inflate the tires to the proper pres- If the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure telltale sure as indicated on the vehicle’s indicator does not illuminate for 3 placard or tire inflation pressure label seconds when the ignition switch or located on the driver’s side center pil- the Engine start/stop button is Low tire pressure position tell- lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a turned to the ON position, or if they tale service station or if the tire cannot remain illuminated after coming on hold the newly added air, replace the for approximately 3 seconds, take low pressure tire with the spare tire. your vehicle to your nearest author- Then the TPMS malfunction indicator ized Kia dealer and have the system and the Low Tire Pressure telltale checked. may turn on and illuminate after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle. In winter or cold weather, the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if OQL068042L the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure When the tire pressure monitoring in warm weather. It does not mean system warning indicators are illumi- your TPMS is malfunctioning nated, one or more of your tires is because the decreased temperature significantly under-inflated. leads to a proportional lowering of If the telltale illuminates, immediately tire pressure. reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible.

6 10 What to do in an emergency

When you drive your vehicle from a TPMS (Tire Pressure • The TPMS malfunction indicator warm area to a cold area or from a Monitoring System) may be illuminated if the vehicle is cold area to a warm area, or the out- malfunction indicator moving around electric power sup- side temperature is greatly higher or ply cables or radios transmitters lower, you should check the tire infla- The low tire pressure telltale will illu- such as at police stations, govern- tion pressure and adjust the tires to minate after it blinks for approximate- ment and public offices, broadcast- the recommended tire inflation pres- ly one minute when there is a prob- ing stations, military installations, sure. lem with the Tire Pressure airports, or transmitting towers, Monitoring System. If the system is etc. This can interfere with normal When filling tires with more air, con- able to correctly detect an underinfla- ditions to turn off the low tire pres- operation of the Tire Pressure tion warning at the same time as sys- Monitoring System (TPMS). sure telltale may not be met. This is tem failure then it will illuminate both because a tire inflator has a margin the TPMS malfunction and low tire • The TPMS malfunction indicator of error in performance. The low tire pressure position telltales e.g. if may be illuminated if snow chains pressure telltale will be turned off if Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS are used or some separate elec- the tire pressure is above the recom- malfunction indicator illuminates, but tronic devices such as notebook mended tire inflation pressure. if the Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear computer, mobile charger, remote Right tire is under-inflated, the low starter or navigation etc., are used tire pressure position telltales may in the vehicle. This can interfere - Low pressure WARNING illuminate together with the TPMS with normal operation of the Tire damage malfunction indicator. Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Do not drive on low pressure Have the system checked by an tires. Significantly low tire pres- authorized Kia dealer as soon as sure can cause the tires to over- possible to determine the cause of heat and fail making the vehicle the problem. unstable resulting in increased braking distances and a loss of vehicle control.

611 What to do in an emergency

Changing a tire with TPMS Even if you replace the low pressure If an original mounted tire is replaced If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor Pressure telltale will come on. Have Pressure telltale will remain on until on the replaced spare wheel should the flat tire repaired by an authorized the low pressure tire is repaired and be initiated and the TPMS sensor on Kia dealer as soon as possible or placed on the vehicle. the original mounted wheel should be replace the flat tire with the spare After you replace the low pressure deactivated. If the TPMS sensor on tire. tire with the spare tire, the TPMS the original mounted wheel located in malfunction indicator may illuminate the spare tire carrier still activates, after a few minutes because the the tire pressure monitoring system CAUTION - Repair Agents TPMS sensor mounted on the spare may not operate properly. Have the Never use a puncture-repairing wheel is not initiated. tire with TPMS serviced or replaced by an authorized Kia dealer. agent not approved by Kia to Once the low pressure tire is inflated repair and/or inflate a low pres- again to the recommended pressure sure tire. The sealant not and installed on the vehicle or the approved by Kia may damage TPMS sensor mounted on the the tire pressure sensor. replaced spare wheel is initiated by an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS Each wheel is equipped with a tire malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure sensor mounted inside the pressure telltale will turn off within a tire behind the valve stem. You must few minutes of driving. use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec- If the indicator has not disappeared ommended that you always have after a few minutes of driving, please your tires serviced by an authorized visit an authorized Kia dealer. Kia dealer.

6 12 What to do in an emergency

You may not be able to identify a low • The TPMS cannot alert you to ✽ NOTICE - Protecting TPMS tire by simply looking at it. Always severe and sudden tire damage Tampering with, modifying, or dis- use a good quality tire pressure caused by external factors such as abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring gauge to measure the tire's inflation nails or road debris. System (TPMS) components may pressure. Please note that a tire that • If you feel any vehicle instability, interfere with the system's ability to is hot (from being driven) will have a immediately take your foot off the warn the driver of low tire pressure higher pressure measurement than a accelerator, apply the brakes grad- conditions and/or TPMS malfunc- tire that is cold (from sitting station- ually and with light force, and slow- tions. Tampering with, modifying, ary for at least 3 hours and driven ly move to a safe position off the or disabling the Tire Pressure less than 1.6 km (1 mile) during that road. Monitoring System (TPMS) compo- 3 hour period). nents may void the warranty for Allow the tire to cool before measur- that portion of the vehicle. ing the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure. A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that 3 hour period. Never use tire sealant if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System. The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure sensors.

613 What to do in an emergency

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

6 14 What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE, IF EQUIPPED) Jack and tools Jacking instructions • Always move the vehicle complete- The jack is provided for emergency ly off the road and onto the shoul- tire changing only. der before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on a firm To prevent the jack from “rattling” level ground. If you cannot find a while the vehicle is in motion, store it firm, level place off the road, call a properly. towing service company for assis- Follow jacking instructions to reduce tance. the possibility of bodily injury. • Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehi- WARNING - Tire Jack cle; never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack Do not place any portion of your support. OQL068025L body under a vehicle that is only supported by a jack since • Do not allow anyone to remain in The jack and wheel lug nut wrench the vehicle can easily roll off the the vehicle while it is on the jack. are stored in the luggage compart- jack. Use vehicle support • Make sure any children present ment. stands. are in a secure place away from Remove the panel to find the follow- the road and from the vehicle to be ing tools shown in the illustration. raised with the jack. (1) Jack handle WARNING - Changing (2) Jack tires (3) Wheel lug nut wrench Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway.

615 What to do in an emergency

Removing and storing the WARNING - Running vehi- spare tire cle on jack Do not start or run the engine of the vehicle while the vehicle is on the jack as this may cause the vehicle to fall off the jack.

OQL065032 If it is hard to loosen the tire hold- down wing bolt by hand, you can OQL065031 loosen it easily using the jack handle. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt 1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of counterclockwise. the tire hold-down wing bolt. Store the tire in the reverse order of 2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt removal. counterclockwise with the jack To prevent the spare tire and tools handle. from “rattling” while the vehicle is in Use caution when utilizing the sharp motion, store them properly. jack handle.

6 16 What to do in an emergency

Changing tires WARNING - Jack location To reduce the possibility of injury, be sure to use only the jack provided with the vehicle in the correct jack position; never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support.

WARNING - Changing a 1VQA4023 tire 1VQA4022 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, • To prevent vehicle movement jack and spare tire from the vehi- while changing a tire, always 1. Park on a level surface and apply cle. set the parking brake fully, the parking brake firmly. 5. Block both the front and rear of the and always block the wheel 2. Place the transmission shift lever wheel that is diagonally opposite diagonally opposite the wheel in P (Park) with automatic trans- from the jack position. being changed. mission. • We recommend that the 3. Activate the hazard warning flash- wheels of the vehicle be ers. blocked, and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked.

617 What to do in an emergency

OQL068026L

OQL065029 OQL065028 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun- 8. Insert the wheel lug nut wrench terclockwise one turn each, but do into the jack and turn it clockwise, not remove any nut until the tire raising the vehicle until the tire just has been raised off the ground. clears the ground. This measurement is approximately 30 mm (1 in.). Before removing the wheel lug nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta- OQL068027L ble and that there is no chance for 7. Place the jack at the front (1) or movement or slippage. rear (2) jacking position closest to the tire you are changing. Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to line up with the jack.

6 18 What to do in an emergency

9. Loosen the wheel nuts and Wheels may have sharp edges. 10. To install the wheel, hold it on the remove them with your fingers. Handle them carefully to avoid possi- studs, put the wheel nuts on the Slide the wheel off the studs and ble severe injury. Before putting the studs and tighten them finger lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To wheel into place, be sure that there tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is put the wheel on the hub, pick up is nothing on the hub or wheel (such completely seated, then tighten the spare tire, line up the holes as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that pre- the nuts as much as possible with the studs and slide the wheel vents the wheel from fitting solidly with your fingers again. onto them. If this is difficult, tip the against the hub. 11. Insert the wrench into the jack wheel slightly and get the top hole and lower the vehicle to the in the wheel lined up with the top ground by turning the wheel nut stud. Jiggle the wheel back and WARNING - Installing a wrench counterclockwise. forth until the wheel can slide over wheel the other studs. Make sure the wheel makes good contact with the hub when installed. If the contact of the mounting surface between the wheel and hub is not good, the wheel nuts could come loose and cause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may result in loss of control of the vehicle.

619 What to do in an emergency

If you have a tire gauge, remove the valve cap and check the air pressure. CAUTION - Reusing lug If the pressure is lower than recom- nuts mended, drive slowly to the nearest Make certain during wheel service station and inflate to the cor- removal that the same nuts that rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust were removed are reinstalled - it until it is correct. Always reinstall or, if replaced, that nuts with the valve cap after checking or metric threads and the same adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap chamfer configuration are used. is not replaced, dust and dirt may get Your vehicle has metric threads into the tire valve and air may leak on the wheel studs and nuts. OQL065030 from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, Installation of a non-metric buy another and install it as soon as thread nut on a metric stud will Position the wrench as shown in the possible. not secure the wheel to the hub drawing and tighten the wheel nuts. properly and will damage the Be sure the socket is seated com- After you have changed the wheels, stud so that it must be replaced. pletely over the nut. Do not stand on always secure the flat tire in its place the wrench handle or use an exten- and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations. sion pipe over the wrench handle. Go Note that most lug nuts do not have around the wheel, tightening every metric threads. Be sure to use nut following the numerical sequence extreme care in checking for thread shown in the image until they are all style before installing aftermarket lug tight. Double-check each nut for nuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult an tightness. After changing wheels, authorized Kia dealer. have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque: 11 ~ 13 kg·m (79 ~ 94 lb·ft)

6 20 What to do in an emergency

Important - use of compact spare WARNING - Wheel studs tire WARNING - Spare tire If the studs are damaged, they Your vehicle is equipped with a com- The compact spare tire is for may lose their ability to retain pact spare tire. This compact spare emergency use only. Do not the wheel.This could lead to the tire takes up less space than a regu- operate your vehicle on this loss of the wheel and a collision lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than a compact spare at speeds over resulting in serious injuries. conventional tire and is designed for 80 km/h (50 mph). The original temporary use only. tire should be repaired or • You should drive carefully when replaced as soon as possible to To prevent the jack, wheel lug nut avoid failure of the spare possi- wrench and spare tire from rattling the compact spare is in use. The compact spare should be replaced bly leading to bodily injury or while the vehicle is in motion, store death. them properly. by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity. Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after installing the • The operation of this vehicle is not The compact spare should be inflat- spare tire. Adjust it to the specified recommended with more than one ed to 420 kPa (60 psi). pressure, if necessary. Refer to compact spare tire in use at the same time. “Tires and wheels” in section 7. ✽ NOTICE Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire. Adjust it to the specified pressure, as necessary.

621 What to do in an emergency

When using a compact spare tire, • Do not take this vehicle through an observe the following precautions: automatic vehicle wash while the • Under no circumstances should compact spare tire is installed. you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a • Do not use the compact spare tire higher speed could damage the on any other vehicle because this tire. tire has been designed especially • Ensure that you drive slowly for your vehicle. enough for the road conditions to • The compact spare tire’s tread life avoid all hazards. Any road hazard, is shorter than a regular tire. such as a pothole or debris, could Inspect your compact spare tire seriously damage the compact regularly and replace worn com- spare. pact spare tires with the same size • Any continuous road use of this tire and design, mounted on the same could result in tire failure, loss of wheel. vehicle control, and possible bodily • The compact spare tire should not injury. be used on any other wheels, nor • Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi- should standard tires, snow tires, mum load rating or the load-carry- wheel covers or trim rings be used ing capacity shown on the sidewall with the compact spare wheel. If of the compact spare tire. such use is attempted, damage to these items or other vehicle com- • Avoid driving over obstacles. The ponents may occur. compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con- • Do not use more than one compact ventional tire and reduces the spare tire at a time. ground clearance approximately • Do not tow a trailer while the com- 25 mm (1 inch), which could result pact spare tire is installed. in damage to the vehicle.

6 22 What to do in an emergency

Jack label 1. Model Name

■ Example 2. Maximum allowable load • Type A 3. When using the jack, set your parking brake. 4. When using the jack, stop the engine. 5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. 6. The designated locations under OHYK064001 the frame • Type B 7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point. 8. Move the shift lever to the P position on vehicles with automatic transmission. 9. The jack should be used on firm OHYK064005 level ground. ❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 10. Jack manufacturer For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack. 11. Production date 12. Representative company and address

623 What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT, IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTION - One sealant WARNING - Tire wall for one tire Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit When two or more tires are flat, to repair large punctures or do not use the Tire Mobility Kit damage to the tire sidewalls. In because the canister of sealant these situations, the tire cannot in the Tire Mobility Kit only con- be sealed completely and air tains enough sealant for one flat will leak from the tire. This can tire. result in tire failure.

OQLE068007 WARNING - Speed with WARNING - Temporary fix For safe operation, carefully read temporary fix Have your tire repaired as soon and follow the instructions in this Do not exceed a speed of 80 as possible.The tire may lose air manual before use. km/h (50 mph) when driving with pressure at any time after inflat- (1) Compressor a tire sealed with the Tire ing with the Tire Mobility Kit. (2) Sealant bottle Mobility Kit. While driving, if you experience any unusual vibra- The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary tion, ride disturbance or noise, fix to the tire and the tire should be reduce your speed and drive inspected by an authorized Kia deal- with caution until you can safely er as soon as possible. pull off of the side of the road.

6 24 What to do in an emergency

Introduction It is possible that some tires, espe- Notes on the safe use of the cially with larger punctures or dam- Tire Mobility Kit age to the sidewall, cannot be sealed • Park your car at the side of the completely. road so that you can work with the Air pressure loss in the tire may Tire Mobility Kit away from moving adversely affect tire performance. traffic. For this reason, you should avoid • To be sure your vehicle will not abrupt steering or other driving move, even when you're on fairly maneuvers, especially if the vehicle level ground, always set your park- is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in ing brake. use. • Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed sealing/inflation passenger car OQLE068008 or intended as a permanent tire tires. Only punctured areas located repair method and is to be used for within the tread region of the tire With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay one tire only. mobile even after experiencing a tire can be sealed using the tire mobil- puncture. This instruction shows you step by ity kit. step procedure to temporarily seal • Do not use on motorcycles, bicy- The system of compressor and seal- the puncture. ing compound effectively and com- cles or any other type of tires. fortably seals most punctures in a Read the section "Notes on the safe • When the tire and wheel are dam- passenger car tire caused by nails or use of the Tire Mobility Kit". aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit similar objects and reinflates the tire. for your safety. After you ensured that the tire is • Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not properly sealed you can drive cau- be effective for tire damage larger tiously on the tire at a max. speed of than approximately 6 mm (0.24 in). 80 km/h (50 mph) in order to reach a Please contact the nearest Kia service station or tire dealer to have dealership if the tire cannot be the tire replaced as soon as possible. made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit.

625 What to do in an emergency

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a ✽ NOTICE CAUTION tire is severely damaged by driving Carefully remove any extra sealant run flat or with insufficient air pres- Do not use an aftermarket tire applied on the tire air pressure sen- sure. repair kit (including sealant). sor and wheel after repairing the • Do not remove any foreign objects The aftermarket sealant may tire. such as nails or screws that have lead to malfunction of the tire penetrated the tire. air pressure sensor. • Provided the car is outdoors, leave the engine running. Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery. • Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used. • Do not leave the compressor running for more than 10 min. at a time or it may overheat. • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below - -30°C (22°F).

6 26 What to do in an emergency

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) 10. Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.

WARNING - Expired sealant Do not use the Tire sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. pasted the expiration date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure.

WARNING - Sealant • Keep out of reach of children. • Avoid contact with eyes. OJF0650045 • Do not swallow. 1. Speed restriction label 5. Holder for the sealant bottle Strictly follow the specified 2. Sealant bottle and label with 6. Compressor sequence, otherwise the sealant speed restriction 7. On/off switch may escape under high pressure. 3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the wheel tire inflation pressure 4. Connectors and cable for the 9. Button for reducing tire inflation power outlet direct connection pressure

627 What to do in an emergency

Using the Tire Mobility Kit - Detach the speed restriction label (1) from the sealant bottle (2), and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast.

OQL065009 OTAM061022 1. Thoroughly shake the sealant bot- CAUTION tle. Before using the Tire Mobility Kit, please read carefully the instruction attached on the sealant case. Detach the speed limit label on the sealant case and put it on a highly visible place. Always drive within the speed limit.

6 28 What to do in an emergency

CAUTION If sealant is applied when the valve is incompletely connected, the sealant may backdraft and result in valve clogging.

OQLA065039 OQL068010N 2. Screw connection hose (10) onto 4. Unscrew the valve stem cap from the connector of the sealant bottle. the flat tire and screw the filling 3. Ensure that button (9) on the com- hose (3) of the sealant bottle onto pressor is not pressed. the valve stem.

629 What to do in an emergency

WARNING - Tire pressure Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 200 kPa (29 psi). This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure.

9. Switch off the compressor. 10. Detach the hoses from the OJF065024 OQLE068011 sealant bottle connector and 5. Insert the sealant bottle into the 6. Ensure that the compressor is from the tire valve stem. housing of the compressor (5) so switched off, position 0. Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor- that the bottle is upright. 7 Connect between compressor and age location in the vehicle. the vehicle power outlet (3) using ✽ NOTICE the cable and connectors. WARNING - Carbon If a visible foreign object has punc- 8. With the engine start/stop button monoxide tured the tire, do not remove it position on or ignition switch posi- Carbon monoxide poisoning before using Tire Mobility Kit. tion on, switch on the compressor and suffocation is possible if and let it run for approximately 5~7 the engine is left running in a minutes to fill the sealant up to poorly ventilated or unventilat- proper pressure. (refer to the Tire ed location (such as inside a and Wheels, chapter 9). The infla- building). tion pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked/corrected later. Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it.

6 30 What to do in an emergency

Distributing the sealant Checking the tire inflation 4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to 11. Immediately drive approximately pressure the recomended tire inflation. 7 ~ 10 km (4 ~ 6 miles or, about With the ignition switch on, pro- 10 min) to evenly distribute the ceed as follows. sealant in the tire. - To increase the inflation pres- Do not exceed a speed of 80 km/h sure : Switch on the compressor, (50 mph). If possible, do not fall position I. To check the current below a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph). inflation pressure setting, briefly switch off the compressor. While driving, if you experience any unusual vibration, ride disturbance or noise, reduce your speed and drive ✽ NOTICE with caution until you can safely pull The pressure gauge may show high- off of the side of the road. er than actual reading when the Call for road side service or towing. OQL068012N compressor is running. To get an When you use the Tire Mobility Kit, 1. After driving approximately 7 ~ 10 accurate tire pressure reading, the the tire pressure sensors and wheel km (4 ~ 6 miles or about 10 min), compressor needs to be turned off. may be stained by sealant. stop at a safe location. Therefore, remove the tire pressure 2. Screw the connection hose (10) of sensors and wheel stained by the compressor to the valve stem sealant and we recommend that 3. Plug the compressor power cord inspect at an authorized Kia dealer. into the vehicle power outlet.

631 What to do in an emergency

- To reduce the inflation pressure: Technical Data ❈ Sealant and spare parts can be obtained and replaced at an Press the button (9) on the com- System voltage: DC 12 V pressor. authorized vehicle or tire dealer. Working voltage: DC 10 - 15 V Empty sealant bottles may be dis- Amperage rating: max. 15 A posed of at home. Liquid residue CAUTION - Tire pressure Suitable for use at temperatures: from the sealant should be dis- sensor posed of by your vehicle or tire When you use the Tire Mobility -30 ~ +70°C (-22 ~ +158°F) dealer or in accordance with local Kit including sealant not Max. working pressure: waste disposal regulations. approved by Kia, the tire pres- 6 bar (87 psi) sure sensors may be damaged Size by sealant. The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel Compressor: 168 x 150 x 68 mm should be removed when you (6.6 x 5.9 x 2.7 in. ) replace the tire with a new one Sealant bottle: 104 x ø 85 mm and inspect the tire pressure sensors at an authorized dealer. (4.1 x ø 3.3 in.) Compressor weight: 1.05 kg (2.31 lbs) Sealant volume: 300 ml (18.3 cu. in.)

6 32 What to do in an emergency

TOWING Towing service On AWD vehicles, your vehicle must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies WARNING - Side and or flatbed equipment with all the curtain Air bag wheels off the ground. If your vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bag, set the CAUTION ignition switch to LOCK or ACC position when the vehicle is The AWD vehicle should never being towed. be towed with the wheels on the ground. This can cause serious The side and curtain air bag damage to the transmission or may deploy when the ignition is the AWD system. ON, and the rollover sensor dolly detects the situation as a rollover. On FWD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and dolly the front wheels off the ground. OQL065013 If any of the loaded wheels or sus- If emergency towing is necessary, pension components are damaged we recommend having it done by an or the vehicle is being towed with the authorized Kia dealer or a commer- front wheels on the ground, use a cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting towing dolly under the front wheels. and towing procedures are neces- When being towed by a commercial sary to prevent damage to the vehi- tow truck and wheel dollies are not cle. The use of wheel dollies or used, the front of the vehicle should flatbed is recommended. always be lifted, not the rear.

633 What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an Removable towing hook emergency without wheel dollies : (if equipped)

1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC ■ Front position. 2. Place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake. OQL065016

CAUTION - Towing gear position Failure to place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral) OQL068017N may cause internal damage to ■ Rear the transmission. OQL065015

CAUTION - Towing • Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle. • Do not tow with sling-type OQL068018N equipment. Use wheel lift or 1. Open the liftgate, and remove the flatbed equipment. towing hook from the tool case. 2. Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the bumper.

6 34 What to do in an emergency

3. Install the towing hook by turning it Emergency towing If towing service is not available in an clockwise into the hole until it is emergency, your vehicle may be ■ fully secured. Front temporarily towed using a cable or 4. Remove the towing hook and chain secured to the emergency tow- install the cover after use. ing hook under the front (or rear) of the vehicle. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes. Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a OQL068019N short distance and at low speed. ■ Rear Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition. • Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power. • Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing. OQL068020N • The drivers of both vehicles should If towing is necessary, we recom- communicate with each other fre- mend you to have it done by an quently. authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service.

635 What to do in an emergency

• Fasten the towing cable or chain CAUTION securely to the hook. WARNING - Emergency Using a portion of the vehicle • Do not jerk the hook. Apply it Towing Precautions other than the tow hooks for steadily and with even force. Use extreme caution when tow- towing may damage the body of • To avoid damaging the hook, do not ing the vehicle. your vehicle. pull from the side or at a vertical • Avoid sudden starts or erratic angle. Always pull straight ahead. driving maneuvers which • Attach a towing strap to the tow would place excessive stress hook. on the emergency towing hook and towing cable or chain. The • Use only a cable or chain specifical- hook and towing cable or ly intended for use in towing vehi- chain may break and cause cles. Securely fasten the cable or serious injury or damage. chain to the towing hook provided. • If the disabled vehicle is • Accelerate or decelerate the vehi- unable to be moved, do not cle in a slow and gradual manner forcibly continue the towing. while maintaining tension on the We recommend that you con- tow rope or chain to start or drive tact an authorized Kia dealer the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks or a commercial tow truck and the vehicle may be damaged. service for assistance. • Before emergency towing, check if • Tow the vehicle as straight the hook is not broken or damaged. ahead as possible. • Keep away from the vehicle during towing.

6 36 What to do in an emergency

Emergency towing precautions • If the car is being towed with all • Turn the ignition switch to ACC so four wheels on the ground, it can the steering wheel isn’t locked. be towed only from the front. Be sure that the transmission is in • Place the transmission shift lever in neutral. Be sure the steering is N (Neutral). unlocked by placing the ignition • Release the parking brake. switch in the ACC position. A driver • Press the brake pedal with more must be in the towed vehicle to force than normal since you will operate the steering and brakes. have reduced brake performance. • More steering effort will be CAUTION - Automatic OQL065021 required because the power steer- transmission ing system will be disabled. • Use a towing strap less than 5 m • To avoid serious damage to the (16 feet) long. Attach a white or red • If you are driving down a long hill, automatic transmission, limit cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) the brakes may overheat and brake the vehicle speed to 15 km/h wide) in the middle of the strap for performance will be reduced. Stop (10 mph) and drive less than easy visibility. often and let the brakes cool off. 1.5 km (1 mile) when towing. • Drive carefully so that the towing • The vehicle should be towed at a • Before towing, check the auto- strap is not loosened during tow- speed of 25 km/h or less within the matic transmission for fluid ing. distance of 20 km. leaks under your vehicle. If the • The driver must be in the vehicle automatic transmission fluid is for steering and braking operations leaking, flatbed equipment or a when the vehicle is towed and pas- towing dolly must be used. sengers other than the driver must not be allowed to be on board.

637 Maintenance

Engine compartment ...... 7-3 Climate control air filter ...... 7-38 Maintenance services ...... 7-4 • Filter inspection ...... 7-38 • Owner’s responsibility ...... 7-4 Wiper blades ...... 7-40 • Owner maintenance precautions ...... 7-5 • Blade inspection...... 7-40 Owner maintenance ...... 7-7 • Blade replacement ...... 7-40 • Owner maintenance schedule...... 7-7 Battery...... 7-43 Scheduled maintenance service...... 7-9 • For best battery service ...... 7-43 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-21 • Recharging the battery ...... 7-44 Checking fluid levels ...... 7-26 • Reset items ...... 7-45 Engine oil...... 7-27 Tires and wheels ...... 7-46 • Checking the engine oil level ...... 7-27 • Tire care ...... 7-46 • Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 7-28 • Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...... 7-46 • Tire pressure ...... 7-47 Engine coolant ...... 7-29 • Checking tire inflation pressure...... 7-47 • Checking the coolant level ...... 7-29 • Tire rotation ...... 7-48 • Changing the coolant ...... 7-32 • Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-49 Brake fluid ...... 7-33 • Tire replacement ...... 7-50 • Checking the brake fluid level ...... 7-33 • Wheel replacement ...... 7-51 Washer fluid ...... 7-34 • Tire traction ...... 7-51 • Checking the washer fluid level ...... 7-34 • Tire maintenance ...... 7-51 7 Parking brake...... 7-35 • Tire sidewall labeling ...... 7-51 • Checking the parking brake...... 7-35 • All season tires ...... 7-58 Air cleaner...... 7-36 • Summer tires ...... 7-58 • Filter replacement ...... 7-36 • Snow tires ...... 7-58 • Radial-ply tires ...... 7-59 • Map lamp (Bulb and LED type) bulb replacement. . 7-90 • Low aspect ratio tire ...... 7-59 • Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . 7-91 Fuses ...... 7-61 • Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ...... 7-91 • Inner panel fuse replacement...... 7-63 • Personal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement...... 7-92 • Engine compartment fuse replacement...... 7-65 • Glove box lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . 7-92 • Fuse/relay panel description...... 7-67 • Liftgate room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . 7-93 Light bulbs ...... 7-79 Appearance care...... 7-94 • Bulb replacement precaution ...... 7-79 • Exterior care ...... 7-94 • Light bulb position (Front) ...... 7-81 • Interior care ...... 7-99 • Light bulb position (Rear) ...... 7-82 Emission control system ...... 7-102 • Light bulb position (Side)...... 7-83 • Crankcase emission control system ...... 7-102 • Headlamp (High/Low beam) bulb replacement. . . . 7-83 • Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: • Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement...... 7-84 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . . 7-102 • Position lamp + DRL bulb replacement ...... 7-85 • Exhaust emission control system ...... 7-103 • Front fog lamp (Bulb and LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-86 • Stop and tail lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-86 • Tail lamp (inside) bulb replacement ...... 7-87 • Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-88 7 • Back-up lamp and Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ...... 7-89 • High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-89 • License plate lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-89 • Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-90 Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Theta II 2.4L GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Brake fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Fuse box ■ Theta II 2.0L T-GDI 6. Negative battery terminal 7. Positive battery terminal 8. Engine oil dipstick 9.Windshield washer fluid reservoir

❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. OQLE075095/OQLA075109

73 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility Repairs and adjustments required as to prevent damage to your vehicle a result of improper maintenance or and injury to yourself whenever per- a lack of required maintenance are forming any maintenance or inspec- ✽ NOTICE not covered. tion procedures. Maintenance Service and Record We recommend you have your vehi- Should you have any doubts con- Retention are the owner's responsi- cle maintained and repaired by an cerning the inspection or servicing of bility. authorized Kia dealer. An authorized your vehicle, we strongly recom- You should retain documents that Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service mend that you have an authorized show proper maintenance has been quality standards and receives tech- Kia dealer perform this work. performed on your vehicle in accor- nical support from Kia in order to pro- An authorized Kia dealer has factory- dance with the scheduled mainte- vide you with a high level of service trained technicians and genuine Kia nance service charts shown on the satisfaction. parts to service your vehicle proper- following pages. You need this infor- ly. For expert advice and quality serv- mation to establish your compliance ice, see an authorized Kia dealer. with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle war- Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- ranties. cient servicing may result in opera- Detailed warranty information is tional problems with your vehicle that provided in your Warranty & could lead to vehicle damage, an Consumer Information manual. accident, or bodily injury.

47 Maintenance

Owner maintenance precau- ✽ NOTICE tions Improper owner maintenance dur- WARNING - Maintenance work Improper or incomplete service may ing the warranty period may affect result in problems. This section gives warranty coverage. For details, read Do not wear jewelry or loose instructions only for the maintenance the separate Warranty & Consumer clothing while working under items that are easy to perform. Information manual provided with the hood of your vehicle with the engine running. These can As explained earlier in this section, the vehicle. If you're unsure about become entangled in moving several procedures can be done only any servicing or maintenance proce- parts, if you must run the by an authorized Kia dealer with spe- dure, have it done by an authorized engine while working under the cial tools. Kia dealer. hood, make certain that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fans.

75 Maintenance

WARNING - Touching metal parts Do not touch metal parts (including strut bars) while the engine is operating or hot. Doing so could result in serious personal injury. Turn the engine off and wait until the metal parts cool down to perform maintenance work on the vehicle.

67 Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule While operating your vehicle: and inspections that should be per- When you stop for fuel: • Note any changes in the sound of formed by the owner or an author- the exhaust or any smell of • Check the engine oil level. ized Kia dealer at the frequencies exhaust fumes in the vehicle. indicated to help ensure safe, • Check the coolant level in the • Check for vibrations in the steering dependable operation of your vehi- coolant reservoir. cle. wheel. Notice any increased steer- • Check the windshield washer fluid ing effort or looseness in the steer- Any adverse conditions should be level. ing wheel, or change in its straight- brought to the attention of your deal- • Look for low or under-inflated tires. ahead position. er as soon as possible. • Notice if your vehicle constantly These Owner Maintenance Checks turns slightly or “pulls” to one side - Hot coolant are generally not covered by war- WARNING when traveling on smooth, level ranties and you may be charged for Be careful when checking your roads. labor, parts and lubricants used. engine coolant level when the • When stopping, listen and check engine is hot. Scalding hot for unusual sounds, pulling to one coolant and steam may blow side, increased brake pedal travel out under pressure. or “hard-to-push” brake pedal. • If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level. • Check the automatic transmission P (Park) function. • Check the parking brake. • Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).

77 Maintenance

At least monthly: At least twice a year At least once a year : • Check the coolant level in the (i.e., every Spring and Fall) : • Clean the body and door drain engine coolant reservoir. • Check the radiator, heater and air holes. • Check the operation of all exterior conditioning hoses for leaks or • Lubricate the door hinges and lights, including the stoplights, turn damage. check the hood hinges. signals and hazard warning flash- • Check the windshield washer • Lubricate the door and hood locks ers. spray and wiper operation. Clean and latches. the wiper blades with clean cloth • Check the inflation pressures of all • Lubricate the door rubber weather- dampened with washer fluid. tires including the spare for tires strips. that are worn, show uneven wear, • Check the headlight alignment. • Check the air conditioning system. or are damaged. • Check the muffler, exhaust pipes, • Inspect and lubricate automatic • Check for loose wheel lug nuts. shields and clamps. transmission linkage and controls. • Check the lap/shoulder belts for • Clean the battery and terminals. wear and function. • Check the brake fluid level.

87 Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. • Repeated driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature • Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances • Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads • Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather • Driving in heavy dust conditions • Driving in heavy traffic areas • Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads repeatedly • Towing a trailer or using a camper, or roof rack • Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing • Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h) • Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule. After 120 months or 150,000 miles continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals.

79 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Turbo Models The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 ITEM Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 At first, inspect at 100,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months, Drive belts *1 after that, inspect every 20,000 km (12,000 miles) or 24 months Engine oil and engine oil Theta II 2.0L T-GDI R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R filter Fuel additives *2 Add every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months Air cleaner filter - I - R - I - R - I - R - I - Spark plugs Theta II 2.0L T-GDI Replace every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 36 months Valve clearance *3 Theta II 2.0L T-GDI Inspect every 100,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced. *2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the operation.

7 10 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Turbo Models (CONT.) MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 ITEM Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I At first, replace at 200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years : Coolant (Engine) after that, replace every 50,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I (Including booster) Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Propeller shaft I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

711 Maintenance

Fuel tank air filter *4 - I - I - I - I - I - I - I -

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *4 : Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. *5 : Rear differential oil and transfer case oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

7 12 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Turbo Models (CONT.)

MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 Fuel lines, hoses and connections of each - - - I - - - I - - - I - - - part Parking brake - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Brake fluid - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Cooling system hoses and connections Inspect every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months Clutch (if equipped) and brake pedal free play Inspect every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months All latch, hinges and locks Inspect every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 12 months

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

713 Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Turbo Models The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 A, B, C, D, E, Engine oil and engine oil filter Theta II 2.0L T-GDI R months F, G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter I More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K A, C, E, F, Automatic transmission fluid R Every 100,000 km (60,000 miles) G, H, I, J Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, E, G, H

Rear brake disc/pads I More frequently C, D, E, G, H

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ I More frequently C, D, E, F, G Lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

7 14 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION

Drive shafts and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Rear differential oil (AWD) R Every 120,000 km (72,000 miles) C, E, G, H, I, J

Transfer case oil (AWD) R Every 120,000 km (72,000 miles) C, E, G, H, I, J Climate control air filter R More frequently C, E, G (for evaporator and blower unit) Propeller shaft I More frequently C, E

Severe driving conditions A-Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) E-Driving in heavy dust conditions in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freez- F - Driving in heavy traffic areas ing temperature G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack tances I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- towing spread roads J - Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph) D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

715 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 At first, inspect at 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months, Drive belts *1 after that, inspect every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months Engine oil and engine oil Theta II 2.4L GDI R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R filter Fuel additives *2 Add every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I Spark plugs Theta II 2.4L GDI Replace every 168,000 km (105,500 miles) or 84 months Valve clearance *3 Theta II 2.4L GDI Inspect every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced. *2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the operation.

7 16 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models(CONT.) MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I At first, replace at 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years, Coolant (Engine) after that, replace every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I (Including booster) Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Air conditioner compressor/refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Propeller shaft (AWD) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Exhaust system I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.

717 Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models (CONT.) MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first INTERVALS Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 MAINTENANCE ITEM Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Cooling system - - - I - I - I - I - I - I - Automatic transmission fluid No check, No service required Rear differential oil (AWD) *5 - - - I - - - I - - - I - - - Transfer case oil (AWD) *5 - - - I - - - I - - - I - - - Vapor hose, canisrer and fuel filler cap - - - I - - - I - - - I - - - Fuel tank air filter *4 - - - I - - - I - - - I - - - Fuel lines, hoses and connections of each - - - I - - - I - - - I - - - part Parking brake - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - Brake fluid - I - I - I - I - I - I - I - I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *4 : Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. *5 : Rear differential oil and transfer case oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

7 18 Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION Every 6,000 km (3,750 miles) or 6 A, B, C, D, E, Engine oil and engine oil filter Theta II 2.4L GDI R months F, G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K A, C, E, F, Automatic transmission fluid R Every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) G, H, I, J Brake discs and pads, calipers and rotors I More frequently C, D, E, G, H

Parking brake (Foot Type) I More frequently C, D, G, H

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G

Suspension ball joints I More frequently C, D, E, F, G

719 Maintenance

MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION CONDITION C, D, E, F, Drive shafts and boots I More frequently G, H, I, J

Rear differential oil (AWD) R Every 120,000 km (75,000 miles) C, E, G, H, I, J

Transfer case oil (AWD) R Every 120,000 km (75,000 miles) C, E, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter R More frequently C, E, G C, D, E, F, Propeller shaft I More frequently G, H, I, J

Severe driving conditions A-Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) E-Driving in heavy dust condition in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freez- F - Driving in heavy traffic area ing temperature G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack tances I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- towing spread roads J - Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph) D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

7 20 Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter Fuel filter (for gasoline) Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con- The engine oil and filter should be Kia gasoline vehicle is equipped a nections changed at the intervals specified in lifetime fuel filter that integrated with Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and the maintenance schedule. If the the fuel tank. Regular maintenance connections for leakage and dam- vehicle is being driven in severe con- or replacement is not needed but age. Have an authorized Kia dealer ditions, more frequent oil and filter depends on fuel quality. If there are replace any damaged or leaking changes are required. some important safety matters like parts immediately. fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, fuel Drive belts filter inspection or replace is needed. Vapor hose and fuel filler cap Inspect all drive belts for evidence of The fuel filter should be inspected or The vapor hose and fuel filler cap cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil replaced by an authorized Kia dealer. should be inspected at those inter- saturation and replace if necessary. vals specified in the maintenance Drive belts should be checked peri- schedule. Make sure that a new odically for proper tension and vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor- adjusted as necessary. rectly replaced.

721 Maintenance

Vacuum crankcase ventilation Air cleaner filter Cooling system hoses A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is Check the cooling system compo- Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- recommended when the filter is nents, such as the radiator, coolant dence of heat and/or mechanical replaced. reservoir, hoses and connections for damage. Hard and brittle rubber, leakage and damage. Replace any cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and damaged parts. excessive swelling indicate deterio- Spark plugs ration. Particular attention should be Make sure to install new spark plugs paid to examine those hose surfaces of the correct heat range. Coolant nearest to high heat sources, such The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the mainte- as the exhaust manifold. Valve clearance (if equipped) Inspect the hose routing to assure nance schedule. that the hoses do not come in con- Inspect excessive valve noise and/or tact with any heat source, sharp engine vibration and adjust if neces- edges or moving component which sary. An authorized Kia dealer might cause heat damage or should perform the operation. mechanical wear. Inspect all hose connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage.

7 22 Maintenance

Automatic transmission fluid Brake hoses and lines CAUTION Automatic transmission fluid should Visually check for proper installation, not be checked under normal usage Use only specified automatic chafing, cracks, deterioration and conditions. transmission fluid. The use of a any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- non-specified fluid could result ed or damaged parts immediately. But in severe conditions, the fluid in a transmission malfunction should be changed at an authorized and failure. (Refer to Kia dealer in accordance to the "Recommended lubricants and scheduled maintenance at the begin- capacities" in chapter 8.) ning of this chapter.

✽ NOTICE Automatic transmission fluid color is reddish. As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transmission fluid will begin to look darker. It is normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color.

723 Maintenance

Brake fluid Brake discs, pads, calipers Suspension mounting bolts Check the brake fluid level in the and rotors Check the suspension connections brake fluid reservoir. The level should Check the pads for excessive wear, for looseness or damage. Retighten be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks discs for run out and wear, and to the specified torque. on the side of the reservoir. Use only calipers for fluid leakage. hydraulic brake fluid conforming to Steering gear box, linkage & DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification. Exhaust pipe and muffler boots/lower arm ball joint Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, With the vehicle stopped and engine Parking brake muffler and hangers for cracks, dete- off, check for excessive free-play in Inspect the parking brake system rioration, or damage. Start the engine the steering wheel. including the parking brake pedal and listen carefully for any exhaust Check the linkage for bends or dam- and cables. gas leakage. Tighten connections or age. Check the dust boots and ball replace parts as necessary. joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.

7 24 Maintenance

Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.

Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage.

725 Maintenance

CHECKING FLUID LEVELS When checking engine oil, engine coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid, always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant or fluid. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged.

7 26 Maintenance

ENGINE OIL Checking the engine oil level 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a ■ Theta II 2.4L GDI few minutes (about 5 minutes) for ■ Theta II 2.4L GDI the oil to return to the oil pan. 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and reinsert it fully.

WARNING - Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may OQLE075103 be hot enough to burn you. ■ Theta II 2.0L T-GDI OQLE075099 ■ Theta II 2.0L T-GDI 5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L.

CAUTION - Replacing engine oil Do not overfill the engine oil. It may damage the engine. OQLA075111 OQLA075110 If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring the level to F. Do not overfill. 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine com- 2. Start the engine and allow it to ponents. reach normal operating temperature. Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in chapter 8.) 727 Maintenance

Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.

WARNING - Used engine oil Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.

7 28 Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level • Turn the engine off and wait until it has a reservoir filled with year round cools down. Use extreme care antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is when removing the radiator cap. filled at the factory. WARNING Wrap a thick towel around it, and Check the antifreeze protection and Removing radiator turn it counterclockwise slowly to coolant level at least once a year: at cap the first stop. Step back while the the beginning of the winter season, pressure is released from the cool- and before traveling to a colder cli- ing system. mate. When you are sure all the pressure Never attempt to remove the has been released, press down on radiator cap while the engine is the cap, using a thick towel, and operating or hot. Doing so continue turning counterclockwise might lead to cooling system to remove it. and engine damage and could result in serious bodily injury • Even if the engine is not operating, from escaping hot coolant or do not remove the radiator cap or steam. the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.

729 Maintenance

WARNING - Cooling fan Use caution when working near the blade of the cooling fan. The electric motor (cooling fan) is controlled by engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. it may sometimes operate even when the engine is not running. OQL078007L OQLE075008 Check the condition and connections If the coolant level is low, add enough of all cooling system hoses and specified coolant to provide protec- heater hoses. Replace any swollen tion against freezing and corrosion. or deteriorated hoses. Bring the level to MAX, but do not The coolant level should be filled overfill. If frequent additions are between MAX and MIN marks on the required, see an authorized Kia deal- side of the coolant reservoir when er for a cooling system inspection. the engine is cool.

7 30 Maintenance

✽ NOTICE ■ Engine room rear view Recommended engine coolant Make sure the coolant cap is proper- • When adding coolant, use only ly closed after refill of coolant. deionized water or soft water for Otherwise the engine could be over- your vehicle and never mix hard heated while driving. water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture ■ Engine room front view can result in serious malfunction or engine damage. • The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol OQL078073L with phosphate based coolant to 2. Make sure that the tiny protru- prevent corrosion and freezing. sions inside the coolant cap are • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol securely interlocked. coolant or mix them with the specified coolant. • Do not use a solution that contains OQL075072 more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze. This would 1. Check if the radiator cap label is reduce the effectiveness of the straight In front. solution.

731 Maintenance

For mixture percentage, refer to the Changing the coolant following table. Have the coolant changed by an Mixture Percentage authorized Kia dealer according to Ambient (volume) the Maintenance Schedule at the Temperature beginning of this chapter. Antifreeze Water -15°C (5°F) 35 65 Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in -25°C (-13°F) 40 60 order to prevent the coolant from -35°C (-31°F) 50 50 overflowing into engine parts such as -45°C (-49°F) 60 40 the alternator.

CAUTION Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the generator.

7 32 Maintenance

BRAKE FLUID Checking the brake fluid level In the event the brake system CAUTION - Proper fluid requires frequent additions of fluid, Only use brake fluid in the brake the vehicle should be inspected by system. Small amounts of an authorized Kia dealer. improper fluids (such as engine When changing and adding brake oil) can cause damage to the fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it brake system. come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid should come in contact with your eyes, immediately flush If the level is low, add fluid to the them with a large quantity of fresh MAX (Maximum) level. The level will tap water. Have your eyes examined fall with accumulated mileage. This is by a doctor as soon as possible. a normal condition associated with OQL078009L the wear of brake linings. If the fluid CAUTION - Brake fluid Check the fluid level in the reservoir level is excessively low, have the periodically. The fluid level should be brake system checked by an author- Do not allow brake fluid to con- between MAX (Maximum) and MIN ized Kia dealer. tact the vehicle's body paint, as (Minimum) marks on the side of the paint damage will result. reservoir. Use only the specified brake fluid. Before removing the reservoir cap (Refer to “Recommended lubricants Brake fluid, which has been exposed and adding brake fluid, clean the and capacities” in chapter 8.) to open air for an extended time area around the reservoir cap thor- should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be oughly to prevent brake fluid contam- Never mix different types of fluid. ination. disposed of properly.

733 Maintenance

WASHER FLUID Checking the washer fluid level WARNING - Flammable WARNING - Windshield fluid fluid Do not allow the washer fluid to Do not drink the windshield come in contact with open washer fluid. The windshield flames or sparks.The windshield washer fluid is poisonous to washer fluid reservoir is flamma- humans and animals. ble under certain circumstances. This can result in a fire.

WARNING - Coolant • Do not use radiator coolant or OQL075010 antifreeze in the washer fluid The reservoir is translucent so that reservoir. you can check the level with a quick • Radiator coolant can severely visual inspection. obscure visibility when sprayed Check the fluid level in the washer on the windshield and may fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- cause loss of vehicle control. sary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.

7 34 Maintenance

PARKING BRAKE Checking the parking brake

OQL075012 Check whether the stroke is within specification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N) of force. Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or less than specified, have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer. Stroke : 4 ~ 5 notch

735 Maintenance

AIR CLEANER Filter replacement

OQL075016

OQL075015

OQL075014 1. Pull out the air cleaner cover. It must be replaced when necessary according to the Maintenance Schedule, and should not be washed. You can clean the filter when inspect- ing the air cleaner compartment. Clean the filter by using compressed OQL075017 air. 2. Unlock by turning the locking lever downward. 3. Pull the air cleaner filter to replace.

7 36 Maintenance

Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals. (Refer to “Maintenance under severe usage conditions” in this chapter.)

CAUTION - Air filter maintenance OQL075057 • Do not drive with the air clean- 4. Pull up the lever (1) to the LOCK er removed; this will result in position. excessive engine wear. 5. Rise up the cover (2) until the • When removing the air cleaner hooks on the cover are securely filter, be careful that dust or fastened into the latches (3). dirt does not enter the air 6. Check if the cover is firmly intake, or damage may result. installed. • Use a Kia genuine part. Use of a non-genuine part could damage the air flow sensor.

737 Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components. OQL075019 OQL075018 1. Open the glove box and remove 2. With the glove box open, pull the the stoppers on both sides. support strap (1).

7 38 Maintenance

OQL075020 OQL075021 3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air filter cover while pressing the lock ter. on the left side of the cover. 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.

739 Maintenance

WIPER BLADES Blade inspection Contamination of either the wind- Blade replacement shield or the wiper blades with for- When the wipers no longer clean eign matter can reduce the effective- adequately, the blades may be worn ness of the windshield wipers. or cracked, and require replacement. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax To prevent damage to the wiper arms treatments used by some commer- or other components, do not attempt cial car washes. If the blades are not to move the wipers manually. wiping properly, clean both the win- The use of a non-specified wiper dow and the blades with a good blade could result in wiper malfunc- cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse tion and failure. thoroughly with clean water.

1JBA5122 CAUTION - Wiper blades Commercial hot waxes applied by To prevent damage to the wiper automatic car washes have been blades, do not use gasoline, known to make the windshield diffi- kerosene, paint thinner, or other cult to clean. solvents on or near them.

7 40 Maintenance

Front windshield wiper blade Rear window wiper blade

1JBA7037

1LDA5023 OHM078062 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out wiper blade assembly to expose the wiper blade assembly. the plastic locking clip.

CAUTION - Wiper arms Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, 1JBA7038 since it may chip or crack the 2. Compress the clip and slide the windshield. blade assembly downward. 3. Lift it off the arm. 4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.

741 Maintenance

OHM078063 2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place. 3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly. To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have an authorized Kia dealer replace the wiper blade.

7 42 Maintenance

BATTERY For best battery service Always read the following WARNING - Risk of instructions carefully when explosion handling a battery. Keep lit cigarettes and If any electrolyte gets into all other flames or your eyes, flush your eyes sparks away from the with clean water for at least battery. 15 minutes and get immedi- The battery contains ate medical attention. hydrogen -- a highly If electrolyte gets on your combustible gas which skin, thoroughly wash the will explode if it comes contacted area. If you feel in contact with a flame or pain or burning sensation, get medical attention imme- OQL075022 spark. Keep batteries out of the diately. • Keep the battery securely mount- reach of children An inappropriately disposed ed. because batteries con- battery can be harmful to the • Keep the battery top clean and dry. tain highly corrosive environment and human • Keep the terminals and connec- SULFURIC ACID and health. Dispose the battery tions clean, tight, and coated with electrolytes. Do not according to your local law(s) petroleum jelly or terminal grease. allow battery acid to or regulation. • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from contact your skin, eyes, The battery contains lead. Do the battery immediately with a clothing or paint finish. not dispose of it after use. solution of water and baking soda. Wear eye protection Please return the battery to • If the vehicle is not going to be when charging or work- an authorized Kia dealer to used for an extended time, discon- ing near a battery. be recycled. nect the battery cables. Always provide ventila- Never attempt to recharge the bat- tion when working in an tery when the battery cables are con- enclosed space. nected.

743 Maintenance

✽ NOTICE Recharging the battery - Risk of elec- WARNING If you connect unauthorized elec- Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, trocution tronic devices to the battery, the bat- calcium-based battery. Never touch the electrical igni- tery may be discharged. Never use • If the battery becomes discharged tion system while the vehicle is unauthorized devices. in a short time (because, for exam- running. This system works ple, the headlamps or interior with high voltage which can lamps were left on while the vehi- shock you. cle was not in use), recharge it by slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours. • If the battery gradually discharges WARNING - Recharging because of high electric load while Battery the vehicle is being used, recharge Never attempt to recharge the it at 20-30A for two hours. battery when the battery cables are connected.

WARNING - Battery lead compound Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling.

7 44 Maintenance

When recharging the battery, • Before performing maintenance or Reset items recharging the battery, turn off all observe the following precautions: Items should be reset after the bat- accessories and stop the engine. • The battery must be removed from tery has been discharged or the bat- the vehicle and placed in an area • The negative battery cable must be tery has been disconnected. removed first and installed last with good ventilation. • Auto up/down window when the battery is disconnected. • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or • Sunroof flame near the battery. • Trip computer • Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging • Climate control system rate if the battery cells begin • Driver position memory system gassing (boiling) violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F). • Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging. • Disconnect the battery charger in the following order. 1. Turn off the battery charger main switch. 2. Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal. 3. Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal.

745 Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care - Tire underin- For proper maintenance, safety, and WARNING maximum fuel economy, you must flation always maintain recommended tire Inflate your tires consistent with inflation pressures and stay within the instructions provided in this the load limits and weight distribution manual. Severe underinflation recommended for your vehicle. (70 kPa (10 psi) or more) can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separa- Recommended cold tire inflation and other tire failures that tion pressures can result in the loss of vehicle All tire pressures (including the OQL085002L control.This risk is much higher spare) should be checked when the All specifications (sizes and pres- on hot days and when driving tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the sures) can be found on a label for long periods at high speeds. vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the driver’s side center least three hours or driven less than pillar. 1.6 km (1 mile). Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, top vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear. For recommended inflation pressure refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 8.

7 46 Maintenance

• Underinflation also results in Tire pressure Checking tire inflation pres- excessive wear, poor handling and Always observe the following: sure reduced fuel economy. Wheel Check your tires once a month or deformation also is possible. Keep • Check tire pressure when the tires more. your tire pressures at the proper are cold. (After the vehicle has levels. If a tire frequently needs been parked for at least three Also, check the tire pressure of the refilling, have it checked by an hours or hasn't been driven more spare tire. authorized Kia dealer. than 1.6 km (1 mile) since startup.) • Overinflation produces a harsh • Check the pressure of your spare How to check ride, excessive wear at the center tire each time you check the pressure of other tires. Use a good quality gauge to check of the tire tread, and a greater pos- tire pressure. You can not tell if your sibility of damage from road haz- • Never overload your vehicle. Be tires are properly inflated simply by ards. careful not to overload a vehicle looking at them. Radial tires may • Warm tires normally exceed rec- luggage rack if your vehicle is look properly inflated even when ommended cold tire pressures by equipped with one. they're underinflated. 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not Check the tire's inflation pressure release air from warm tires to WARNING - Tire Inflation when the tires are cold. - "Cold" adjust the pressure or the tires will means your vehicle has been sitting be underinflated. Overinflation or underinflation can reduce tire life, adversely for at least three hours or driven no • Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation affect vehicle handling, and more than 1.6 km (1 mile). valve caps. Without the valve cap, lead to sudden tire failure. This dirt or moisture could get into the could result in loss of vehicle valve core and cause air leakage. If control and potential injury. a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.

747 Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tire • Inspect your tires frequently for Tire rotation valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- proper inflation as well as wear and To equalize tread wear, it is recom- ly onto the valve to get a pressure damage. Always use a tire pres- mended that the tires be rotated measurement. If the cold tire inflation sure gauge. every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or pressure matches the recommended • Tires with too much or too little sooner if irregular wear develops. pressure on the tire and loading pressure wear unevenly causing information label, no further adjust- During rotation, check the tires for poor handling, loss of vehicle con- correct balance. ment is necessary. If the pressure is trol, and sudden tire failure leading low, add air until you reach the rec- to accidents, injuries, and even When rotating tires, check for uneven ommended amount. death. The recommended cold tire wear and damage. Abnormal wear is If you overfill the tire, release air by pressure for your vehicle can be usually caused by incorrect tire pres- pushing on the metal stem in the found in this manual and on the tire sure, improper wheel alignment, out- center of the tire valve. Recheck the label located on the driver's side of-balance wheels, severe braking or tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be center pillar. severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire. sure to put the valve caps back on • Remember to check the pressure the valve stems. They help prevent Replace the tire if you find either of of your spare tire. Kia recommends these conditions. Replace the tire if leaks by keeping out dirt and mois- that you check the spare every ture. fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, time you check the pressure of the be sure to bring the front and rear tire other tires on your vehicle. pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 8.

7 48 Maintenance

Without a spare tire Disc brake pads should be inspected Wheel alignment and tire bal- for wear whenever tires are rotated. ance Rotate radial tires that have an The wheels on your vehicle were asymmetric tread pattern only from aligned and balanced carefully at the front to rear and not from right to left. factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance. WARNING - Mixing tires In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. • Do not use the compact spare However, if you notice unusual tire tire (if equipped) for tire rota- wear or your vehicle pulling one way S2BLA790A tion. Directional tires (if equipped) or the other, the alignment may need • Do not mix bias ply and radial to be reset. ply tires under any circum- If you notice your vehicle vibrating stances. This may cause when driving on a smooth road, your unusual handling characteris- wheels may need to be rebalanced. tics.

CAUTION - Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's alu- CBGQ0707A minum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.

749 Maintenance

Tire replacement The ABS works by comparing the Compact spare tire replacement speed of the wheels. The tire size A compact spare tire has a shorter affects wheel speed. When replacing tread life than a regular size tire. tires, all 4 tires must use the same Replace it when you can see the size originally supplied with the vehi- tread wear indicator bars on the tire. cle. Using tires of a different size can The replacement compact spare tire cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake should be the same size and design System) and ESC (Electronic tire as the one provided with your Stability Control) to work irregularly. new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire ✽ NOTICE wheel. The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular We recommend that when replacing size wheel, and the compact spare OUM076204L tires, use the same which were origi- tire wheel is not designed for mount- nally supplied with the vehicle. If ing a regular size tire. If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear not, driving performance could be Indicator (A) will appear as a solid altered. band across the tread. This shows there is less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens. Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replacing the tire.

7 50 Maintenance

Wheel replacement Tire traction Tire sidewall labeling When replacing the metal wheels for Tire traction can be reduced if you any reason, make sure the new drive on worn tires, tires that are wheels are equivalent to the original improperly inflated or on slippery factory units in diameter, rim width road surfaces. Tires should be and offset. replaced when tread wear indicators A wheel that is not the correct size appear. Slow down whenever there may adversely affect wheel and is rain, snow or ice on the road, to bearing life, braking and stopping reduce the possibility of losing con- abilities, handling characteristics, trol of the vehicle. ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, snow chain clearance, Tire maintenance speedometer and odometer calibra- OJF085008L tion, headlight aim and bumper In addition to proper inflation, correct height. wheel alignment helps to decrease This information identifies and tire wear. If you find a tire is worn describes the fundamental charac- unevenly, have your dealer check the teristics of the tire and also provides CAUTION - Wheel wheel alignment. the tire identification number (TIN) Wheels that do not meet Kia's When you have new tires installed, for safety standard certification. The specifications may fit poorly make sure they are balanced. This TIN can be used to identify the tire in and result in damage to the will increase vehicle ride comfort and case of a recall. vehicle or unusual handling and tire life. Additionally, a tire should poor vehicle control. always be rebalanced if it is removed 1. Manufacturer or brand name from the wheel. Manufacturer or Brand name is shown.

751 Maintenance

2. Tire size designation 89 - Load Index, a numerical code Tire speed ratings A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire associated with the maximum The chart below lists many of the dif- size designation. You will need this load the tire can carry. ferent speed ratings currently being information when selecting replace- H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the used for passenger vehicles. The ment tires for your car. The following speed rating chart in this section speed rating is part of the tire size explains what the letters and num- for additional information. designation on the sidewall of the bers in the tire size designation tire. This symbol corresponds to that mean. tire's designed maximum safe oper- Wheel size designation Example tire size designation: ating speed. Wheels are also marked with impor- (These numbers are provided as an tant information that you need if you example only; your tire size designa- Speed ever have to replace one. The follow- Rating Maximum Speed tor could vary depending on your ing explains what the letters and Symbol vehicle.) numbers in the wheel size designa- P205/55R16 89H tion mean. S 180 km/h (112 mph) T 190 km/h (118 mph) P - Applicable vehicle type (tires H 210 km/h (130 mph) marked with the prefix “P’’ are Example wheel size designation: V 240 km/h (149 mph) intended for use on passenger 6.0JX16 vehicles or light trucks; however, W 270 km/h (168 mph) not all tires have this marking). Y 300 km/h (186 mph) 6.0 - Rim width in inches. 205 - Tire width in millimeters. J - Rim contour designation. 55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section height as a percentage of its 16 - Rim diameter in inches. width. R - Tire construction code (Radial). 16 - Rim diameter in inches.

7 52 Maintenance

3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire 5. Maximum permissible inflation Identification Number) WARNING - Tire age pressure Any tires that are over 6 years old, Replace tires within the recom- This number is the greatest amount of based on the manufacturing date, mended time frame. Failure to air pressure that should be put in the (including the spare tire) should be replace tires as recommended tire. Do not exceed the maximum per- replaced by new ones. You can find can result in sudden tire failure, missible inflation pressure. Refer to the manufacturing date on the tire which could lead to a loss of the Tire and Loading Information label sidewall (possibly on the inside of the control and an accident. for recommended inflation pressure. wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers 4. Tire ply composition and mate- 6. Maximum load rating and English letters. The manufactur- rial This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can ing date is designated by the last four The number of layers or plies of rub- be carried by the tire. When replacing digits (characters) of the DOT code. ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire the tires on the vehicle, always use a manufacturers also must indicate the tire that has the same load rating as materials in the tire, which include DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO the factory installed tire. The front part of the DOT means a steel, nylon, polyester, and others. plant code number, tire size and The letter "R" means radial ply con- tread pattern and the last four num- struction; the letter "D" means diago- 7. Uniform tire quality grading bers indicate week and year manu- nal or bias ply construction; and the Quality grades can be found where factured. letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- applicable on the tire sidewall struction. For example: between tread shoulder and maximum section width. DOT XXXX XXXX 1619 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th For example: week of 2019. TREADWEAR 440 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A

753 Maintenance

Tread wear Tires degrade over time, even when Traction - AA, A, B & C The tread wear grade is a compara- they are not being used. Regardless The traction grades, from highest to tive rating based on the wear rate of of the remaining tread, we recom- lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those the tire when tested under controlled mend that tires be replaced after grades represent the tires ability to conditions on a specified govern- approximately six (6) years of normal stop on wet pavement as measured ment test course. For example, a tire service. Heat caused by hot climates under controlled conditions on spec- graded 150 would wear one-and-a- or frequent high loading conditions ified government test surfaces of half times (1½) as well on the gov- can accelerate the aging process. asphalt and concrete. A tire marked ernment course as a tire graded 100. These grades are molded on the C may have poor traction perform- The relative performance of tires side-walls of passenger vehicle tires. ance. depends upon the actual conditions The tires available as standard or The traction grade assigned to this of their use, however, and may optional equipment on your vehicles tire is based on straight-ahead brak- depart significantly from the norm may vary with respect to grade. ing traction tests, and does not due to variations in driving habits, include acceleration, cornering, service practices and differences in hydroplaning, or peak traction char- road characteristics and climate. acteristics.

7 54 Maintenance

Temperature -A, B & C Tire terminology and definitions Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of The temperature grades are A (the Air Pressure: The amount of air air pressure in a tire, measured in highest), B and C representing the inside the tire pressing outward on kilopascals (kPa) or pounds per tire’s resistance to the generation of the tire. Air pressure is expressed in square inch (psi) before a tire has heat and its ability to dissipate heat kilopascal (kPa) or pounds per built up heat from driving. when tested under controlled condi- square inch (psi). Curb Weight: This means the weight tions on a specified indoor laboratory Accessory Weight: This means the of a motor vehicle with standard and test wheel. combined weight of optional acces- optional equipment including the Sustained high temperature can sories. Some examples of optional maximum capacity of fuel, oil and cause the material of the tire to accessories are, automatic transmis- coolant, but without passengers and degenerate and reduce tire life, and sion, power seats and air condition- cargo. excessive temperature can lead to ing. DOT Markings: The DOT code sudden tire failure. Grades B and A Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a includes the Tire Identification represent higher levels of perform- tire's height to its width. Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des- ance on the laboratory test wheel ignator which can also identify the than the minimum required by law. Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords tire manufacturer, production plant, that is located between the plies and brand and date of production. the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials. Bead: The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim. Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

755 Maintenance

GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Maximum Inflation Pressure: The Occupant Distribution: Designated GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight maximum air pressure to which a seating positions. Rating for the Front Axle. cold tire may be inflated. The maxi- Outward Facing Sidewall: The side mum air pressure is molded onto the of an asymmetrical tire that has a GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight sidewall. Rating for the Rear axle. particular side that faces outward Maximum Load Rating: The load when mounted on a vehicle. The out- Intended Outboard Sidewall: The rating for a tire at the maximum per- ward facing sidewall bears white let- side of an asymmetrical tire, that missible inflation pressure for that tering or bears manufacturer, brand, must always face outward when tire. and/or model name molding that is mounted on a vehicle. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight: higher or deeper than the same Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for The sum of curb weight; accessory moldings on the inner facing side- air pressure. weight; vehicle capacity weight; and wall. Light truck(LT) tire: A tire designat- production options weight. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire ed by its manufacturer as primarily Normal Occupant Weight: The used on passenger cars and some intended for use on lightweight trucks number of occupants a vehicle is light duty trucks and multipurpose or multipurpose passenger vehicles. designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg vehicles. Load Index: An assigned number (150 lbs.). Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallel ranging from 1 to 279 that corre- cords sponds to the load carrying capacity Pneumatic tire: A mechanical of a tire. device made of rubber, chemicals, Load ratings: The maximum load fabric and steel or other materials, that a tire is rated to carry for a given that, when mounted on an automo- inflation pressure. tive wheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load.

7 56 Maintenance

Production options weight: The Speed Rating: An alphanumeric Vehicle Maximum Load on the combined weight of installed regular code assigned to a tire indicating the Tire: Load on an individual tire due production options weighing over 5 maximum speed at which a tire can to curb and accessory weight plus lb.(2.3 kg) in excess of the standard operate. maximum occupant and cargo items which they replace, not previ- Traction: The friction between the weight. ously considered in curb weight or tire and the road surface. The Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire: accessory weight, including heavy amount of grip provided. Load on an individual tire that is duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, determined by distributing to each heavy duty battery, and special trim. Tread: The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road. axle its share of the curb weight, Recommended Inflation Pressure: accessory weight, and normal occu- Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- Treadwear Indicators: Narrow pant weight and driving by 2. bands, sometimes called "wear ed tire inflation pressure and shown Vehicle Placard: A label permanent- on the tire placard. bars," that show across the tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of tread ly attached to a vehicle showing the Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in remains. original equipment tire size and rec- which the ply cords that extend to the ommended inflation pressure. beads are laid at 90 degrees to the UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality centerline of the tread. Grading Standards, a tire information system that provides consumers with Rim: A metal support for a tire and ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- upon which the tire beads are seat- ture and treadwear. Ratings are ed. determined by tire manufacturers Sidewall: The portion of a tire using government testing proce- between the tread and the bead. dures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus the rated cargo and luggage load.

757 Maintenance

All season tires Summer tires Snow tires Kia specifies all season tires on Kia specifies summer tires on some If you equip your car with snow tires, some models to provide good per- models to provide superior perform- they should be the same size and formance for use all year round, ance on dry roads. Summer tire per- have the same load capacity as the including snowy and icy road condi- formance is substantially reduced in original tires. Snow tires should be tions. All season tires are identified snow and ice. Summer tires do not installed on all four wheels; other- by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud have the tire traction rating M+S wise, poor handling may result. and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4 psi) tires have better snow traction than If you plan to operate your vehicle in more air pressure than the pressure all season tires and may be more snowy or icy conditions, Kia recom- recommended for the standard tires appropriate in some areas. mends the use of snow tires or all on the tire label on the driver's side of season tires on all four wheels. the center pillar, or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less. Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75 mph) when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires.

7 58 Maintenance

Radial-ply tires Longer wearing tires can be more Low aspect ratio tire Radial-ply tires provide improved susceptible to irregular tread wear. It (if equipped) is very important to follow the tire tread life, road hazard resistance and Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect rotation interval shown in this section smoother high speed ride. The radi- ratio is lower than 50, are provided to achieve the tread life potential of al-ply tires used on this vehicle are for sporty looks. of belted construction and are select- these tires. Cuts and punctures in radial-ply tires are repairable only in Because the low aspect ratio tires ed to complement the ride and han- are optimized for handling and brak- dling characteristics of your vehicle. the tread area, because of sidewall flexing. Consult your tire dealer for ing, it may be more uncomfortable to Radial-ply tires have the same load radial-ply tire repairs. ride in and there is more noise com- carrying capacity as bias-ply or bias pare with normal tires. belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply or bias belted tires is not recommended. Any combina- tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: identical radial-ply tires should always be used as a set of four.

759 Maintenance

• It is not easy to recognize the tire CAUTION damage with your own eyes. But if Because the sidewall of the low there is the slightest hint of tire aspect ratio tire is shorter than damage, even though you cannot the normal, the wheel and tire of see it, have the tire checked or the low aspect ratio tire is easi- replaced because the tire damage er to be damaged. So, follow the may cause air leakage from the tire. instructions below. • If the tire is damaged by driving on • When driving on a rough road a rough road, off road, pothole, or off road, drive cautiously manhole, or curb stone, it will not because tires and wheels may be covered by the warranty. be damaged. And after driv- • You can find out the tire information ing, inspect tires and wheels. on the tire sidewall. • When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not damaged. • If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer. • To prevent damage to the tire, inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3,000 km (1,900 miles).

7 60 Maintenance

FUSES ■ Blade type A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload dam- WARNING - Fuse replace- age by fuses. ment This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, • Never replace a fuse with anyone located in the driver’s side panel thing but another fuse of the bolster, the other in the engine com- same rating. ■ Cartridge type partment near the battery. • A higher capacity fuse could If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- cause damage and possibly a sories, or controls do not work, check fire. the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse • Never install a wire or alu- has blown, the element inside the minum foil instead of the fuse will melt. proper fuse - even as a tem- ■ Multi fuse If the electrical system does not porary repair. It may cause work, first check the driver’s side extensive wiring damage and fuse panel. a possible fire. Always replace a blown fuse with • Do not arbitrarily modify or one of the same rating. add-on electric wiring to the If the replacement fuse blows, this vehicle. ■ BFT indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized Kia CAUTION dealer. Do not use a screwdriver or any Three kinds of fuses are used: blade other metal object to remove type for lower amperage rating, car- fuses because it may cause a tridge type, and multi fuse for higher short circuit and damage the amperage ratings. system. OJF075021 ❈ Left side : Normal , Right side : Blown

761 Maintenance

✽ NOTICE CAUTION (Continued) • When replacing fuse, turn the • When replacing a blown fuse The electrical system and ignition “OFF” and turn off wiring of the vehicle interior switches of all electrical devices or relay, make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into may be damaged or burned then remove battery (-) terminal. due to contact failure. • The actual fuse/relay panel label the clips. Failure to tightly may differ from equipped items. install the fuse or relay may • If you directly connect the cause damage to the wiring wire on the taillight or replace and electric systems. the bulb which is over the reg- WARNING - Electrical Fire • Do not remove fuses, relays ulated capacity to install trail- and terminals fastened with ers etc., the inner junction Always ensure replacements block can get burned. fuses and relays are securely bolts or nuts.The fuses, relays fastened when installed. Failure and terminals may not be fas- to do so can result in a vehicle tened correctly which may fire. cause vehicle damage. WARNING - Electrical wiring repairs All electrical repairs should be CAUTION performed by authorized Kia • Do not input any other objects dealerships using approved Kia except fuses or relays into parts. Using other wiring com- fuse/relay terminals such as a ponents, especially when retro- driver or wiring. It may cause fitting the audio system or theft contact failure and system alarm system, or remote engine malfunction. control may cause vehicle dam- • Do not plug in screwdrivers or age and increase the risk of a aftermarket wiring into the ter- vehicle fire. minal originally designed for fuse and relays only. (Continued)

7 62 Maintenance

✽ NOTICE - Remodeling Inner panel fuse replacement Prohibited Do not rewire your vehicle in any way as doing so may affect the performance of several safety features in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehicle may also void your warranty and cause you to be responsible for any subsequent vehicle damage which may result.

OQL075024 ✽ NOTICE - Window tinting precaution OQL075023 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided Window tint(especially metallic 1. Turn the ignition switch and all on the engine compartment fuse film) might cause communication other switches off. panel cover. disorder or poor radio reception, 2. Open the fuse panel cover. and malfunction of the automatic 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it lighting system due to excessive If the switch is located in the “OFF” if it is blown. change of illumination inside the position, a caution indicator will be Spare fuses are provided in the vehicle. The solution used might also displayed in the cluster. engine compartment fuse panel. flow into electric, electronic devices 5. Push in a new fuse of the same causing disorder and failure. rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

763 Maintenance

If you do not have a spare, use a Fuse switch fuse of the same rating from a circuit CAUTION - Fuse Panel you may not need for operating the Covers vehicle, such as the power outlet • Set all switches to ON before fuse. driving. If the head lamp, turn signal lamp, • If the vehicle is going to be stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail unused for over 1 month, set lamp, HMSL do not work and the all switches to OFF to prevent fuses are not blown, check the fuse the batteries from draining. panel in the engine compartment. If a • The contact points of the fuse is blown, it must be replaced. switches may wear out with excessive use. Please refrain ✽ NOTICE from excessive use of the OQL075025 If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn sig- switches (except for long-term parking for over 1 month). Always set the fuse switch to the ON nal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction position before using the vehicle. even without any problem to the lamps, have the vehicle checked by If you move the switch to the OFF an authorized Kia dealer for assis- position, some items such as audio tance. and digital clock must be reset and transmitter (or smart key) may not work properly. When the switch is Off, the caution indicator will be displayed on the instrument cluster. Always place the fuse switch in the ON position while driving the vehicle. If the switch is located in the “OFF” position, a caution indicator will be displayed in the cluster.

7 64 Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it Multi fuse replacement if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel. 4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely install the fuse panel OQL075027 OQL075026 cover through the audible click- If the multi fuse is blown, it must be 1. Turn the ignition switch and all ing sound. removed as follows: other switches off. If not, electrical failures may 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by occur from water contact. 2. Disconnect the negative battery pressing the tab and pulling the cable. cover up. When the blade type 3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- fuse is disconnected, remove it by ture above. using the clip designed for changing fuses located in the engine 4. Replace the fuse with a new one compartment fuse box. Upon of the same rating. removal, securely insert reserve 5. Reverse these steps to reinstall fuse of the same rating. the multi fuse.

765 Maintenance

✽ NOTICE Main fuse ✽ NOTICE Do not disassemble nor assemble the The electronic system may not func- multi fuse when it is secured with tion correctly even when the engine nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial compartment and internal fuse assembly torque may cause a fire. box’s individual fuses are not dis- Have the vehicle checked by an connected. In such case the cause of authorized Kia dealer. the problem may be disconnection of the main fuse (BFT type), which is located inside the positive battery terminal (+) cap. Since the main fuse is designed more intricately than other parts, have the vehicle checked by an authorized OQL075028 Kia dealer. If the main fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: CAUTION 1. Turn off the engine. Visually inspect the battery cap 2. Disconnect the negative battery to ensure it is securely closed. cable. If the battery cap is not securely 3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- closed, moisture may enter the ture above. system and damage the electri- 4. Replace the fuse with a new one cal components. of the same rating. 5. Reverse these steps to reinstall the main fuse.

7 66 Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel description Driver’s side fuse panel

OQL075029 Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

✽ NOTICE OQL078134N Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

767 Maintenance

Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

MDPS 7.5A MDPS Unit

MODULE 2 10A Cooling Fan Unit

SMART KEY 1 10A Smart Key Control Module/Immobilizer Module

Instrument Cluster [Audio & Manual A/C] Hazard Switch A/BAG IND 7.5A [Audio & Auto A/C] A/C Control Module [Navigation] Center Facia Lamp Console Switch, Blind Spot Detection Radar LH/RH, AWD ECM, BCM, Lane Departure Warning Control MODULE 4 10A Module

AIR BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger seat Occupant Detection Unit

[W/O Smart Key & IMMO.] ICM Relay Box (Burglar Alarm Relay), Ignition Switch START 7.5A [With Smart Key / IMMO.] Transmission Range Switch, ECM, Smart Key Control Module

Front/Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, ATM Shift Lever ILL., Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, A/V MODULE 3 10A & Navigation Head Unit, Electro Chromic Mirror, Audio, A/C Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector, Adaptive Front Lighting Module, Crash Pad Switch, Console Switch

CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster

MODULE 9 20A PCB Block (Fuse - ABS 3, VACUUM PUMP 2, ECU 6, AEB, TCU 2, MODULE)

7 68 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected HEATED 15A BCM STEERING

MODULE 6 7.5A Front/Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module

MODULE 5 10A BCM, Smart Key Control Module

A/C 2 7.5A A/C Control Module

MODULE 1 10A BCM, ATM Shift Lever

P/ WINDOW LH 25A Power Window Main Switch

A/C 1 7.5A A/C Control Module, Cluster Ionizer, E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)

WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Motor, ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay)

WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch

[W/O Smart Key] Immobilizer Module SMART KEY 3 10A [With Smart Key] Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch

STOP LAMP 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Stop Lamp Switch

P/ WINDOW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch

769 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected Instrument Cluster, BCM, ICM Relay Box (Outside Mirror Folding/Unfolding Relay), Electro Chromic Mirror, MEMORY 10A A/C Control Module, Console Switch, Crash Pad Switch

SUN ROOF 1 20A Panorama Sunroof

TAIL GATE 10A Tail Gate Relay OPEN Ignition Key Ill.& Door Warning Switch, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Front Vanity Lamp LH/RH, INTERIOR LAMP 10A Rear Personal Lamp LH/RH, Luggage Lamp, Glove Box Lamp, Wireless Charger

SMART KEY 2 15A Smart Key Control Module

Rear USB Charger, AMP, Power Outside Mirror Switch, PCB Block(Power Outlet Relay), Smart Key Control ACC 10A Module, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, BCM, Wireless Charger

MULTI MEDIA 15A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Rear USB Charger

S/HEATER 20A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module DRV/PASS

SUN ROOF 2 20A Panorama Sunroof

P/SEAT (PASS) 30A Passenger Seat Manual Switch

MODULE 8 7.5A Key Solenoid, On Board Diagnostic Module

7 70 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

POWER OUTLET 20A Front Power Outlet #1 (Front Cigarette Lighter)

S/HEATER 20A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module REAR

DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock/Unlock Relay

4WD 20A AWD ECM

MODULE 7 10A Hazard Switch, Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, AEB Sensor

AMP 25A AMP

SAFETY P/ WINDOW 25A Driver’s seat Safety Power Window Module (DRV) HEATED 10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module MIRROR

P/SEAT (DRV) 30A Driver Seat Manual Switch

MODULE 10 10A BCM

SAFETY P/WINDOW 25A Passenger’s seat Safety Power Window Module (PASS)

771 Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

OQL075030

OQL078133N

7 72 Maintenance

Engine room compartment fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

COOLING FAN 3 80A Cooling Fan Motor

MDPS 80A MDPS Unit

Smart Junction Block (IPS 2 (5CH), IPS 3 (2CH), IPS 4 (2CH), IPS 5 (2CH), IPS 6 (1CH), Fuse - B+ 1 60A AMP), Module 10 Smart Junction Block (IPS 1 (5CH), Fuse - MODULE 7, SMART KEY 2, SMART KET 3, STOP B+ 2 60A LAMP) Smart Junction Block (Fuse - SUNROOF 1, SUNROOF 2, S/HEATER DRV/PASS, S/HEATER REAR, MULTI B+ 3 50A FUSE SAFETY P/WINDOW, Power Window Relay)

BLOWER 40A Blower Relay

REAR HEATED 40A Rear Heated Relay

IG1 40A [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] PCB Block (PDM (IG1)/PDM (ACC) Relay)

IG2 30A Start Relay, [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] PCB Block (PDM (IG2) Relay)

773 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected Smart Junction Block (Fuse - AWD, P/SEAT (DRV), P/SEAT (PASS), TAIL GATE OPEN, DOOR B+ 4 50A LOCK, Leak Current Autocut Device Relay), Module 8

COOLING FAN 1 50A Cooling Fan 1 Relay

ABS 1 40A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

POWER 40A Power Liftgate Module LIFTGATE

ABS 2 40A ESC Module

COOLING FAN 2 40A Cooling Fan 1 Relay

WIPER FRT 2 10A BCM FUSE E-CVVT 2 20A PCM

E-CVVT 1 20A PCM

WIPER FRT 1 30A [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch, [With Smart Key] PDM (IG2) Relay

TCU 1 15A PCM

A/C 10A Air Control Unit Relay

ECU 3 20A PCM

HORN 15A Horn Relay

7 74 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected BATTERY 10A Battery Sensor MANAGEMENT

SENSOR 2 10A Oil Control Valve, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, RCV Control Solenoid

SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)

ECU 2 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4

ECU 4 15A PCM

SENSOR 3 10A E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan 1 Relay), Canister Close Valve, E/R Junction Block (Air Control Unit

FUSE MODULE 2 10A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

VACUUM 20A Vacuum Pump PUMP 1

DEICER 15A E/R Junction Block (Deicer Relay)

FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay

MODULE 1 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch

B/ALARM 15A E/R Junction Block (B/Alarm Horn Relay) HORN

H/LAMP HI 10A BI-Function H/LP Relay

775 Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected

FCA 10A Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) Sensor

ABS 3 10A ESC Module

VACUUM 15A Vacuum Pump, Vacuum Switch PUMP 2 POWER 20A Front Power Outlet #2 OUTLET 1

FUSE ECU 6 10A PCM

TCU 2 15A Transmission Range Switch

B/UP LAMP 10A Rear Bumper Lamp LH/RH, Electro Chromic Mirror

POWER 20A Rear Power Outlet OUTLET 2

ECU 1 30A Engine Control Relay

7 76 Maintenance

Relay

Relay Name Type Cooling Fan 1 Relay MINI

Rear Defogger Relay MICRO

A/C Relay MICRO

B/Alarm Horn Relay MICRO

Deicer Relay MICRO

Cooling Fan 2 Relay MICRO

Start Relay MICRO

Blower Relay MICRO

Fuel pump Relay MICRO

777 Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel (Battery terminal cover)

OQL075032 ✽ NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label. OQL075033

7 78 Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS Bulb replacement precaution Use only bulbs of the specified • Lamp part malfunction due to Please keep extra bulbs on hand wattage. net-work failure with appropriate wattage ratings in The headlamp, taillight, and fog light case of emergencies. CAUTION - Light replace- may light up when the head lamp Refer to “Bulb Wattage” in chapter 8. ment switch is turned ON, and not light up Be sure to replace the burned- when the taillight or for light switch is When changing lamps, first turn off turned ON. This may be cause by the engine at a safe place, firmly out bulb with one of the same wattage rating. Otherwise, it network failure or vehicle electrical apply the parking brake and detach control system malfunction. If there is the battery’s negative (-) terminal. may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system. a problem, we recommend the system be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer. WARNING - Working on the lights CAUTION - Headlamp Lens Prior to working on the light, firmly apply the parking brake, To prevent damage, do not ensure that the ignition switch clean the headlamp lens with is turned to the LOCK position chemical solvents or strong and turn off the lights to avoid detergents. sudden movement of the vehicle and burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.

779 Maintenance

• Lamp part malfunction due to elec- ✽ NOTICE If you don’t have the necessary tools, trical control system stabilization • If the light bulb or lamp connector the correct bulbs and the expertise, A normally functioning lamp may is removed while the lamp is still consult an authorized Kia dealer. In flicker momentarily. This momentary on, the fuse box's electronic sys- many cases, it is difficult to replace occurrence is due to the stabilization tem may log it as a malfunction. vehicle light bulbs because other function of the vehicle's electrical Therefore, a lamp malfunction parts of the vehicle must be removed control system. If the lamp stops incident may be recorded as a before you can get to the bulb. This is flickering after a few moments, the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in especially true if you have to remove vehicle does not require service. the fuse box. the headlamp assembly to get to the bulb(s). However, if the lamp goes out after • It is normal for an operating lamp the momentary flickering, or the flick- to flicker momentarily. This is due Removing/installing the headlamp ering continues, we recommend the to a stabilization function of the assembly can result in damage to system be serviced by an authorized vehicle’s electronic control device. the vehicle. Kia dealer. If the lamp lights up normally If non-genuine parts or substandard after momentarily blinking, then bulbs are used, it may lead to blow- it is functioning as normal. ing a fuse or other wiring damages. However, if the lamp continues to Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to flicker several times or turns off the vehicle. If additional lights are completely, there may be an error installed, it may lead to lamp mal- in the vehicle’s electronic control functions and flickering. Additionally, device. Please have the vehicle the fuse box and other writing may checked by an authorized Kia be damaged. dealer immediately.

7 80 Maintenance

Light bulb position (Front)

■ Head lamp - Type A ■ Fog lamp - Type A (1) Headlamp (Low/High) (2) Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type) (3) Day time running lamp/ Position lamp (Bulb type) (4) Side marker (Bulb type) (5) Front turn signal lamp (LED type) (6) Day time running lamp/ OQL078087N OQL078052N Position lamp (LED type) ■ Head lamp - Type B ■ Fog lamp - Type B (7) Side marker (LED type) (8) Fog lamp (Bulb type) (9) Fog lamp (LED type)

OQL078039N OQL078053N

781 Maintenance

Light bulb position (Rear)

■ Rear combination lamp - Type A ■ License plate lamp (1) Tail lamp (Bulb type) (2) Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) (3) Side marker (Bulb type) (4) Stop lamp (LED type) (5) Stop and tail lamp (LED type) (6) Side marker (LED type) (7) Rear turn signal lamp OQL078042N OQL078046N (Bulb type) ■ Rear combination lamp - Type B ■ High mounted stop lamp (8) Back up lamp (Bulb type) (9) License plate lamp (Bulb type) (10) High mounted stop lamp (LED type)

OQL078043N OQL078084N ■ Rear turn signal & Back up lamp

OQL078085N

7 82 Maintenance

Light bulb position (Side) Headlamp (High/Low beam) 5. Install a new bulb-socket assem- (if equipped) bulb replacement bly in the headlamp assembly by aligning the tabs on the bulb-socket with the slots in the headlamp assembly. Push the bulb-socket into the headlamp assembly and turn the bulb-socket clockwise. 6. Install the headlamp bulb cover by turning it clockwise.

OQL075047 OQL075049 (1) Side repeater lamp (LED type) 1. Open the hood. 2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise. 3. Disconnect the headlamp bulb socket-connector. 4. Remove the bulb-socket from the headlamp assembly by turning the bulb-socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb-socket align with the slots on the headlamp assembly.

783 Maintenance

Headlamp bulb (Continued) Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement • Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit. A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp. • If a bulb becomes damaged or OQL075058 cracked, replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it. OQL075050 WARNING - Halogen • Wear eye protection when 1. Open the hood. bulbs changing a bulb. Allow the 2. Remove the bulb-socket from the bulb to cool down before han- headlamp assembly by turning the Handle halogen bulbs with care. dling it. • Halogen bulbs contain pres- bulb-socket counterclockwise until surized gas that will produce the tabs on the bulb-socket align flying pieces of glass if bro- with the slots on the headlamp ken. assembly. (Continued) 3. Remove the bulb from the bulb- socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the bulb out of the bulb-socket.

7 84 Maintenance

4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it Position lamp + DRL bulb 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the bulb-socket and rotating it replacement into the bulb-socket and rotating it until it locks into place. until it locks into place. 5. Install the socket in the headlamp 5. Install the socket in the headlamp assembly by aligning the tabs on assembly by aligning the tabs on the bulb-socket with the slots in the bulb-socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the bulb-sock- the assembly. Push the bulb-socket into the headlamp assembly et into the headlamp assembly and turn the socket clockwise. and turn the socket clockwise.

OQL075051 1. Open the hood. 2. Remove the bulb-socket from the headlamp assembly by turning the bulb-socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb-socket align with the slots on the headlamp assembly. 3. Remove the bulb from the bulb- socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the bulb out of the bulb-socket.

785 Maintenance

Front fog lamp (Bulb and LED Stop and tail lamp bulb type) bulb replacement replacement

■ Type A

OQL078060 OQL078089L 4. Remove the rear combination ■ Type B lamp assembly from the body of OQL075059 the vehicle. 1. Open the liftgate. 5. Disconnect the rear combination 2. Open the service cover. lamp connector. 3. Loosen the light assembly retain- ing screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.

OQL078088L If the front fog lamp (Bulb and LED type) does not operate, we recommend that you have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

7 86 Maintenance

9. Install the socket in the assembly Tail lamp (inside) bulb replace- by aligning the tabs on the socket ment with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 10. Install the rear combination lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle. 11. Install the service cover.

OQL075061 6. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket OQL075062 counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on 1. Open the liftgate. the assembly. 2. Remove the service cover. 7. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

787 Maintenance

6. Install the socket in the assembly Stop and tail lamp (LED type) by aligning the tabs on the socket bulb replacement with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 7. Install the service cover by putting it into the service hole.

OQL075063 3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket OQL078069N counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on If the stop and tail lamp (LED type) the assembly. (1) does not operate, we recommend 4. Remove the bulb from the socket that you have your vehicle checked by pressing it in and rotating it by an authorized Kia dealer. counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place.

7 88 Maintenance

Back-up lamp and Rear turn High mounted stop lamp (LED License plate lamp (Bulb type) signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb type) bulb replacement bulb replacement replacement

OQL075064

OQL075071 OQL078090L If the high mounted stop lamp (LED If the Back-up lamp and Rear turn type) does not operate, we recom- signal lamp (Bulb type) does not mend that you have your vehicle operate, we recommend that you checked by an authorized Kia dealer. have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.

OQL075065 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing.

789 Maintenance

2. Remove the socket from the Side repeater lamp (LED type) Map lamp (Bulb and LED type) assembly by turning the socket bulb replacement bulb replacement counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 3. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket by pulling it out. 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the bulb-socket. 5. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. OQL075047L OQL075066 6. Align the lens cover tabs with the If the side repeater lamp (LED type) If the map lamp (Bulb and LED type) lamp housing notches and snap does not operate, we recommend does not operate, we recommend the lens into place. that you have your vehicle checked that you have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer. by an authorized Kia dealer.

7 90 Maintenance

Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb bulb replacement gently pry the lamp assembly from replacement interior. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.

✽ NOTICE Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

OQL075067 OQL075068

WARNING WARNING Prior to working on the Interior Prior to working on the Interior lamps, ensure that the “OFF” lamps, ensure that the “OFF” button is depressed to avoid button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiv- burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock. ing an electric shock.

791 Maintenance

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, Personal lamp (LED type) bulb Glove box lamp (Bulb type) gently pry the lens cover from replacement bulb replacement lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.

✽ NOTICE Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings. OQL075054 OQL075055 If the personal lamp (LED type) does 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, not operate, we recommend that you gently pry the lamp assembly from have your vehicle checked by an interior. authorized Kia dealer. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.

7 92 Maintenance

✽ NOTICE Liftgate room lamp (Bulb type) ✽ NOTICE Be careful not to dirty or damage the bulb replacement Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings. lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

OQL075056 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens cover tabs with the lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.

793 Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Finish maintenance After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if Exterior general caution Washing they have been affected by water. If It is very important to follow the label To help protect your vehicle’s finish braking performance is impaired, dry directions when using any chemical from rust and deterioration, wash it the brakes by applying them lightly cleaner or polish. Read all warning thoroughly and frequently at least while maintaining a slow forward and caution statements that appear once a month with lukewarm or cold speed. on the label. water. If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean. Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle’s finish if not removed immediately. Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, may be used. After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.

7 94 Maintenance

High-pressure washing Waxing • When using high-pressure wash- Wax the vehicle when water will no ers, make sure to maintain suffi- longer bead on the paint. cient distance from the vehicle. Always wash and dry the vehicle Insufficient clearance or excessive before waxing. Use a good quality pressure can lead to component liquid or paste wax, and follow the damage or water penetration. manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all • Do not spray the camera, sensors metal trim to protect it and to main- or its surrounding area directly with tain its luster. a high pressure washer. Shock Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- applied from high pressure water als with a spot remover will usually may cause the device to not oper- OJB037800 strip the wax from the finish. Be sure ate normally. to re-wax these areas even if the rest • Do not bring the nozzle tip close to CAUTION - Wet engine of the vehicle does not yet need wax- boots (rubber or plastic covers) or • Water washing in the engine ing. connectors as they may be dam- compartment including high Do not apply wax on embossed aged if they come into contact with pressure water washing may unpainted unit, as it may tarnish the high pressure water. cause the failure of electrical unit. circuits located in the engine compartment. • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

795 Maintenance

Finish damage repair Underbody maintenance CAUTION - Drying vehicle Deep scratches or stone chips in the Road salt and other corrosive chemi- • Wiping dust or dirt off the painted surface must be repaired cals are used in cold weather states to body with a dry cloth will promptly. Exposed metal will quickly melt snow and prevent ice accumula- scratch the finish. rust and may develop into a major tion. If these chemicals are not regu- • Do not use steel wool, abra- repair expense. larly removed, they will corrode the sive cleaners, acid detergents If your vehicle is damaged and vehicle underbody and over time dam- or strong detergents contain- requires any metal repair or replace- age fuel lines, the fuel tank retention ing high alkaline or caustic ment, be sure the body shop applies system, the vehicle suspension, the agents on chrome-plated or anti-corrosion materials to the parts exhaust system, and even the body anodized aluminum parts. repaired or replaced. frame. This may result in damage to • Wash the undercarriage of your the protective coating and vehicle regularly during the winter cause discoloration or paint Bright-metal maintenance and whenever your vehicle has deterioration. • To remove road tar and insects, been exposed to such salts or use a tar remover, not a scraper or chemicals. other sharp object. • To protect the surfaces of bright- metal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster. • During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.

7 96 Maintenance

• Do a thorough washing of the Aluminum wheel maintenance Corrosion protection undercarriage at the end of the The aluminum wheels are coated Protecting your vehicle from corrosion winter. with a clear protective finish. By using the most advanced design • Use professional service techni- • Do not use any abrasive cleaner, and construction practices to combat cians or governmental inspection polishing compound, solvent, or corrosion, we produce vehicles of stations to annually inspect for cor- wire brushes on aluminum wheels. the excellent quality. However, this is rosion. They may scratch the finish. only part of the job. To achieve the • Immediately seek an inspection of • Clean the wheel when it has long-term corrosion resistance your your vehicle if you become visually cooled. vehicle can deliver, the owner's aware of corrosion flaking or scal- cooperation and assistance is also ing or if you become aware of a • Use only a mild soap or neutral required. change in vehicle performance, detergent, and rinse thoroughly such as soft or spongey brakes, with water. Also, be sure to clean fluids leaking, impairment of direc- the wheels after driving on salted Common causes of corrosion tional control, suspension noises roads. This helps prevent corro- The most common causes of corro- or rattling metal straps. sion. sion on your vehicle are: • Avoid washing the wheels with • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is highspeed vehicle wash brushes. allowed to accumulate underneath • Do not use any alkaline or acid the vehicle. detergents It may damage and cor- • Removal of paint or protective rode the aluminum wheels coated coatings by stones, gravel, abra- with a clear protective finish. sion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.

797 Maintenance

High-corrosion areas High temperatures can also acceler- Keep your vehicle clean If you live in an area where your vehi- ate corrosion of parts that are not The best way to prevent corrosion is cle is regularly exposed to corrosive properly ventilated so the moisture to keep your vehicle clean and free materials, corrosion protection is can be dispersed. For all these rea- of corrosive materials. Attention to particularly important. Some of the sons, it is particularly important to the underside of the vehicle is partic- common causes of accelerated cor- keep your vehicle clean and free of ularly important. rosion are road salts, dust control mud or accumulations of other mate- chemicals, ocean air and industrial rials. This applies not only to the vis- pollution. ible surfaces but particularly to the • If you live in a high-corrosion area underside of the vehicle. — where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial Moisture breeds corrosion pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you To help prevent corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in should take extra care to prevent which corrosion is most likely to You can help prevent corrosion from corrosion. In winter, hose off the occur. For example, corrosion is beginning by observing the following: underside of your vehicle at least accelerated by high humidity, partic- once a month and be sure to clean ularly when temperatures are just the underside thoroughly when above freezing. In such conditions, winter is over. the corrosive material is kept in con- • When cleaning underneath the tact with the vehicle’s surface by vehicle, give particular attention to moisture that evaporates slowly. the components under the fenders Mud is particularly corrosive and other areas that are hidden because it dries slowly and holds from view. Do a thorough job; just moisture in contact with the vehicle. dampening the accumulated mud Although the mud appears to be dry, rather than washing it away will it can still retain the moisture and accelerate corrosion rather than promote corrosion. prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.

7 98 Maintenance

• When cleaning lower door panels, Keep paint and trim in good con- Interior care rocker panels and frame members, dition Interior general precautions be sure that drain holes are kept Scratches or chips in the finish Prevent chemicals such as perfume, open so that moisture can escape should be covered with "touch-up" cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean- and not be trapped inside to accel- paint as soon as possible to reduce er, and air freshener from contacting erate corrosion. the possibility of corrosion. If bare the interior parts because they may metal is showing through, the atten- cause damage or discoloration. If tion of a qualified body and paint Keep your garage dry they do contact the interior parts, shop is recommended. Don't park your vehicle in a damp, wipe them off immediately. If neces- poorly ventilated garage. This cre- sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product ates a favorable environment for cor- Bird droppings : Bird droppings are instructions for correct usage. rosion. This is particularly true if you highly corrosive and may damage wash your vehicle in the garage or painted surfaces in just a few hours. drive it into the garage when it is still Always remove bird droppings as CAUTION - Electrical wet or covered with snow, ice or soon as possible. components mud. Even a heated garage can con- Never allow water or other liq- tribute to corrosion unless it is well uids to come in contact with Don't neglect the interior ventilated so moisture is dispersed. electrical/electronic compo- Moisture can collect under the floor nents inside the vehicle as this mats and carpeting and cause corro- may damage them. sion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular care if you carry fertil- izers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle. These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up, flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried.

799 Maintenance

Taking care of leather seats Cleaning the leather seats CAUTION - Leather • Vacuum the seat periodically to • Remove all contaminations instant- When cleaning leather products remove dust and sand on the seat. ly. Refer to instructions below for (steering wheel, seats etc.), use It will prevent abrasion or damage of removal of each contaminant. neutral detergents or low alco- the leather and maintain its quality. • Cosmetic products(sunscreen, hol content solutions. If you use • Wipe the natural leather seat cover foundation, etc.) high alcohol content solutions often with dry or soft cloth. or acid/alkaline detergents, the - Apply cleansing cream on a cloth color of the leather may fade or • Sufficient use of a leather protec- and wipe the contaminated point. the surface may get stripped off. tive may prevent abrasion of the Wipe off the cream with a wet cover and helps maintain the color. cloth and remove water with a dry Be sure to read the instructions cloth. and consult a specialist when • Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.) using leather coating or protective - Apply a small amount of neutral agents. detergent and wipe until contami- • Leather with bright colors(beige, nations do not smear. cream beige) is easily contaminat- • Oil ed and clear in appearance. Clean the seats frequently. - Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with • Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may stain remover for natural leather cause the surface to crack. only. • Chewing gum - Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.

7 100 Maintenance

Fabric seat cover (If equipped) Cleaning the upholstery and inte- Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt Please clean the fabric seats regu- rior trim webbing larly with a vacuum cleaner in con- Vinyl Clean the belt webbing with any mild sideration of fabric material charac- Remove dust and loose dirt from soap solution recommended for teristics. If they are heavily soiled vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow with beverage stains, etc., use a suit- cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a the instructions provided with the able interior cleaner. To prevent dam- vinyl cleaner. soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the age to seat covers, wipe off the seat webbing because this may weaken it. covers down to the seams with a large wiping motion and moderate Fabric Cleaning the interior window pressure using a soft sponge or Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- microfiber cloth. ric with a whisk broom or vacuum glass Velcro closures on clothing or sharp cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- If the interior glass surfaces of the objects may cause snagging or tion recommended for upholstery or vehicle become fogged (that is, cov- scratches on the surface of the carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- ered with an oily, greasy or waxy seats. diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If film), they should be cleaned with a fresh spots do not receive immediate glass cleaner. Follow the directions Make sure not to rub such objects on the glass cleaner container. against the surface. attention, the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties can be CAUTION - Rear window reduced if the material is not properly maintained. Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This Using anything but recommended may result in damage of the rear cleaners and procedures may affect window defroster grid. the fabric’s appearance and fire- resistant properties.

7101 Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your Caution for the Inspection and 1. Crankcase emission control vehicle is covered by a written limited Maintenance Test (With Electronic system warranty. Please see the warranty Stability Control (ESC) system) The positive crankcase ventilation information contained in the • To prevent the vehicle from mis- system is employed to prevent air Warranty & Consumer Information firing during dynamometer test- pollution caused by blow-by gases manual in your vehicle. ing, turn the Electronic Stability being emitted from the crankcase. Your vehicle is equipped with an Control (ESC) system off by This system supplies fresh filtered air emission control system to meet all selecting the LCD display. to the crankcase through the air applicable emission regulations. • After dynamometer testing is intake hose. Inside the crankcase, There are three emission control completed, turn the ESC system the fresh air mixes with blow-by systems, as follows. back on by selecting the LCD gases, which then pass through the display again. PCV valve into the induction system. (1) Crankcase emission control system 2. Evaporative emission con- (2) Evaporative emission control sys- trol (including ORVR: tem Onboard Refueling Vapor (3) Exhaust emission control system Recovery) system In order to assure the proper function The Evaporative Emission Control of the emission control systems, it is System is designed to prevent fuel recommended that you have your vapors from escaping into the atmos- vehicle inspected and maintained by phere. an authorized Kia dealer in accor- (The ORVR system is designed to dance with the maintenance sched- allow the vapors from the fuel tank to ule in this manual. be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

7 102 Maintenance

Canister 3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel system (carbon monoxide) tank are absorbed and stored in the The Exhaust Emission Control • Carbon monoxide can be present onboard canister. When the engine is System is a highly effective system with other exhaust fumes. running, the fuel vapors absorbed in which controls exhaust emissions Therefore, if you smell exhaust the canister are drawn into the surge while maintaining good vehicle per- fumes of any kind inside your vehi- tank through the purge control sole- formance. cle, have it inspected and repaired noid valve. immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into Purge Control Solenoid Valve your vehicle, drive it only with all the windows fully open. Have your (PCSV) vehicle checked and repaired The purge control solenoid valve is immediately. controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during WARNING - Exhaust idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- Engine exhaust gases contain orated fuel is not taken into the carbon monoxide (CO). Though engine. After the engine warms up colorless and odorless, it is during ordinary driving, the PCSV dangerous and could be lethal if opens to introduce evaporated fuel to inhaled. Follow the instructions the engine. on this page to avoid CO poisoning.

7103 Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for catalyt- fined or closed areas (such as ic converters (if equipped) WARNING - Fire garages) any more than what is • Do not park, idle or drive the necessary to move the vehicle in or WARNING - Catalytic vehicle over or near flamma- out of the area. ble objects, such as grass, converter • When the vehicle is stopped in an vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. open area for more than a short Keep away from the catalytic A hot exhaust system can time with the engine running, converter and exhaust system ignite flammable items under adjust the ventilation system (as while the vehicle is running or your vehicle. immediately thereafter. The needed) to draw outside air into the • Also, do not remove the heat exhaust and catalytic systems vehicle. sink around the exhaust sys- are very hot and may burn you. • Never sit in a parked or stopped tem, do not seal the bottom of vehicle for any extended time with the vehicle or do not coat the the engine running. vehicle for corrosion control. • When the engine stalls or fails to It may present a fire risk under start, excessive attempts to restart certain conditions. the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.

7 104 Maintenance

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat- Failure to observe these precautions alytic converter emission control could result in damage to the catalyt- device. ic converter and to your vehicle. Therefore, the following precautions Additionally, such actions could void must be observed: your warranties. • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines. • Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance. • Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off. • Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more). • Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer. • Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.

7105 Specification & Consumer information

Engine ...... 8-2 Dimensions ...... 8-2 Bulb wattage ...... 8-3 Tires and wheels ...... 8-5 Gross vehicle weight...... 8-7 Luggage volume ...... 8-7 Air conditioning system...... 8-7 Recommended lubricants and capacities...... 8-8 • Recommended SAE viscosity number...... 8-10 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...... 8-11 Vehicle certification label...... 8-11 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-12 Engine number ...... 8-12

8 Specification & Consumer information

DIMENSIONS ITEM Unit : mm (in) Overall length 4,485 (176.5) Overall width 1,855 (73.0)

Without Roof rack 1,635 (64.4) Overall height With Roof rack 1,645 (64.8)

225/60R17 1,613 (63.5) Front 225/55R18 245/45R19 1,609 (63.3) Tread 225/60R17 1,625 (63.9) Rear 225/55R18 245/45R19 1,620 (63.7) Wheelbase 2,670 (105.1)

ENGINE Items Theta II 2.4 L GDI Theta II 2.0 L T-GDI Displacement 2,359 (143.95) 143.95 (121.92) cc (cu. in) Bore x Stroke 88.0 x 97.0 (3.46 x 3.81) 86 x 86 (3.38 x 3.38) mm (in.) Firing order 1-3-4-2 No. of cylinders 4 In-line, DOHC

28 Specification & Consumer information

BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type Bulb type 60 HB3 Headlamps (Low) LED type LED LED Bulb type 60 HB3 Headlamps (High) LED type LED LED Bulb type 21 PY28/8W Front turn signal lamps LED type LED LED Bulb type 5 P21/5W Front Position lamps LED type LED LED Bulb type 21 P21/5W Daytime running light* LED type LED LED Bulb type 51 HB4 Front fog lamps* LED type LED LED Bulb type 5 W5W Side marker LED type LED LED Bulb type 28/8 P28/8W Rear Stop/Tail lamps (Outside) LED type LED LED Bulb type 5 P21/5W Rear tail lamps (Inside) LED type LED LED Rear turn signal lamps 21 PY21W Rear Back-up lamps 21 P21W Bulb type 5 W5W Side marker LED type LED LED High mounted stop lamp LED LED License plate lamps 5 W5W

* If equipped (Continued)

83 Specification & Consumer information

(Continued)

Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type Bulb type 10 W10W Map lamps LED type LED LED Bulb type 10 FESTOON Room lamps LED type LED LED Interior Personal lamp* LED LED Vanity mirror lamps* 5 FESTOON Glove box lamp 5 FESTOON Bulb type 10 FESTOON Liftgate lamp LED type LED LED * If equipped

48 Specification & Consumer information

TIRES AND WHEELS

Load Speed Inflation pressure [kPa (psi)] Wheel lug nut Item Tire size Wheel size Capacity capacity Normal load *3 Maximum load torque [Kgf·m LI *1 Kg SS *2 Km/h Front Rear Front Rear (lbf·ft, N·m)] 225/60R17 7.0JX17 99 775 H 210 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35)

Full size tire 225/55R18 7.0JX18 98 750 H 210 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35)

245/45R19 7.5JX19 98 750 H 210 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 240 (35) 11 ~ 13 (79 ~ 94, 107 ~ 127) T155/90D16 4TX16 110 1060 M 130 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) Compact spare tire T135/90D17 4TX17 103 875 M 130 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) (if equipped) T135/90D17 4TX17 104 900 M 130 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60)

*1: Load Index *2: Speed Symbol *3: Normal load : Up to 3 persons

85 Specification & Consumer information

CAUTION When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make them work irregularly.

✽ NOTICE • It is permissible to add 21 kPa (3 psi) the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically loose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every -11°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, re-check your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated. • We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects driving performance. • When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary. Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 10.5 kPa (1.5 psi)

68 Specification & Consumer information

GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT Items Theta II 2.4 L GDI Theta II 2.0 L T-GDI Gross vehicle weight 2WD 2,085 kg (4,597 lbs) 2,165 kg (4,773 lbs) kg (lbs.) 4WD 2,150 kg (4,740 lbs) 2,210 kg (4,872 lbs)

LUGGAGE VOLUME ITEM 5 Seater From flat luggage board :1619 L (57.17 cu ft) V7 From lower luggage board : 1767 L (62.40 cu ft) SAE From flat luggage board : 795 L (20.07 cu ft) V6 From lower luggage board : 867 L (30.61 cu ft)

Min(V7) : Max Behind Second Seat Max(V6) : Max Behind Front Seat

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Items Weight of Volume Classification Refrigerant 550 ± 25 (19.4 ± 0.88) R-1234yf g (oz.)

Compressor lubricant 120 ± 10 (4.05 ± 0.35) PAG30 cc (oz.)

We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.

87 Specification & Consumer information

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle. Lubricant Volume Classification Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill) Theta II 2.4 L GDI 4.8 L (5.07 US qt.) SAE 5W-20 / API Latest(ILSAC Latest) Recommends Theta II 2.0 L SAE 5W-30 ACEA A5 or SAE 0W-30 ACEA C2 / API 4.8 L (5.07 US qt.) T-GDI Latest (ILSAC Latetst)

- ATF SP-IV Theta II 2.4 L GDI 6.7 L (7.01 US qt.) • The list of transmission fluid approved by KIA: SK ATF SP-IV, MICHANG ATF SP-IV, NOCA ATF SP-IV Automatic transmission fluid - ATF SP-IV Theta II 2.0 L 7.8 L (8.24 US qt.) • The list of transmission fluid approved by KIA: SK ATF T-GDI SP-IV, MICHANG ATF SP-IV, NOCA ATF SP-IV

Theta II 2.4 L GDI 7.8 L (8.24 US qt.) Mixture of antifreeze and water Coolant (Ethylene-glycol with phosphate based coolant for cooling Theta II 2.0 L 7.2 L (7.61 US qt.) device) T-GDI

385 ± 20 cc Brake fluid DOT 3 or DOT 4 (0.401 ± 0.021 US qt.)

88 Specification & Consumer information

Lubricant Volume Classification Rear differential oil (4WD) 0.58 L (0.61 US qt.) Hypoid gear oil API GL-5, SAE 75W/85 Theta II 2.4 L GDI (SK HCT-5 gear oil 75W/85 or equivalent) Transfer case oil (4WD) 0.45 L (0.48 US qt.) Theta II 2.0 L T-GDI

Fuel 62 L (65.53 US qt.) Unleaded gasoline

*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page. *2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

89 Specification & Consumer information

Recommended SAE viscosity Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers number °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 an effect on fuel economy and cold 10W-30 weather operating (engine start and Theta II 2.4 L GDI engine oil flowability). Lower viscosi- 5W-20, 5W-30 ty engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather perform- 20W-50 ance; however, higher viscosity 15W-40 Theta II 2.0 L T-GDI engine oils are required for satisfac- 10W-30 tory lubrication in hot weather. Using 0W-30, 5W-30, 5W-40 oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark con- damage. When choosing an oil, conforms to the international Lubricant Specification sider the range of temperature your Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only vehicle will be operated in before the use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark. next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

8 10 Specification & Consumer information

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION ■ Frame number ■ VIN label LABEL

OQL085001 OQLE085005 The vehicle identification number The VIN is also on a plate attached OQLE085012 (VIN) is the number used in register- to the top of the dashboard. The The vehicle certification label ing your vehicle and in all legal mat- number on the plate can easily be attached on the driver’s side center ters pertaining to its ownership, etc. seen through the windshield from pillar gives the vehicle identification The number is punched on the front outside. number (VIN). side wall of the engine room.

811 Specification & Consumer information

TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL ■ Gasoline engine (Theta II 2.4 L GDI)

OQLE085011 ■ Gasoline engine (Theta II 2.0 L T-GDI)

OQL085002L The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving. The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.

OJF085005 The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.

8 12 Index

I Index

A Steering wheel audio controls ...... 4-188 USB port ...... 4-190 Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system...... 3-45 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-154 Adding equipment to or modifying your Automatic heating and air conditioning ...... 4-155 air bag-equipped vehicle ...... 3-72 Checking the amount of air conditioner Air bag warning label ...... 3-72 refrigerant and compressor lubricant...... 4-165 Air bag warning light...... 3-48 Climate control air filter ...... 4-164 Curtain air bag ...... 3-64 Manual heating and air conditioning...... 4-156 Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-60 System operation ...... 4-162 How does the air bag system operate? ...... 3-46 Automatic transmission ...... 5-15 Occupant Detection System (ODS)...... 3-52 Automatic transmission operation ...... 5-15 Side air bag ...... 3-62 Good driving practices...... 5-22 SRS Care ...... 3-71 SRS components and functions ...... 3-49 B Air cleaner ...... 7-36 Filter replacement ...... 7-36 Battery...... 7-43 Air conditioning system ...... 8-7 For best battery service ...... 7-43 All Wheel Drive (AWD)...... 5-23 Recharging the battery ...... 7-44 All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection ...... 5-25 Reset items...... 7-45 For safe all wheel drive operation ...... 5-26 Before driving...... 5-5 Reducing the risk of a rollover ...... 5-29 Before entering vehicle ...... 5-5 Tight corner brake effect ...... 5-24 Before starting ...... 5-5 Appearance care ...... 7-94 Necessary inspections ...... 5-5 Exterior care...... 7-94 Blind spot Collision Warning (BCW)/Rear Cross-traffic Interior care ...... 7-99 Collision Warning (RCCW) ...... 5-120 Audio system ...... 4-188 Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) ...... 5-120 Antenna ...... 4-188 Limitations of the system...... 5-129 How vehicle radio works ...... 4-190 Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)...... 5-124

I 2 Index

Rear/side detecting sensors ...... 5-127 Cruise Control system ...... 5-84 System setting and activation ...... 5-121 To cancel cruise control, do one of the following ...... 5-86 System setting and activation ...... 5-124 To decrease the cruising speed ...... 5-86 Brake fluid ...... 7-33 To increase cruise control set speed ...... 5-85 Checking the brake fluid level...... 7-33 To resume cruising speed at more than approximately Brake system...... 5-31 30 km/h (20 mph) ...... 5-87 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...... 5-45 To set cruise control speed...... 5-85 Auto hold ...... 5-41 To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on ..5-86 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ...... 5-34 To turn cruise control off, do one of the following ....5-87 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ...... 5-47 Good braking practices ...... 5-53 D Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ...... 5-52 Parking brake – Foot type ...... 5-33 Declaration of Conformity ...... 4-193 Power brakes ...... 5-31 IC ...... 4-193 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)...... 5-51 Defroster ...... 4-143 Warning messages ...... 5-43 Rear window defroster...... 4-143 Bulb wattage ...... 8-3 Dimensions ...... 8-2 Door locks...... 4-23 C Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-27 Impact sensing door unlock system...... 4-26 Checking fluid levels ...... 7-26 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ...... 4-24 Child restraint system (CRS) ...... 3-34 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ...... 4-23 Children Always in the Rear ...... 3-34 Drive mode integrated control system ...... 5-109 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-38 Drive mode...... 5-109 Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 3-35 Driver Attention Warning (DAW)...... 5-136 Clean air ...... 4-170 Resetting the system ...... 5-138 Climate control air filter ...... 7-38 System malfunction ...... 5-138 Filter inspection ...... 7-38

I 3 Index

System setting and activation ...... 5-136 Engine coolant ...... 7-29 System standby ...... 5-138 Changing the coolant ...... 7-32 Checking the coolant level...... 7-29 E Engine number ...... 8-12 Engine oil ...... 7-27 Economical operation ...... 5-141 Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 7-28 Driving at night ...... 5-146 Checking the engine oil level ...... 7-27 Driving in flooded areas ...... 5-147 Engine start/stop button ...... 5-11 Driving in the rain ...... 5-146 Engine start/stop button position ...... 5-11 Driving off-road ...... 5-147 Illuminated engine start/stop button ...... 5-11 Hazardous driving conditions ...... 5-143 Starting the engine with a smart key ...... 5-13 Highway driving ...... 5-147 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 7-21 Reducing the risk of a rollover ...... 5-143 Exterior features ...... 4-186 Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-145 Roof rack ...... 4-186 Smooth cornering...... 5-145 Exterior overview ...... 2-2, 2-3 Special driving conditions ...... 5-143 Emergency starting ...... 6-5 F Jump starting ...... 6-5 Push-starting ...... 6-6 Folding key ...... 4-5 Emission control system...... 7-102 Battery replacement ...... 4-8 Crankcase emission control system...... 7-102 Immobilizer system ...... 4-9 Evaporative emission control (including ORVR: Key operations ...... 4-5 Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system ...... 7-102 Record your key number ...... 4-5 Exhaust emission control system...... 7-103 Transmitter precautions ...... 4-7 Engine ...... 8-2 Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) system Engine compartment ...... 2-6, 7-3 camera type...... 5-54 Brake operation ...... 5-58 FCA sensor (Front view camera)...... 5-58

I 4 Index

FCA warning message and system control ...... 5-56 G Limitation of the system ...... 5-61 System malfunction ...... 5-60 Gross vehicle weight...... 8-7 System setting and activation ...... 5-54 Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) system sensor H fusion type (front radar+front view camera) ...... 5-67 Brake operation ...... 5-71 Hood ...... 4-46 Downhill Brake Control (DBC)...... 5-81 Closing the hood ...... 4-47 FCA sensor (front radar + front view Ccamera) ...... 5-71 Opening the hood...... 4-46 FCA warning message and system control ...... 5-69 How to use this manual ...... 1-2 Good braking practices ...... 5-83 Limitation of the system ...... 5-75 I System malfunction ...... 5-74 System setting and activation ...... 5-67 If the engine overheats ...... 6-7 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-48 If the engine will not start ...... 6-4 Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-49 If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly ...... 6-4 Opening the fuel filler lid ...... 4-48 If engine turns over normally but does not start ...... 6-4 Fuel requirements ...... 1-2 If you have a flat tire (with spare tire) ...... 6-15 Do not use methanol ...... 1-4 Changing tires ...... 6-17 Fuel Additives ...... 1-5 Jack and tools...... 6-15 Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol ...... 1-3 Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-16 Operation in foreign countries...... 1-5 If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit)...... 6-24 Fuses ...... 7-61 Checking the tire inflation pressure...... 6-31 Engine compartment fuse replacement ...... 7-65 Components of the Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) ...... 6-27 Fuse/relay panel description ...... 7-67 Distributing the sealant ...... 6-31 Inner panel fuse replacement...... 7-63 Introduction ...... 6-25 Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 6-25

I 5 Index

Technical data ...... 6-32 Seat warmer ...... 4-175 Using the Tire Mobility Kit ...... 6-28 Sunvisor ...... 4-176 Important safety precautions ...... 3-2 USB charger...... 4-178 Air bag hazards ...... 3-2 Wireless smart phone charging system ...... 4-179 Always wear your seat belt ...... 3-2 Interior lights ...... 4-139 Control your speed...... 3-3 Automatic turn off function ...... 4-139 Driver distraction ...... 3-2 Glove box lamp ...... 4-141 Keep your vehicle in safe condition ...... 3-3 Liftgate room lamp ...... 4-141 Restrain all children...... 3-2 Map lamp ...... 4-140 In case of an emergency while driving...... 6-3 Room lamp...... 4-139 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ...... 6-3 Vanity mirror lamp...... 4-141 If the engine stalls while driving ...... 6-3 Interior overview...... 2-4 If you have a flat tire while driving ...... 6-3 Instrument cluster ...... 4-80 K Gauges ...... 4-82 Instrument cluster control ...... 4-81 Key positions ...... 5-7 LCD display control ...... 4-81 Ignition switch position ...... 5-7 Transmission shift indicator...... 4-85 Illuminated ignition switch ...... 5-7 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 Starting the engine ...... 5-9 Interior features...... 4-174 Air ventilation seat...... 4-176 L Bottle holder ...... 4-174 Cargo security screen...... 4-184 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...... 5-111 Coat hook...... 4-182 LKA malfunction...... 5-116 Cup holder ...... 4-174 LKA operation ...... 5-113 Floor mat anchor (s)...... 4-183 LKA system function change ...... 5-117 Luggage net holder ...... 4-183 Power outlet ...... 4-177

I 6 Index

LCD display ...... 4-86 Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-88 LCD modes ...... 4-86 Stop and tail lamp bulb replacement ...... 7-86 User settings mode...... 4-89 Tail lamp (inside) bulb replacement ...... 7-87 Liftgate (for manual liftgate) ...... 4-28 Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ....7-91 Closing the liftgate...... 4-28 Lighting...... 4-127 Emergency liftgate safety release ...... 4-29 Battery saver function ...... 4-127 Opening the liftgate ...... 4-28 Check headlight ...... 4-133 Light bulbs ...... 7-79 Daytime running light ...... 4-127 Back-up lamp and Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) Dynamic Bending Light (DBL)...... 4-134 bulb replacement ...... 7-89 Front fog light ...... 4-133 Bulb replacement precaution ...... 7-79 High beam assist ...... 4-130 Front fog lamp (Bulb and LED type) bulb High beam operation ...... 4-129 replacement ...... 7-86 Lighting control ...... 4-127 Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement...... 7-84 Turn signals and lane change signals...... 4-132 Glove box lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ...... 7-92 Luggage volume ...... 8-7 Headlamp (High/Low beam) bulb replacement...... 7-83 High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb M replacement ...... 7-89 License plate lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement...... 7-89 Maintenance services ...... 7-4 Liftgate room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ....7-93 Owner maintenance precautions ...... 7-5 Light bulb position (Front) ...... 7-81 Owner’s responsibility ...... 7-4 Light bulb position (Rear) ...... 7-82 Manual climate control system...... 4-144 Light bulb position (Side) ...... 7-83 Checking the amount of air conditioner Map lamp (Bulb and LED type) bulb replacement ....7-90 refrigerant and compressor lubricant...... 4-153 Personal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-92 Climate control air filter ...... 4-152 Position lamp + DRL bulb replacement ...... 7-85 Heating and air conditioning ...... 4-145 Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ...... 7-91 System operation ...... 4-150 Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ...... 7-90

I 7 Index

Mirrors ...... 4-62 Parking distance warning-reverse...... 4-117 Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-62 Non-operational conditions of parking distance Outside rearview mirror...... 4-76 warning-reverse ...... 4-118 Operation of the parking distance warning-reverse..4-117 O Parking distance warning-reverse precautions...... 4-119 Self-diagnosis...... 4-120 Owner maintenance ...... 7-7 Power liftgate ...... 4-31 Owner maintenance schedule ...... 7-7 Closing the liftgate...... 4-33 Opening the liftgate ...... 4-32 P Smart Power Liftgate ...... 4-36 Panoramic sunroof ...... 4-52 R Closing the sunroof ...... 4-56 Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-56 Rear view monitor ...... 4-126 Sliding the sunroof...... 4-54 Recommended lubricants and capacities ...... 8-8 Sunroof open warning ...... 4-53 Recommended SAE viscosity number ...... 8-10 Sunshade ...... 4-53 Road warning ...... 6-2 Tilting the sunroof ...... 4-56 Hazard warning flasher ...... 6-2 Parking brake ...... 7-35 Checking the parking brake...... 7-35 S Parking distance warning ...... 4-121 Non-operational conditions of parking distance Scheduled maintenance service ...... 7-9 warning ...... 4-123 Seat ...... 3-4 Operation of the parking distance warning ...... 4-121 Front seat adjustment - manual ...... 3-8 Self-diagnosis...... 4-125 Front seat adjustment - power ...... 3-10 Headrest (for front seat)...... 3-12 Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-15 Seatback pocket ...... 3-15

I 8 Index

Seat belts...... 3-20 Storage compartments ...... 4-171 Care of seat belts ...... 3-33 Center console storage...... 4-171 Pre-tensioner seat belt ...... 3-28 Glove box...... 4-171 Seat belt precautions ...... 3-31 Luggage box...... 4-172 Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-20 Sunglass holder ...... 4-172 Smart cruise control with Stop & Go system...... 5-88 Two types of luggage board levels ...... 4-173 Limitations of the system...... 5-102 Smart Cruise Control cancelled...... 5-94 T Smart Cruise Control speed...... 5-90 Smart cruise control switch ...... 5-90 Theft-alarm system ...... 4-20 To adjust the sensitivity of smart cruise control ...... 5-101 Armed stage ...... 4-20 To convert to cruise control mode ...... 5-102 Disarmed stage...... 4-21 Vehicle to vehicle distance setting...... 5-95 Theft-alarm stage ...... 4-21 When the lane ahead is clear ...... 5-96 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)...... 6-8 When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane ....5-97 Changing a tire with TPMS ...... 6-12 Smart key ...... 4-12 Check tire pressure...... 6-8 Battery replacement ...... 4-17 Low tire pressure position telltale ...... 6-10 Loss of the smart key...... 4-16 Low tire pressure telltale ...... 6-10 Record your key number ...... 4-12 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-12 Smart key function...... 4-12 Tires and wheels ...... 7-46, 8-5 Smart key immobilizer system ...... 4-18 All season tires...... 7-58 Smart key precautions ...... 4-16 Checking tire inflation pressure...... 7-47 Steering wheel ...... 4-58 Low aspect ratio tire ...... 7-59 Electronic Power Steering (EPS)...... 4-58 Radial-ply tires...... 7-59 Heated steering wheel ...... 4-60 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures...... 7-46 Horn ...... 4-61 Snow tires...... 7-58 Tilt and telescopic steering ...... 4-59 Summer tires ...... 7-58 Tire care ...... 7-46

I 9 Index

Tire maintenance ...... 7-51 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ...... 1-7 Tire pressure...... 7-47 Vehicle handling instructions ...... 1-5 Tire replacement ...... 7-50 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)...... 8-11 Tire rotation ...... 7-48 Vehicle load limit ...... 5-160 Tire sidewall labeling...... 7-51 Certification label...... 5-164 Tire traction ...... 7-51 Tire and loading information label ...... 5-160 Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-49 Vehicle modifications ...... 1-5 Wheel replacement ...... 7-51 Vehicle weight ...... 5-165 Towing ...... 6-33 Emergency towing ...... 6-35 W Removable towing hook ...... 6-34 Towing service ...... 6-33 Warning and indicator lights...... 4-104 Trailer Towing...... 5-152 Indicator lights ...... 4-112 Driving with a trailer ...... 5-154 Warning lights ...... 4-104 Hitches ...... 5-153 Washer fluid ...... 7-34 If you do decide to pull a trailer ...... 5-158 Checking the washer fluid level...... 7-34 Maintenance when trailer towing ...... 5-157 Welcome system ...... 4-142 Safety chains ...... 5-153 Headlight (Headlamp) escort function...... 4-142 Trailer brakes ...... 5-153 Interior light ...... 4-142 Trip modes (Trip computer) ...... 4-94 Pocket lamp ...... 4-142 Fuel economy...... 4-94 Windows ...... 4-41 Trip modes ...... 4-94 Power windows ...... 4-42 Warning messages ...... 4-97 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-166 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-167 V Defogging logic ...... 4-168 Manual climate control system ...... 4-166 Vehicle break-in process...... 1-6 Winter driving...... 5-149 Vehicle certification label ...... 8-11 Carry emergency equipment ...... 5-151

I 10 Index

Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary ...... 5-150 Check battery and cables ...... 5-150 Check spark plugs and ignition system ...... 5-150 Don’t let your parking brake freeze...... 5-151 Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath ...... 5-151 Snowy or icy conditions ...... 5-149 To keep locks from freezing ...... 5-151 Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system..5-151 Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant ...... 5-150 Wiper blades ...... 7-40 Blade inspection...... 7-40 Blade replacement ...... 7-40 Wipers and washers ...... 4-135 Front windshield washers ...... 4-136 Rear window wiper and washer switch ...... 4-137 Windshield wipers ...... 4-135

I 11